PRJ5106 Research Methodology and Data Analysis Report 1 Sample

Assessment 1: Research Plan

1. Students identify an individual research area and discuss it with his lecturer or present in the class (subject to total enrolment).

2. write a research plan with a timeframe

Assessment 1 Detail

Students need to identify an individual research topic, discuss it with their lecturer or present in the class (subject to total enrolment) and then write a research plan with a timeframe. Provide references to at least three research studies, government reports and/or industry reports, using Harvard Referencing. Please note, websites are not acceptable resources for the purpose of the assignment.

Solution

Overview

Research area

Social Media presence is beneficial for the company in many ways like improving its competitive position and providing new opportunities for their businesses. For Assignment Help, In twenty century, social media interactive and new ways used as tools and adopted by many businesses.

In this research, a growing interest in social media capability and its importance for specific firms is not identified in the current literature. Some researches focus on social media utilization in a broad sense but do not target the firms and companies’ specific capabilities after using social media. This research includes social media's role and importance for various firms using the appropriate methods. This research identifies the gaps in research about social media capabilities and they are used in various firms.

Purpose

This research purpose is to analyze the social media contribution to different businesses and also determine the business's performance after using social media. This research analysis social media values and how social media benefits are used by companies for their business. Also, this research analyzes the social media impacts on customers' attitudes and perceptions and fills the identified research gaps.

Literature Review

The literature review analysis identifies the usefulness of social media in various businesses and creates research questions.

Social media analytics support company public relations

Tam & Kim ( 2019) define a social media presence as important for establishing brand values and also improving connections with existing clients and creating trust with potential clients.

Social media marketing and firm business performance

Tarsakoo & Charoensukmongkol (2019) define the strategic framework with the spanning capabilities aspects used for the social media marketing capability conceptualization.

Social media value and innovation

Muninger (2019) defines a conceptual framework with a qualitative approach that provides the capabilities to firms in their innovation process using social media benefits.

Social media and digitalization in small business

Olsson & Bernhard (2020) used information and communication technologies and woman entrepreneurship research theories regarding digitalization with the usage of social media.

Methodology

This research uses a discovery-oriented approach to analyze social media capabilities and how companies and firms use social media in different stages of their business and how social media provide various benefits in the innovative business process.

Research questions

This research includes the following questions:
- How is social media presence important for companies?
- How are social media benefits used by individuals?
- What are the attitudes of Companies and firms toward social media?
- How do social media impact customer purchase decisions and loyalty?
- How do companies improve their customer interaction by adopting social media?

Data collection

This research used an effective data collection approach and collect valuable information and data. This study uses the three-stage process that includes the organizations using social media, interviews of managers from various departments and also involve in social media use, and also the secondary data that includes information from internal and external sources.

Data analysis

After collecting the valuable information that includes retrieval of questionnaires, and responses and compiling the results. Carefully recorded all material like observations, interview transcripts, and secondary data to ensure the interpretations required to perform the qualitative content analysis.

Conclusion

This research is performed to analyze the importance of social media in different firms and companies. This research uses a theory-building and qualitative approach to develop an effective conceptual framework that defines how the company using social media benefits its innovation process. This framework supports the social media application, focusing on collected data from different resources, social media used by the manager for team empowerment, and different activities of the innovation process. Research results include identifying the answer to all research questions and also providing important guidance for social media strategies implementation in organizations to improve innovation.

Time Plan

The time plan includes the various activities that take place during the making of an effective research plan within in given period. In this research plan different activities are taking place that is defined below:

References

MBA642 Project Initiation, Planning and Execution. Report 3 Sample

Your task

Individually, you are required to prepare an eight-page project management plan for a company based on the assessment instructions below.

Assessment Description

The purpose of this individual assessment is to allow students to create an integrated project management plan that meets industry standards and objectives. In analysing the organisational factors that promote effective project management, students will also consider factors that may lead to ethical compromises.

Assessment Instructions

Presume that you have just been employed by one of the companies listed below to manage the project to deliver the following new setup in Melbourne.

- A standard setup house
- A music festival
- A traditional chocolate shop

For the purposes of this assessment, you are to assume the setup in Melbourne will be an identical model and operations, with the location being entirely sustainable (without goods/services being shared between the two locations).

Within your research, consider the size, location, and requirements of the new setup in Melbourne and make sure you identify the unique operational, management and procurement needs of the company you select. Then, when considering your plan, think about your chosen company’s various operational and logistical requirements to begin operations in Melbourne.

Your final proposal must include the following:

• A one-page executive summary that covers all the significant proposal items (not included in the page limit)

• A one-page overview of the company, its operations and identifying the essential requirements for the move.

• In your own words, outline the project and briefly address the background, context, main objectives and main work packages in the project.

• An outline of the main steps and work packages within the project life cycle, being your baseline for the further identification of risks, project team and requirements.

• Outline the resources (Human, material, services, approvals) required to deliver the project successfully.

• The following original documents as part of your Word document submission (not in pdf or other formats):

o Work Breakdown Structure, highlighting the main tasks and elements of your project.

o A Gantt chart showing the main tasks and overall project schedule (Minimum of 20 tasks and maximum of 40 tasks in different levels), including the define activities process.

o A scheduling flowchart showing the links, dependencies and critical path between your various tasks.

o Risk assessment plan, including identification, classification, categorisation, potential impact (likelihood and severity matrix), and a mitigation and action plan for the most critical ones for your project.

Your plan should detail everything required to have an open, functioning location with the same standards and specifications as the existing location. However, you do not need to consider any elements relating to marketing, communications, or other methods of gaining new customers for this location.
As this is a professional report, it is expected that you will complement your research with matrix diagrams, tables, or other formats to present your findings clearly and concisely that align with best practices in project management. Also, your report must include:

• Title page, table of contents, introduction, context and project objectives.

• The WBS and the Gantt chart. You may include the full Gantt chart in the appendix.

In preparing this proposal, you will need to utilise relevant theories and concepts covered in weeks 1 to 12, use at least 10 sources of information, and reference these following the Kaplan Harvard Referencing Style. These may include websites, government publications, industry reports, census data, journal articles, and newspaper articles. These references should be presented as in-text citations and a reference list at the end of your proposal. Wikipedia and other ‘popular’ sites are not to be used.

Solution

Overview of the company

Hickinbotham Homes is a real estate development and construction company specialising in building and renovating outdoor living spaces. The company has been in operation since 2012 and is based in Australia. The company focuses on creating outdoor living areas that are both functional and aesthetically pleasing. For Assignment Help, Hickinbotham Homes' processes involve designing, constructing, and maintaining outdoor living spaces. They are experienced in designing and building outdoor living areas such as decks, patios, pergolas, kitchens, fireplaces, lighting, and entertainment areas. In addition, they offer landscaping services such as lawn care, garden maintenance, and irrigation systems. The essential requirements for implementing Hickinbotham Homes operations include the proper licensing and permits from the local government and the relevant authorities, as well as the necessary certifications and insurance. They must also have a team of experienced and qualified professionals who can carry out the job efficiently and safely. The company must also have a reliable supply of materials and equipment and access to the necessary tools and machinery.

The Project

Hickinbotham is planning to build a new set-up in another part of Melbourne. Since the company mainly deals with construction and building, they are about to start building a new project in Melbourne. The clients from whom this company collects and uses raw materials for building a construction project, such as cement, sand, steel, etc., are very reliable and genuine. This company has the best-experienced employees and designers who give their best and complete any project exceptionally. The Hickinbotham family's mindfulness of the need to further develop building and improvement techniques, safeguard the climate and protect the valuable water asset has seen them acquire numerous extreme advancements with their local area domains.

Background

Being South Australian, Hickinbotham has private information on neighbourhood building conditions and money, plan, land, soil types, and other structural considerations. With South Australia's best scope of the estate, yard, customary and two-story homes, Hickinbotham offers an unparalleled range of more than 300 plans. In many cases, a house and land bundle is the most helpful speculation, particularly for first-time financial backers. It removes the mystery of independently choosing a house plan and a block of land and furnishes a bundle that permits occupants to move in when the house is constructed. Hickinbotham house and land bundles for clever financial backers are accessible across South Australia in prime improvement regions that will probably draw in the best rental returns.

Context

Hickinbotham mainly offers construction consultancy. Recently they have been trying to provide house projects to their clients at the lowest price they can help so that they can grow more in the market of construction consultants. The Hickinbotham record remains solitary, implying clients can relax, realising their fantasy home is good to go. A 25-year primary assurance means something when a family has been doing business for over sixty years. At Hickinbotham, they coordinate the best home plans with pursued blocks of land across South Australia and afterwards bundle these with broad incorporations and additional discretionary items to give a reach to invigorate and move others.

Main objectives

The main objective is to build another new set-up in Melbourne. They are currently attempting to offer house ventures to their clients at the most negligible value they can. So they can fill more in the market of development advisors. The Hickinbotham record stays single, which infers clients can unwind, understanding their dream home is all set. A house and land bundle is a reasonable answer for house buying, where a block of land and another home can be bought in a total bundle. The comfort and reasonableness of a house and land bundle make it the ideal choice for first-homebuyers and first-time financial backers the same.

Main work packages

Initiation- In the initiation of the project it would cost $50000.

Planning- Planning is the second, which is more about innovative ideas and knowledge rather than finance.

Execution- In this stage, labour costs, various equipment costs, and costs of the raw materials are considered, which is $30000.

Closing- It insinuates cleanup of the area, reviewing each ace and cons of the entire construction work and alongside that last documentation and legitimate papers, which nearly costs $20000.

Project Life Cycle

Initiation

The initiation stage is the first stage of the project life cycle, and it is during this stage the idea for the project is established and the project is formally initiated. During this stage, the project sponsor must define the project's scope, set the budget, and identify the stakeholders and resources required to complete the project. The first step in the initiation stage is to define the size of the project. This includes identifying the goals of the project, the timeline for completion, and the resources that will be required. It is also essential to identify the stakeholders involved in the project and determine their roles and responsibilities. Once the project's scope has been defined, the project sponsor will need to set the budget for the project. This includes estimating the cost of materials, labour, and other resources necessary to complete the project. The funding will also need a contingency plan in case of unexpected expenses or delays. It is essential to ensure that the budget is realistic to complete the project within the given timeframe and budget. Once the scope of the project and the budget have been determined, the project sponsor will need to identify the stakeholders involved in the project. This includes subcontractors, suppliers, and other professionals interested in the project. It is essential to ensure that all stakeholders clearly understand their roles and responsibilities and that they have the necessary resources to complete their tasks (Willaret al., 2021).

Planning

The planning stage is the second stage of the project life cycle; during this stage, the project is planned in detail. During this stage, the project team will need to develop a detailed project plan, including the timeline, tasks, resources, and stakeholders. The program should be documented to be easily referenced and updated as the project progresses. The first step in the planning stage is creating a project timeline. This includes identifying the significant milestones that need to be met and the tasks that will be completed to meet those milestones. It is essential to ensure that the timeline is realistic and achievable so that the project can be completed on time. Once the timetable has been established, the project team must create a detailed plan. This includes identifying the tasks that need to be completed, the resources that will be required, and the stakeholders who will be involved. The program should also include risk management plans to mitigate potential risks that may arise during the project (Alnaggar, and Pitt, 2019).

Execution

The execution stage is the third stage of the project life cycle, and it is during this stage that the project is implemented and executed. During this stage, the project team must ensure that all tasks are completed on time and that all resources are utilised effectively. The project team will also need to monitor the progress and make adjustments as needed. The first step in the execution stage is to assign tasks to the appropriate individuals and ensure that all stakeholders have the necessary resources to complete their studies. The project team must ensure that the charges are completed on time and that any problems are addressed promptly. The project team should monitor its progress to ensure it is on track. Once all tasks have been completed, the project team must ensure that all stakeholders know the project's completion. This includes providing feedback to the stakeholders, ensuring that all documentation is complete, and ensuring that all resources have been utilised effectively (Malacarneet al. 2018).

Closing

The closing stage is the fourth stage of the project life cycle, and it is during this stage that the project is formally closed. During this stage, the project team must ensure that all tasks have been completed, that all stakeholders are aware of the project's completion, and that all resources have been utilised effectively. The project team will also need to document the progress and create a final report to be submitted to the project sponsor. The first step in the closing stage is to ensure that all tasks have been completed and that all resources have been utilised effectively. The project team should also ensure that all stakeholders know the project's completion and that all documentation is complete. Once all tasks have been completed, and all stakeholders are aware of the project's completion, the project team will need to create a final report to be submitted to the project sponsor. This report should include a summary of the project's progress, tasks completed, and recommendations for future projects (Kavishe and Chileshe, 2019).

Work Breakdown Structure

A work breakdown structure (WBS) is a tool used in project management to break down a project into smaller, more manageable tasks. It typically includes a hierarchical decomposition of the project into levels that represent increasing detail. Each level of the WBS contains tasks that are necessary to complete the project. It is used to organize and define the scope of the project in order to develop an appropriate schedule and cost estimate. Using a WBS helps to ensure that all of the necessary tasks are identified and accounted for in the project plan.

The WBS is divided into five parts and each part is subdivided into different tasks:

Planning and Admin

- Design and Architectural Rendering
- Plans and Drawings
- Specifications
- Permits

Substructure

- Excavation
- Foundations
- Footings

Envelope

- Frame, Beams, Ties, Trusses
- Sub Floor
- Exterior Walls
- Exterior Doors
- Windows
- Siding

Finishes and Finish Carpentry

- Paint
- Tile
- Flooring
- Cabinetry
- Drywall, Plaster
- Baseboard, Molding

Utilities and Systems

- Electric
- Heating and Air Conditioning
- Plumbing
- Gas
- Water
- Internet

Resources

Human

Architecture and Design: An architect or a designer will help plan the layout and design of the house, taking into account your preferences, budget, and local building codes.

Construction: A general contractor will oversee the construction process, hire and manage subcontractors, and ensure that the work is done according to the plans and within budget.

Engineering: Structural, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing engineers will design and specify the systems that make up your house, such as the foundation, roof, walls, heating and cooling, and plumbing.

Tradespeople: According to Suresh (2020), a team of skilled tradespeople, such as carpenters, electricians, plumbers, and roofers, will perform the hands-on work of building the house.

Materials suppliers: Companies that supply building materials, such as lumber, roofing, and electrical components, will provide the materials you need to construct the house.

Inspectors: Building inspectors from your local government will periodically inspect the work to ensure that it complies with building codes and standards.

Financial

Purchasing the land to build a standard house is the first step in the set-up process. According to Krajewska, Szopinska, and Sieminska, (2021), land costs can differ significantly depending on the location, size, and other aspects. The materials needed to construct a typical house include lumber, roofing, electrical parts, plumbing fixtures, and more. It's crucial to budget appropriately for these materials because they can be pricey. The price of labour can be high, mainly if you work with experts like architects, engineers, and contractors. The wages of the tradespeople who will perform the actual physical labour of building your house must also be paid. It can be expensive to obtain all the permits and inspections needed to build a house.

Material

The house's walls, floor, and roof are all constructed from lumber. The house is shielded from the elements by roofing materials, which can be made of tiles, metal panels, or asphalt shingles. Windows and doors allow access to the house and natural ventilation and lighting. According to Paraschiv, Paraschiv, and Serban, (2021) insulation lowers energy costs by keeping the house cool in the summer and warm in the winter. The wiring, outlets, switches, and lighting fixtures that make up an electrical system are necessary for the house to be powered and illuminated. Sinks, toilets, and showers are examples of plumbing fixtures that provide water and waste removal for a home. Carpet, hardwood, or tile are flooring materials that add comfort and style to a home.

Services

The various services needed for setting up a standard house are Architecture and design, site preparation, construction, cleaning and landscaping, financing, legal services and inspections. These services are essential for constructing a new standard house. These services cover all aspects of the project.

Data

Different types of data are needed for building a standard house by a company. The floor plan, cross sections, and material list are important design data. The budget data is also essential to have a clear understanding of funds distribution. The schedule and contractor information together gives the company a good idea regarding the project's timeline.

Project Timeline

Figure: Gantt Chart
Source: (Self-made, 2023)

The project timeline for the construction of a new standard house includes following steps such as acquisition of land, contacting engineers, house design, land clearance, labour, construction materials, foundation and finally construction. These events happen one after another and the overall time required for these events to complete defines the total timeline for the project. The house shall need an approximate value of 15 weeks to be completely usable after it is done with furnishings, interior and other small detailings. The legalities shall be done with the buyers by the company and the timeline acts as an estimate for the company to understand the investment to be made for the project.

Scheduling Flowchart

A scheduling flowchart is a visual representation of the steps involved in a scheduling process. It is typically used to help organize and streamline the scheduling of resources, such as personnel, equipment, or materials. The steps of the scheduling flowchart are as follows:

- Schedule an initial consultation
- Gather information about the space
- Prepare a design plan
- Estimate cost of materials and labor
- Make any changes to the plan
- Order materials and schedule delivery
- Confirm delivery date and begin setup
- Assemble furniture and install fixtures
- Arrange accessories and decor
- Clean and inspect the space
- Finalise the setup and document the process
- Follow up with the client for feedback

Critical Path

Critical path is a project management technique used to identify the sequence of activities that must be completed in order for a project to be completed on time. It is the longest path through all of the tasks that need to be completed in order to finish the project. Identifying and managing the critical path can help project managers ensure that the project is completed on time and within budget.

Risk Assessment Plan

Risk analysis has been a tool for allowing and supporting determining the level of risks and their impact, which can cause some potential threats. Depending upon the results obtained, the analysis of changes in constructing a house can assess the existing risks and assign the factors with specific weight. To a great extent, the risk assessment plan influences the business continuity management development strategy (Paunescu and Argatu, 2020).

The primary risks are:

- Cost Overrun: Cost overrun is defined as the increased cost of the whole project of the construction than the estimated cost that was calculated during the beginning of the project. Several factors can be responsible for cost overrun, such as significant errors in designs and extra labour costs can be the reasons. Because of the competitive nature, a construction organisation's expectations beyond reality can suffer the project. In some cases, the cost of the projects exceeds due to meeting unrealistic deadlines from the architects and the contractors. This is a common risk factor in the construction industry.

- Incompetent contractors: One of the significant problems in the construction of a house is the incompetency of the labours. Unprofessional contractors can increase troubles in paperwork and with subcontractors. They delay the project, which leads to missed deadlines. Communication with the owner is also a problem. If multiple tasks are happening for the same contractors, possibilities are there that they will need help to perform with a specific speed and concentration.

- Design Errors: Because of the inadequate design of the structure, design errors can arise. The concrete of the house will be under more significant stress. The symptoms of these kinds of errors are due to insufficient design of the structures, which show spalling cracking of concrete. Moreover, high pressure and shear torsion can result in the cracking of concretes. Additionally, the size of the rooms can get distorted due to design errors. Abrupt changes in the design plan can cause stress on the construction, which may result in cracking. For instance, when thin sections are tied rigidly with massive teams as well as replacement concrete which is ununiform in the dimension of the plan.

- Safety hazards: The primary safety hazards in the construction of a house are:

- Vibration syndrome
- Working at height
- Trips, slips and falls
- Noise
- Handling of material by labour and equipment
- Moving of construction objects.

Mitigating strategy for the most critical risk and Action Plan:

Mitigating strategies help to implement mitigation in decision-making (Stehn et al., 2021). Design error is the most critical risk of house construction (Sharma and Gupta, 2019). To identify errors in design that can lead to structural damage, the first inspection should be conducted on the plan of the structure. With the help of petrographic analysis, testing the concrete's strength can be done. And proper communication regarding the design should be conducted.

References

PROJ6004 Contracts and Procurement Report 1 Sample

Context:

General

Procurement and contracts are integral to successful project management. Planning for purchases and acquisitions, requests for proposal, vendor selection, contract administration, and contract closure are integral parts of the process. Learning from Case Studies and benchmarking against better practices, standards and excellence is vitalto understand complexity of issues and successful strategies for procurement and contract management. It will also ensure improved responsiveness to key issues, promotesupplier- client relationships through proactive management of risks and ultimately deliverhigher level of focus on performance-basedoutcomes.

Specific (Assessment 1 Part A and Part B Context)

The context of Assessment 1 is a further deep-dive discussion with other students of key issues to better understand the principles of project procurement, challenges, risks, and to develop key procurement themes and quantify financial exposure. Using blackboard and class interaction to develop risk mitigation, to benchmark issues and capture lessons learnt. Discussion Board Participation based on further review of the subject Learning Resources and the Case Study. Students are encouraged to look at the full suite of module Learning Resources as well as otherpublic documents associated with the Case Study. Through a variety of contributing perspectives, Assessment 1 aims to encourage a further understanding of the procurement and financial risk, mitigations and benchmarking against better practices and excellence reports to ensure successful completion. The specific roles and responsibilities of project manager and procurement manager in the completions effort is also explored.

Students are also encouraged to understand and explore the related organisational issues, stakeholders and the funding and other procurement aspects associated with the Case Study drawing upon the learnings from similar procurement projects from the Essential Learning Resources.

Instructions:

There are 2 important aspects to Assessment 1 discussion boardparticipation:

• Protocols for postings: As a minimum requirement the student will submit a main post of approximately 250 words on the relevant topic, and then reply to at least 2 other students. The objective to create a fluent generation of ideas and authentic perspectives on each topic.

• Rules for participation: a culture of mutual respect towards other students or participants, being timely and relevant (staying on the topic), being creative and bringing critical thinking and thoughtful approach in the interactions. It is expected that student contribution to a particular discussion will be made within 3 days of start of a new Module.

Assessment 1 Part A and Part B will involve discussion board contribution by individuals exploring the following key issues:

• Typical procurement and risks required to be managed for complex projects;

• Specific financial risks from the Case Study project (use research information, initiative and judgement);

• Possible risk mitigation actions that relate to the Case Study project and how these relate to better practice guidelines

• Areas for further vendor negotiations and management - to achieve a successful contract completion.

• Areas of key accountability for Project Manager and Procurement Manager in facilitating successful outcome for the Case Study project;

• The questions for discussion board are formulated to critique the above topics and bring out ideas thoughts, develop solutions and ensure students active participation, leadership, feedback, cooperation and time-management aspects. It is expected that the students will undertake sufficient research and reading toeffectively contribute and share ideas individually during Modules 1 to 3 discussions, This is important for discussions to achieve sufficient depth of analysis asto provide high quality of information to satisfy the requirements for the case study analysis – based on the above guidelines.

Solution

Part A

Primary challenges to procurement management and globalization of contracts

These elements play a critical part in defining and launching the Bowen Terrace's operating requirements in Brisbane. For Assignment Help, The suggested procurement procedure includes a number of components.

Imitation request

For the desired output, this procedure necessitates the identification of needs for each part of the activity. It will be the most preliminary step of the procurement procedure in the context of the current project.

Development of requirement

A broad ideology is offered to the available contractors in regard to the required resources as part of this component of the procurement process.

Request for approval

It covers a wide range of activities across the designated fragments. To analyse the project's demands and capabilities, a sequence of approvals must be conceptualised and defined (Muller et al., 2019).

Managing Responsibilities Related To Contract

It takes into account the requirements as well as the organization's ability to indicate changes in operational models. The contracts are included in the proposals, and when they've been reviewed, a relative approval process begins.

Risk Mitigation Approach

The below risks are the risks related to finance in the Bowen Terrace project:

Risk related to construction

The firm is likely to have a substantial impact on the time frame and cost specificity. A construction process is, in many situations, an unexpected procedure, thus the dangers of time and resource limitations are relatively high in this circumstances.

Operating risks

There will be a financial problem for each of the different departments responsible for maintaining the stadium if the operating costs exceed the allowed level. Running a stadium is a significant responsibility, and as a result, the risks of misbehaviour and risk are high across the board (Radujkovic & Sjekavica, 2017).
Procurement Management approach

For the given scenario, the project procurement cycle begins with a need-based ideology and ends with the selection of a group of qualified contractors to achieve the intended outcomes.Because the desired process necessitates a wide range of operations and maintenance options, it necessitates a thorough examination. Public projects are an important reality for any social organisation since they give a steady development aim for any chosen public project management.

Muller, R., Drouin, N., & Sankaran, S. (2019). Modeling organizational project management. Project Management Journal, 50(4), 499-513.

Radujkovic, M., & Sjekavica, M. (2017). Project management success factors. Procedia engineering, 196, 607-615.
Smith, G. (2020). PROJ 6016 Capstone Case Study – Bowen Terrace.

Part B

Recommended Strategy

Transference of Risk

When the project is giving out the expected outcomes and all of the processes are efficiently running but there are some of minor defects then the contracting party or the vendor to which such responsibility is delegated must take the responsibility. Insurance is one such option to mitigate risks as it covers the projects from various risks such as financial risks, natural hazards and other sorts of risks.

Purchase Authorization

It specifies how well contracted resources and information systems can be used. Various processes necessitate a series of purchases, each at a different level.

Proposal Evaluation

Individual contractors and contracting organisations submit proposals for undertaking these operations, which are reviewed by the authority. Because the activities are large-scale, a number of requests and suggestions have been made to take advantage of the opportunity.

In which situation the strategy would align and benefits of strategy

The procurement process depiction through a flowchart

It also gives organisations the ability to interact and thoroughly investigate each step of the process. A flowchart is an excellent representation of each of the several methods that can be used to create significant long-term benefits (Bjorvatn& Wald, 2018).

Evaluation of Tenders

All of the previously described principles for measuring and managing the project's development aspects must be met during the evaluation phase. The tender evaluation process is carried out using the available process divisions across the given format.

Reference

Bjorvatn, T, & Wald, A. (2018). Project complexity and team-level absorptive capacity as drivers of project management performance. International Journal of Project Management, 36(6), 876-888.

Smith, G. (2020). PROJ 6016 Capstone Case Study – Bowen Terrace.

PROJ6002 Project Planning and Budgeting Report Sample

Context:

The backbone of a project manager’s work is the Project Management Plan. This plan is the document which describes how the project will be executed, monitored and controlled. It integrates and consolidates all of the subsidiary plans and baselines from the planning processes. In this subject, you will be creating components of a Project Management Plan for your selected Case Study.

Project Scope Management includes the processes required to ensure that the project includes all the work required, and only the work required, to complete the project successfully. Managing the project scope is primarily concerned with defining and controlling what is and is not included in the project. Project Time Management includes the processes required to manage the timely completion of the project. Plan Time Management is the process of establishing the policies, procedures, and documentation for planning, developing, managing, executing, and controlling the project schedule. Effective scope management is one of the key factors determining project success. Failure to accurately interpret a client's needs or problems will produce a misleading definition (scope of work). If this causes rework and additional effort, there may be project cost and time implications. Therefore project success will be self-limiting if the scope of work is not adequately defined.

Instructions:

This assessment has two parts: Module 2 Discussion Activity (Part A) and Scope and Time Management documentation (Part B).

Part A – Module 2 Discussion Activity

Schedule Management.

How might changes to project scope affect the project's schedule, and how would a project manager formally communicate such variances to project stakeholders? Illustrate some examples from the given case study to support your discussion.
Output Provide an initial discussion of approximately 500 words by the first half of Module 2. Respond with approximately 250 words for each feedback/comment to at least one fellow student’s discussion by the end of Module 2 (Total 750 words for Assessment 1 Part A).

Part B – Scope and Time Management Plans

In this subject, you will be creating subsidiary management plans of a Project Management Plan using the information found in the case study provided by your learning facilitator at the commencement of the subject.

In modules 1, 2 and 3, you will work individually or in a group of 2-3 students on the given case study. For Assessment 1 Part B, you are responsible for submitting the project scope and time management plans for the case study. The plans must contain, but not limited to, the following plan components:

• Project goals and objectives
• Project scope statement
• Work Breakdown Structure (WBS)
• Project schedule

For the project scope statement and WBS, you can use the templates found in this module’s Learning Resources or a format of your own. For the project schedule, you are responsible for submitting a schedule and a network diagram using the critical path method (CPM). Your schedule can be created using scheduling software e.g.

ProjectLibre or Microsoft Project. Your network diagram can be hand-drawn and scanned or created using drawing tools e.g. in Microsoft Word or PowerPoint.

Solution

Scope management statement

Overall description of the work

The current report will provide a clear scope statement of the National Project Management Symposium project. A significant endeavour is to plan and conduct a national symposium for a society that draws around 1350 people. For Assignment Help The registration cost for a 3-day symposium that offers free admission to all seminars is $2,500 per participant, as the event does not benefit (Kuzyk et al., 2019). Challenges associated with organizing such a conference include the selection of a program committee, the selection of a topic, the contact of exhibitors, local preparations, program planning, and ongoing.

Deliverables

For the 2022 Annual December Symposium Melbourne is chosen as the host town or chapter. The statement of work details the activities carried out by an entire project is to provide a high-quality value-added program (Kululanga & Kuotcha, 2010). This is helpful for the society and the guest program that reflects the hosting city well and also to fulfil rigorous financial standards. A great program is vital since it permits people to be created during the learning program. This contains the managers responsible for each course, the social program, local arrangements, and other information.

Justification for the project

Effective management of the project scope provides a clear insight into the big assignment is planning and conducting a nationwide symposium for a company with 1350 participants. It helps differentiate between something being necessary and what is not necessary for the undertaking for planning and conducting a nationwide symposium for a company (Travel Oregon & Driftline Consulting. 2020). The project management scope also identifies the project control aspects to handle items that might be modified and during the duration of the project. More significantly, project scope management concentrates on planning and monitoring, which is why a project manager can easily manage customer or stakeholder expectations and successful completion of the project. This will help the members of the team to organize the event using a functional approach. A major milestone is that when stakeholders may anticipate finishing the National Project Management Symposium project. More complicated projects may contain milestones for certain phases in the creation or completion of a workable product.

Constraints

National Project Management Symposium project comprises essentially a set of interrelated working operations that are restricted to the scope of the project, and accessible budget allocated for this program, and the schedule for delivery of the project. The key activities in planning and development projects are the milestones (International Project Management Association. 2020). The milestones of this program are the approval of the project, the delivery of a high-quality value-added program. Also, to ensure that the team works well. If customer demands or issues are not properly comprehended, the scope of the job might be improperly defined. In case of this rework or more effort, project cause and time implementation might occur. The main objective of the project is to define and manage what is included in the project and what isn't included. The program administration covers the procedure needed to oversee the development's satisfactory delivery.

Assumptions

The National Project Management Symposium project has considered few assumptions regarding functional strategy in order to achieve high scope of success of this event. The main functions of the Australian officers are members of five other company partners who would help in other roles. There will be developments on the structure of the work breakdown and the Gantt activity diagram. Design and construction, pharmaceuticals, utility, technology, automobile, research and development, military, education, and production are all the technological tracks. Sessions on the preparation of professional certificates, on Taguchi principles of quality assurance statistics, and future practice will be included.

Inclusions/Exclusions

The stakeholders check has revealed that the expected results of the current project will meet all the evaluation criteria and demonstrate a high scope. For example, if an efficient remote office user interface is required for a centralized account opening procedure, the stakeholders would conduct quality and user tests to make sure this need has been fulfilled (Figliola, & Library of Congress. 2017). One of the major variables affecting the success of the project is effective management of scope. Overall project management is an approach that determines and establishes the planning process, the list of all project objectives, tasks, results, deadlines, and budgets. In program management, changes are typical for a large project.

Reference List

PROJ6003 Project Execution and Control Report Sample

Task Summary

In this assessment, you are required to write an individual report of 2000 words (excluding tables, figures, and graphs) proposing a change to be implemented in the case study, provided by the Learning Facilitator, addressing:

Change impact analysis, tools & techniques to manage the change, integrated change control process to submit the change and options to implement the change along with its associated risks.

A change request form must also be submitted attached to the report demonstrating how the change would be requested for the given project.

The intention of this assessment is that you take a practical approach by considering this change to be submitted to key stakeholders of given case study.

Please refer to the Task Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Context

During project execution, project managers ensure that project work is completed as specified in the Project Management Plan and according to project requirements. Requirements may change throughout the course of a project. Changes need to be controlled, ensuring all of their impacts upon the project are managed effectively and are incorporated into existing management plans and project baselines.

Task Instructions

To complete this assessment task, you must:

1. Ensure that you have read the given case study and resources from the subject, as all as any additional research you may find relevant and that will add value to your report. Review your subject notes, as well the Lecture slides and any other information provided by the Learning Facilitator in support of this assessment.

2. The report should encompass a practical approach in addressing the following requirements:

a) Identify and propose one (1) change you believe is required for the case study and justify it by applying tools & techniques from quality management in identifying root-cause for the issues found in the case study.

b) Critically analyse the impacts of your change proposal on scope, time, cost, quality of the project.

c) Propose and justify tools & techniques used to manage the change.

d) Explain what processes are involved in submitting your change request given the scale of your change proposal and address responsibilities considering the stakeholders from your case study.

e) Identify and discuss options (at least 2) to satisfy the proposed change and any risks associated with each of these options.

f) Complete the Change Request Form (CRF) provided or one that is used from a workplace.

3. The report should consist of the following structure:

• A Title Page with subject code and name, assignment title, student’s name, student ID, lecturer’s name, word count and date submitted.

• An Executive Summary (150 – 200 words) providing the summary of your report, containing key findings, tools & techniques used, methodology, constraints and recommendations. This section allows the reader to rapidly become acquainted of a large portion of your material. It is usually around 10% of your report and written last.

• A Table of Contents with the structure of the report, including page numbers and headings.

• An Introduction (150 – 200 words) that will also serve as your statement of purpose for the report—this means that you will tell the reader what you are going to cover in your report as well as provide:

- Background of the case study and context of the report

- What the reader can expect to find in the body of the report

• The Body of the Report (1350- 1600 words) in which you will cover five (5) requirements listed above (a to e). This section of your report will contain the information that is required to demonstrate your understanding of the case study and key Project Management concepts under discussion by applying them into your report.

- The report layout should be logical and lead the reader through a story which identifies the key points being discussed and takes the reader to your conclusion.

Solution

Introduction

“Change management” refers to the systematic approach in dealing with transition or transformation of the organisations processes technologies or goals. The main objective of change management is to effectively implement the strategies for carrying out the change controlling add and help in the workforce to adapt the change. For Assignment Help, These strategies have definite procedure which is structured in nature for requesting the change and mechanism for responding to the request and following them appropriately(Ali & Miller, 2017). The main objective of this report is to critically evaluate and analyse the technology transition into the state based government department in Victoria. This department aims to integrate a new system known as Asset Management information system within its organisation that will help it to store the details of new as well as existing assets across multiple locations. The supplier is an experienced vendor, Great IT Systems. This project will highlight specific changes that are essential in order to implement this new organisational transition(Makepeace, Tatham& Wu, 2017). Specific tools and techniques will also be used in order to manage the change and implement it within the organisation in a successful manner(McShane, 2018).

The change that is being evaluated after the case study analysis

One of the major issues that exist in the provided case study is that there is a lack of communication between the external stakeholders and internal stakeholders of the state government department in Victoria for implementing the Department Asset Management System and integrating it into the organisation in a successful manner (Banaeianjahromi&Smolander, 2019). The non-departmental or the external stakeholders comprise the training team known as "Trainers Are We" who is responsible for the supply of the training materials as well as the providence of any to the key stakeholders of the corporate teams for each of the applications of this new system (Torrens University Australia, 2021). On the other hand, the internal stakeholder of the department comprises of the Subject matter Experts, who do not understand the need for the new application and possess the thought that this new system will impose more work for them rather than simplifying the organisation's processes. The external stakeholders who are responsible for providing training to the internal stakeholders have not been able to meet with the internal stakeholders of the department and as a result, there exists a lack of understanding about the efficiency of the new system.

In this context, a proper communication channel must be developed between the training team and the Subject Matter Experts who are seconded to the project team such that they are able to educate the staff and provide them solutions who are going to use the system once it has been delivered within the department. In addition, some of the other major problems of this new application in the testing process faced by Rick, who is the branch manager, is that the featured promises did not match the one which is promised to the branch reference group. Therefore, review of the new system must be taken into account by the Vendor Project Manager and the Training Team Project Manager before its final implementation into the department in order to match the expectations of this staff to the features of the DAMS system.

Critically analyse the impacts of your change proposal on the scope, time, cost, quality of the project

Scope: Review of the new department asset management systems by the when the project manager, as well as the training team project manager, will help in fixing the major issues present in the current system. The first being the screen terminology does not completely match with the one promised to the branch reference group as well as features of the system which have been promised to be automated is still remaining as manual data entry(Smith, 2011). With the help of the systems review, User Acceptance Testing (UAT) members would be able to mitigate the problem of the new system such as incorrect reference data, confusion in context to field names and headings screens which are not user friendly. The walkthrough would also enable the management staff to ensure that the branch managers as well as the staff have completely understood the application and are able to utilise it in the most effective manner.

Time: This new change will require at least 2 months for its final release and its final roll out to the branch offices which is planned to be delivered by the beginning of February 2022 might get scheduled to March-April 2022.

Cost: An extra cost of 60,000 AUD would incur in this context of change as new training sessions are needed to be held by the management team at the cost of 1000 AUD for a time period of 60 days.

Quality of the Project: This change will bring a significant positive impact on the quality of the project. This review process would greatly benefit the branch managers as well as the department's internal training team as they will be able to communicate with the project management team regarding the glitches as well as the issues in the new application and report them for making the appropriate changes in order to derive the best outcomes. Providence of re-training would also ensure that the internal training themes have been able to understand that application effectively and utilise it for the purpose in an efficient manner. Another positive impact is that this review process will greatly help in ensuring that the staff is provided with all the solutions regarding their questions as well as issues of the new software.

Propose and justify tools & techniques used to manage the change

Lewin’s Change Model will greatly help in managing the change by its step by step process. The three processes in Kurt Lewin's Change Model is as follows
Unfreezing: The User Acceptance Testing of the new application has reviewed several floors of the new application which the features provided does not match with the promised ones. In this context, it is essential for the management staff to provide a new training session for the branch managers as well as the staff in order to keep them constantly motivated about the usage and its possible effect on the department(Bakari, Hunjra&Niazi, 2017). The trainers must also be provided with proper materials for development in order to ensure that their expectations from the new application are met and they are able to gain a piece of overall knowledge about the new systems such that they can develop a solution for the staff whenever they come up with new queries regarding the application.

Techniques

To implement the change model in the organizational change, the higher authorities of the organization have to focus on a survey for the company and they have to understand the necessary changes to support the management. The management authorities of the organization can frame the issues to communicate the changes using the long term vision. (Torrens University Australia, 2021)

Changing:

The review process by the management staff must also take into account appropriate sessions of training for the trainers as well as branch managers of the department. For effective delivery of the training, good communication is essential between the internal as well as external stakeholders of the department such that the problems and the solutions can be brought up and trainers are able to enhance the learning in each of the training sessions.

Techniques

The managerial authorities of the company has to focus on the information flow that bring out the iterative approach that sustain the change with the adequate information to focus on the variety of skills and expertise for coordinating the problems for defining the influences for achieving the common goals. (Torrens University Australia, 2021)

Refreezing: Before the final release of the application, key performance indicators must be established within the organisation by the project management team as well as the staff management in order to ensure that their employees all the staff accept the new system in a positive manner rather than a technology transition which is implemented to increase your workload. The key performance indicators would also help the staff management as well as the internal training providers to constantly monitor the effectiveness of this new application and finally integrate it within the organisation's processes for achieving the desired objectives.

Technique

The organizational authorities are needed to be focused on the better ways to tie up with the new changes into the new culture for identifying the changes that supports the change barriers. The organization has to develop the sustainable ways that sustain the changes in a long term process. The managing executives can create proper reward system to get the profitable outcomes for implementing the change regarding the project context. (Torrens University Australia, 2021)

Change proposal and address responsibilities considering the stakeholders from the case study

The processes involved in submitting the change request along with the responsibilities of the major stakeholders in the context of the changes is as follows:

A meeting must be scheduled comprising of the project team manages the property managers and the branch training team head in order to discuss the flaws of the new application and report them appropriately to the present apartment program manager and the vendor project manager(Chan &Oppong, 2017). The current vendor project manager of the company has to be focused on the stakeholder management process that helps them to get the benefits in their DAMS programme.

Communication between the external stakeholders which include the training team and the major internal stakeholder, the Subject Matter Experts and the project team is essential in order to develop an understanding of the knowledge gained from the training process and its effectiveness in real live scenarios. The initial communication with the Department Senior and executive management expectorations that bring out the beneficial aspect to complete the project and it also helps the company to get the critical overview regarding subject matter experts. (Torrens University Australia, 2021)

New schedules for meeting between the training team and the internal training provider of the department must be arranged such that the training team are able to solve the queries of the internal training providers and enhance the learning process(Chan &Oppong, 2017).

Initial communication between the department senior and executive management and the subject matter experts is essential in order to understand the effectiveness of this new system and what long-term benefits it is going to bring for the department on its successful integration.

The proposed change and any risks associated with each of these options

The first option that related with the risk is mentioned in the following section

Training need

Training need analysis is needed to be conducted by the training team Trainers are We, and report must be provided to both the vendor project manager as well as the major internal stakeholders of the department. Lack of communication can become a barrier in this context as the time period for the change proposal is limited. (Torrens University Australia, 2021) Effective mediums of communication such as emails or video calls must be used in this context in order to mitigate the issue of communication. It is also essential for the project officer to continuously assess the training needs as well as the progress of the training and report it to the program manager.

New quarries

During the final release of the new application and its integration into the organisation processes, the staff of the branches might face several issues as well as queries regarding the new application. In this context, the branch managers must provide efficient training in order to handle and respond to the queries and problems of the staff such that they remain continuously motivated as well as gain enthusiasm in learning the new application. (Torrens University Australia, 2021) The positive impact of this application must also be stated out to all the staff such that they are able to understand the long term benefits of this application. As the vendor do not propose the important and effective resources for the project work, it come up as a problem and it can bring out different risks to provide the better solution for the quarries

Conclusion

After the completion of this project, it can be concluded that the benefits of implementing the new system are into the organisational processes is not immediately visible to the internal stakeholders. Therefore, is essential for the project managers to address the issues of this new application and meet the query is as well as the problem is of the branch managers as well as the staff. During this technological transition process, it is essential for the project managers to keep their workforce continuously motivated with the help of good communication and active listening. The rising concerns of the Subject Matter Experts group regarding the effectiveness of this new application are due to the limited communication with the external stakeholder, which is the training team. Therefore, it is essential for the project manager to establish a good communication link between the internal and the external stakeholders of the department such that a smooth transition can be maintained.

References

PROJ6004 Contracts and Procurement Case Study Sample

Context:

General

Procurement and contracts are integral to successful project management. Planning for purchases and acquisitions, requests for proposal, vendor selection, contract administration, and contract closure are integral parts of the process. Learning fromcase studies and benchmarking against better practices, standards and excellence is vitalto understand complexity of issues and successful strategies for procurement and contract management. It will also ensure improved responsiveness to key issues, promote supplier- client relationships through proactive management of risks and ultimately deliver higher level of focus on performance-basedoutcomes.

Specific (Assessment 2 Context)

Assessment 2 is about uncovering complexities in the procurement context generally, identifying key issues, looking at leadership, governance and key themes that will allow improved focus, and learning.

Assessment 2 is based on understanding the case study and other module Learning

Resources.

• Students are encouraged to look at the Essential and Highly Recommended Learning
Resources and other public documents associated with the case study.

• However, a careful thorough review of the report is required to understand the contracts and procurement issues that have arisen during the project execution, ongoing risks mitigations and lessons learnt that can be applied to other large infrastructure projects.

• Assessment 2 aims to encourage a deeper understanding of the challenges faced in large complex projects – particularly with procurement methods that involve private-sector finance to deliver complex projects – which is a significant method of procurement because it can mobilise global financial and procurement capability to innovatively build public infrastructure and facilities to meet the needs of the growing population.

• Students are also encouraged to understand and explore the related organisational issues, stakeholders and the funding and finance aspects associated with the project.

Solutions

Instructions:

Assessment 2 Individual Report (overall 2,400 Words) is designed around analyzing the procurement in the case study project. This assessment comprises of three parts:

• Part A: Introduce and summarise the procurement context and scope (life cycle journey of the case study project). Identify the project procurement components and tender evaluation that may have been used in the case study (according to your knowledge from the theory you have studied).

• Part B: Describe the complexities (and key issues/risks), discuss the project environment
and organisation aspects, leadership and governance and how these have influenced outcomes.

• Part C: Identify or suggest key mitigations and possible learnings. Explain how those learnings may require changesto roles and responsibilities of key project resources, changes to procurement briefsor specifications, scope and the procurement process itself. Identify dependencies and common themes.

INTRODUCTION

Procurement and contract are integral aspects of project management. They establish the foundation of the project and streamline the functions in order to manage it in the desired manner. It is part of the Planning phase of the project management life cycle. The current report is based on “PROJ 6016 Capstone Case Study – Bowen Terrace”. The contents highlighted are divided into 3 parts – A, B, and C, along with a reflective journal.

Figure 1: Project Management Life Cycle
(Source: created by learner)

PART A

Summary of Procurement Context and Scope (Life cycle Journey)

Procurement Management

The procurement management within the current case study is susceptible to supply chain issues that may arise. For Assignment Help, They are likely to face post covid-19 supply chain issues and it is the responsibility of the procurement manager to make sure that a reliability of supply quality of the items price and mitigation of are practiced appropriately within the life cycle. They would need to focus on these aspects and make sure that the required raw materials are procured for construction and development of the desired infrastructure (Demirkesen&Ozorhon, 2017).

Scope Management

The scope of this project is very broad and needs a strong control mechanism so that it can be insinuated within the project environment. Effective management of project activities needs to be undertaken in order to successfully define the project scope. It is vital to make sure that the scope of the current project would remain flexible so that the last-minute changes due to construction and infrastructure could be inculcated and adjusted within the same.

Identification of Project Procurement Components and Evaluation in Case study

Procurement Journey

Figure 2: Procurement Process
(Source: created by learner)

Identification of Requirements: procurement journey starts with identifying the requirements. They could be internal or external depending upon whether they are required by the business as a part of their current operations or the project will eventually use them within their output. This stage involves assessment of the needs and setting a budget (de Araújo et al., 2017). Within the current project of Bowen Terrace Campus site, it would be the duty of the procurement manager to identify the requirements and prepare a list of the same.

Selection of Supplier: this stage involves the Sourcing of suppliers and determining whether or not they would be able to provide the best value and quality goods as per the needs. It is vital for the business to identify reputable vendors who have a long-term partnership with the project site so that they don't fall susceptible to supply chain issues.

Petrovaet al. (2017) highlighted that strategic procurement should be employed in the construction projects as it is a less responsive procurement process as the preferred suppliers for the requirements will already be in place. The procurement manager of the campus would need to analyse supplier options based on their quotations and the services offered so that an informed decision is made in favour of the project.

Negotiation of Contract Terms: after the preferred supplier is shortlisted it is necessary to negotiate terms of contract with them. It is the responsibility of the procurement manager to reach a price which is favourable for the supplier as well as the project (Putri et al., 2019). It is suggested that the procurement manager of the campus site should reflect upon previous negotiations to identify opportunities which will allow them to streamline costs and save money.

Finalization of the Purchase Order: the next step involves the preparation and finalization of purchase orders which includes a description of the required goods and services, total cost of quantity, and workflow management of the same. When a purchase order is approved in procurement management it is sent to the friendship team with reference number agreement of payment terms and any other essential information regarding the same.

Generation of Invoice and Payment: once a supplier has received the purchase order, they will send an invoice to the procurement manager with instructions how to pay. Currently this part is being done automatically through invoice automation and digital channels. Procurement manager of the campus site would need to make sure that the payment terms are developed on the basis of contractual agreement and the strength of the relationship instead of domination (Lemar, 2018).

Delivery and Audit: after the payment is made it is the duty of the supplier to deliver the ordered goods as soon as possible. The key responsibilities of the procurement manager of the campus site should double check that all the contents ordered have been delivered and if there is something missing, they should contact the supplier and rectify the problem.

Maintenance of Accurate Invoices for Future Audit: the procurement manager should ensure that the records of purchases are kept up to date along with invoices and payments so that when they are due for a cash flow audit by the project manager, they can undertake calculation precisely (Shehu et al., 2019). Theprocurement manager of Campus site needs to maintain accurate invoices so as to make sure that they are not overspending or understanding and rather focused on satisfying the needs.

Scope Journey

Figure 3: Process of Defining Scope
(Source: created by learner)

Planning: this stage aims to plant all the deliverables that the project will deliver. For example, in the current case study, the project deliverable would be the accommodation facility at Brisbane.

Collection of Requirements: it is necessary to ask all the stakeholders what are the specific requirements of the project that will allow it to achieve its entire deliverable(Al-Rubaieiet al., 2018). Here, the requirements would be water supply, electricity supply, safe accommodation facility, and catering to the needs of athletes.

Definition of Scope: these elements are then integrated into a single statement that defines what the project aims to achieve. The project manager of the Brisbane campus site would define the scope while discussing the same with the stakeholders and identifying their peculiar requirements within the

PART B

Description of Complexities

Potential risks are based on project changed elements and external environmental factors in the project life cycle. It is vital to know that planning is required to make sure that the integrity of the project is maintained. This postulation includes the factors of various stakeholders, physical site, and nature of site activity. It is necessary that the planning of this project satisfies the scrutiny of the board of directors of the Olympic Committee which are monitoring the 2032 games. It is essential that they have confidence within this project and also assist with the deliverables so that it is managed well. The complexities of the current project in the form of risks and key issues are stated below:

Figure 4: Types of Risks and Key Issues of the Case Study
(Source: created by learner)

Logistical Risk: various Logistical complexities need to be addressed before commencing the project. These risks included transportation facilities, necessary equipment, labour, and fuel. If the project manager of the terrace campus site does not address these logistical issues the current project is likely to face delays and Finance losses (Keshk et al., 2018).

Environmental Risks: these include natural disasters and weather implications. These risks are likely to go undetected when the members of the project team are unfamiliar with the local climatic conditions(Serpell et al., 2017). Within the present context, it would be made sure that the team has some local residents of Brisbane so that they can win the other members regarding complications that may arise in the project life cycle.

Management Risks: the most common management through which the Brisbane campus site is likely to undergo is that of uncertain productivity of resources. The project manager would have to make sure that the killed team members are appointed and have adequately defined their responsibilities and roles.

Financial Risks: the budget for building is $39 Million, which is the below market expectations. It has been said that the construction project is likely to undergo budget constraints due to its proposed allocation and also the Global constraints on the Australian economy. These are the constraints which are likely to reduce the competitiveness of the project and comprise the financial risk that can interfere with the final output.

Political / stakeholder risk: the current project handles various resources which have political connections and are likely to bring politically charged complications in the project environment. It is necessary that an effective and responsible reporting system should be set up to fight off political wrangling and construct a world class building into the spotlight because of intended use(Ansah et al., 2017).

Quality risk: the Olympic movement has rated different countries upon the standard of quality that can deliver if the games are held in specific locations. It is the duty of the Brisbane Olympic community to make sure that their bid is being rated the highest.

Discussion of Project Environment and Organizational Context

Brisbane suffers from a shortage of suitable local accommodation. Brisbane City Council has requested that such accommodation should be developed and Torrens University will be developing a site close to its Bowen terrace campus that would be used to provide documents issued to everything that would be participating in the Olympics in 2032. After the international event, the accommodation facility would be used for student rental accommodation at the campus site only.

The proposed location of the complex site is behind the campus building at Brisbane which is underutilised commercial facility in the fortitude valley. Estimated 44 months of planning and build time is anticipated which will also include demolition of the existing infrastructure in February 2022. In order to satisfy the demand of the Brisbane City Council the building would be constructed for 15 floors above the ground level with a ground floor that will have a leisure area, internet cafe, and laundry facilities.

Single and double room combinations would be there at the accommodation floors which are capable of providing housing to minimum 20 individuals per floor. Each room would be composed of a bed and writing desk along with air conditioner, television, and fridge.

Leadership and Governance and their Impact

The project leadership and governance set directly puts an impact on the decision-making process of the environment (Drouin et al., 2018). As per the views of Pilkiene et al. (2018) the role of leadership is highly important in project management as it encapsulates a wide range of activities including task coordination, effective planning, inspiring team members, overseeing projects, and making vital decisions to set a plan for conducting actionable. The management of the project will be done through a project management contractor that will report directly to the project management panel. This panel is established for the particular project and is based in Brisbane.

It is the responsibility of the project manager of the terrace campus site project to recruit a project team as per his requirements and their skill set (van Meerkerk&Edelenbos, 2018). The major impact of effective leadership in the project environment is that it allows streamlined operations and makes sure that the activities are conducted in the desired way with no discrepancies in human resources or physical resources.

Müller et al. (2019) explained that governance is a framework which integrates the factors of accountability and authorities while defining the control in the project environment. It aims to monitor the outcomes and benefits from the project and how it will satisfy the needs of the stakeholders. Effective governance gives the required confidence to the board of directors that they approve the funding of the project and make sure that they are managed well.

The governing entity of the terrace campus site project is Brisbane City Council. This is so because the development of the site was their primary request and the entity is well qualified to manage the projects on a city level due to their extensive understanding of the need and the way accommodation facilities should be constructed. It is suggested that the City Council should work in alliance with the project management team so that a collaboration could be stirred and deliverables could be achieved in the desired manner.

PART C

Identification and Suggestion of Key Mitigation and Learning

Selecting up on the project brief it has been identified that mitigation strategies need to be developed and implemented within the risk management procedures so that if the project Encounters any of the risk displays it would be able to find the same without hurting its progress or over spending its resources. It has been learnt that the needs of the athletes and the students should be the prime focus of this brief as they would be the end users of the accommodation facility at the Brisbane campus of Torrens University. By doing so the project manager will be able to ensure that the deliverable is in compliance with the requirements and is capable of satisfying the needs of the end users in the most appropriate manner.

Impact of Learnings on Roles and Responsibilities of Key Project Resources

It is vital to note that the learnings and identification have an impact on roles and responsibilities of key project resources. For example, the leisure room should be able to reflect the interests of the students and the athletes in the form of books, basketball court, chess boards etc. This is likely to change the roles and responsibilities of key project resources as they need to be scrutinized by keeping the needs of students and athletes in perspective. The resources such as logistical requirements and raw materials are also likely to change because a student accommodation facility is different from normal one and is a symbol of youth and dedication instead of just a place to live.

Changes to Procurement Briefsor Specifications

As per the learning there would be changes in the procurement briefs and specifications. The items that were earlier being made specific as per the needs of Brisbane City Council, how to reply the perspective of the end-users so that the utilisation of time and resources is fruitful and allows the project management and it to cover up its cost. The scope management section of the brief will need to accommodate the demands of students and athletes within the scope statement. The nature of raw materials and other procurement requirements is also likely to change so as to make sure that they are in compliance with the needs and wants of the stakeholders.

Identification of Dependencies and Common Themes

The dependencies of the current case study lie within satisfaction of stakeholders. If they do not approve of the final deliverable, the business organization can land up in huge loss. The common themes of the current report are based on the principles of project management, with specific reference to the aspects of procurement and contract. The common themes of the report and case study are Procurement Management and Scope Management.

REFLECTIVE JOURNAL

After completing the assignment, I felt that my core concepts of procurement and contract are clarified. This assignment also allowed to apply the principles of project management into real time basis which enabled to understand how theoretical knowledge can be implemented in practical life. I faced some difficulties understanding which concepts need to be implemented in what context, but I feel that, that is something I will able to improve with time and practice.

CONCLUSION

From the current report, it can be concluded that the extensive procurement and scope process will need to be followed within the case study in order to streamline the operations. Complexities at the Bowen terrace include a variety of risks such as logistical, management, and quality etc. Leadership and governance are an integral of a project environment and can impact the operations and activities. The key consideration of the case study is that it needs to emphasis more on the needs of the final users – students and athletes in order to achieve success.

References

PROJ6000 Principles of project management Report Sample

Instructions

You will be given a project case study to use in order to develop your Project Charter. Though all students will receive the same case study, it is expected that each student will think about the project from their own perspective as an up-and-coming project manager in order to formulate a unique Project Charter. Use your own style based on your critical thinking of what it means for you to lead a project. You may use one of the templates provided in the learning resources or develop your own format.

Please follow the instructions below:

1. Read the case study provided by your lecturer. This will form the basis for your Project Charter, because you will assume that you are the project manager for this project.

2. After reading the case study, begin to develop your project charter. This needs to be a 2,000- word report (+/- 10%) and must use a minimum of six (6) references (academic literature and industry publications—please consider the case study as a 7th reference). Please ensure all references are cited in-text.

3. The Project Charter must include the following headings and should be written as if you are presenting it to the project team that will build this project. You are the project manager.

The contents of your Charter should include:

a. Background of the project

b. Reasons for the project

c. Project objectives

d. Proposed project management approach or methodology/methodologies

e. Constraints, limitations, and risks

f. Leadership structure (project manager and his or her senior aides: list their roles and explain what each does in the project. You need to cite four (4) roles)

g. Project risks and their mitigation

h. Project stakeholders and how to interact with them

i. The vision of the project and the type of project team culture you wish to promote in your team

j. Reference list

Solution

1. Background of the Study

My Florida Region is one of the leading Multiple Listing Service providers based in Orlando, Florida. Multiple listing is referred to as the services provided by the brokers and the real estate agents in which the brokers come together and create a database for the listing of the properties for the sale of the properties within the area of operation. The company has an active subscriber base of more than 50,000 which include the owners of the real estate and brokers across 14 shareholders associations to whom it provides services. The company is the largest multiple listing service providers across the world. It is seen that the company has a dedicated project management team which is led by Patrick Williamson. It is seen that the company has an efficient project management team across the globe. Various project management techniques such as Kanban, Scrum, and test-driven development have been implemented. In general, it is seen that nearly 7500 hours of experience is required for an effective project management programme. It is also noted that the PMP needs to have a requirement of earning 60 professional development units on a three-year basis. In this project charter, the project plan to develop and ePropertyWatch is explained in detail based on the various aspects such as the methods, stakeholders’ analysis and limitations.

2. Reasons for the Project

It is seen as per the case study that the Multiple Listing Service provider in the United States have differentiation in staffing capabilities. This is generally based on the capacity of the firms to recruit the staff based on their desired budget. It is seen that only the large MLS's in the country can afford efficient and trained project management staff for full-time project management purposes. The record shows in most of the cases the project manager collaborates with the MLS’s and the vendors. The main reason for the project is to introduce the ePropertyWatch Launch and the product which will provide free services to the MLS. The main purpose of the project is to reduce the gap of the costs among the MLSs to increase the project efficiency of the organisations.

3. Objectives of Project for assignment help -

The objectives of the project are as follows:

- To initiate and plan the stakeholder assessment of the project.
- To launch an ePropertyWatch for the increased efficiency of the project management of the MLS’s who are unable to hire expert project management officials.
- To increase the efficiency of the project management of the organisations.

4. Proposed project management approach

Project management approaches are those methods that are used by a project manager to manage the project Morgunova, 2020). Several project management approaches are used by the managers of the project such as the "agile project management approach" and “traditional approach of project management”. In the project, an agile project management approach will be proposed for the proper management of the project. The "agile project management approach" is also known as the "iterative project management approach" and in this approach, the project goes through several repetitions and steps that help to make the project more accurate (Azanha, Argoud, Camargo & Antoniolli, 2017). This approach is also known as the modern approach of project management and the feedback of the project is taken from the client after every step completion. Thus, the project goes through continuous development during the life cycle of the project and the chances of errors get reduced. The advantages of choosing the "agile project management approach" has been discussed below:

a) Better Quality of Project: The project quality gets better with the application of the agile project management approach as the project goes through continuous development during the cycle of the project (Thesing, Feldmann & Burchardt, 2021).

b) Satisfaction of Customers: In the "agile project management approach" feedbacks are taken from the customers after every step helps in the proper development of the project. Therefore, taking feedback from the customers regarding the project gives satisfaction to the customers (Thesing, Feldmann & Burchardt, 2021).

c) Minimum Errors: The continuous development of the project with feedback at every step from the customers helps to reduce the errors in the project and makes the project more precise (Thesing, Feldmann & Burchardt, 2021).

5. Project Constraints, Limitations and Risks

Project constraints are those factors that can affect the quality and delivery of the project. EpropertyWatch projects also have several constraints and limitations that can affect the quality of the project leading to disruption while delivering the project (Zhang & Cui, 2021). The project constraints of ePropertyWatch have been discussed below:

a) Time: Time is an important factor in the project as it determines the efficiency of the project manager. Time can be a constraint in the project and can affect the delivery of the project. If the time is not managed properly in this project the project can get delayed and affect the satisfaction of the customer (Zhang & Cui, 2021).

b) Cost: The cost is another factor of the project that determines the value of the project. A project that is overvalued cannot give a benefit in return and affects the quality of the project. Therefore, the allocation of cost can become a limitation and affect the valuation of the project.

c) Quality: The quality of the project is another factor that can be a limitation to the project as the change in the quality of the project can affect the precision of the project (Zhang & Cui, 2021).

Limitations:

a) Choosing the correct platform for running the project is a limitation.

b) The project does not have a dedicated project manager who can handle the project efficiently.

Risk:

a) The risk of finance is considered to be one of the biggest risks in this project, under allocation of funds in the project may cause shortage of funds which will affect the quality of the project.

b) The risk in the clarity of the project may also affect the project in a negative way as the stakeholders of the project may not understand the project clearly.

6. Leadership Structure

Leadership structures are one of the important aspects of project management. It helps in the determination of the feasibility of the project and its efficiency over a while. It helps in the effective planning of the task along with overseeing the projects along with motivating the team members (Chingara & Heystek, 2019). In this project, the principal player is the market coordinator of the project. He is responsible for all the creative and communicational aspects of the project led by the project manager who plays the main role in controlling all the members for the efficient finish of the project.

Role of the leaders in doing the project

In this section below it has been discussed about the role of Patrick Williamsonin a detailed manner.

Conducting training programme

Leaders play a vital role in giving training to the employees. Understanding each team member's expertise, leaders can easily conduct training sessions. Here in this project Patrick Williamson can easily conduct a training session for the employees in an effective manner. This training session is beneficial for the employees to understand the works in a detailed manner (Chingara & Heystek, 2019). Along with that, during the training session Patrick Williamson can easily motivate and encourage all the team members to enhance their performance which gradually has a positive impact on the organisation’s growth in the long run. During the training session Patrick Williamson can easily summarise the working schedule and working plan to the employees. However, the employees can easily better their performance with a proper idea of the working plan in a detailed manner. Conducting training programmes by the he is able to help the employees to understand how to deal with the customers in an effective manner which gradually helps to sustain in this competitive and globalised world in the long run (Chingara & Heystek, 2019).

Developing proper communication

The primary role of the leader is to develop proper communication. Developing proper communication with each of the shareholders, investors, staff and brokers. Maintaining proper communication with individual stakeholders Patrick Williamson of this organisation can easily improve the working environment (Chingara & Heystek, 2019). Along with that, better communication helps the leaders to understand the requirements of the customers. However, understanding the requirements of the Patrick Williamson can easily enhance customer satisfaction. With proper communication, the leader can easily maintain a proper working environment.

Developing marketing plan

The other important role of the leader is to develop a marketing plan. Developing a proper marketing plan is important to improve or enhance the sales rate in the future. The leader of this project named Patrick Williamson has played a vital role in developing a marketing plan by understanding the requirements of the customers effectively.

Monitoring working details

The other important role of the leader is to monitor the working details appropriately. Here in this project Patrick Williamson has taken the initiative to monitor the result report of staging, production environment and many more. Monitoring every individual work plan is important to identify all the risks. By this, Patrick Williamson can easily mitigate all the risk factors on a prior basis by monitoring every working detail.

7. Risks in the Project and Ways to Mitigate Them

Every project has risks associated with it that can affect the project in terms of growth, cost and quality. The ePropertyWatch also has some risks associated with the project that can affect the efficiency of the project and needs to be mitigated at the earliest stage for making the project successful. The risks that are associated with ePropertyWatch has been discussed below:

a) Communication Risk: A proper communication among the stakeholders helps to make the project more successful with the implementation of ideas communicated among them. Communication such as conducting meetings, keeping proposals for the work and providing information for the project increases efficiency (Parker, Kunde & Zeppetella, 2017). If the aforementioned communications are not done properly then the stakeholders might not get the information regarding the project and the risk of communication will arise.

b) Technical Risk:The project in this assessment will be an online project that will require the proper use of software and technologies for success. Choosing the correct software and platform for running the codes will make the project a success (Willumsen, Oehmen, Stingl & Geraldi, 2019). However, if the proper platform for coding and software for making the project run are not chosen as per the needs of the project can arise as a risk to the project.

c) Cost Risk: Every project needs to be financed and a shortage of funds can create the budget of the project inflated. Thus, the cost risk arises here with the shortage of funds and the risk might shift to other operations of the project and will affect the project negatively (Qian et al. 2017).

Table 1: Stakeholders of ePropertyWatch and the ways of communication
(Source: Researcher)

The table shown above depicts the number of stakeholders in the ePropertyWatch project and the ways through which the stakeholders can be communicated (Council of Multiple Listing Services, 2018). It can be observed from the table that there are 8 stakeholders named "project manager, sponsor, vendor, QA technician, marketing coordinator, trainer, support centre manager and staff of the project." Among the stakeholders, the project manager is majorly responsible for the outcome and success of the project. The ways through which the stakeholder of the project will be communicated are emails, phone classes, official notice, board meetings, training sessions and staff notice. The above ways mentioned are formal ways to communicate with the stakeholders and this will help to reduce the communication gap among the stakeholders with success in the project.

9. Vision of the Project and Type of Project Team Culture

The vision of the project is to launch an ePropertyWatch for the increased efficiency of the project management of the MLS’s who are unable to hire expert project management officials. Along with that, the culture of the team is supportive and cooperative. The leader of the project has taken initiative to build proper communication with each other. By this, all the team members focus on improving the customer's experience. Along with that, with the proper innovative ideas of individual team members, the leaders can develop any decision which is gradually beneficial for the organisation. The feedback system within the organisation also helps the organisation to enhance employee satisfaction. Strengthening teams through diverse situations is beneficial for the organisation to sustain itself in the long run. Along with that, with a proper collaborative and cooperative manner the organisation has increased their growth in the future.

References

PROJ6001 Integrated Project Management Report Sample

Context:

Enterprise Environment Factors (EEFs) influence on various aspects of organisations, operations and project outcomes, even a project team usually has no control over them. Nevertheless, it is important for the project team to effectively manage EEFs as they can impact on project success. In PMBOK 6th Edition (PMI, 2017), EEFs are key inputs to project management processes, and directly and indirectly connected to Impact analysis, Benefit realisation, and Stakeholder engagement. Reflective exercises can help increase the value of the learning experience by relating new materials of learning to prior knowledge and create a better understanding of the discipline. Reflection improves learning by providing a structure to reflect systematically over time on the learning process, and to develop critical reflective aptitudes, skills and habits. Successful reflection enables self-awareness, personal and professional growth, lifetime learning, and will help students develop into active and aware learners and become a reflective practitioner in their professional life.

Instructions:

In this assessment, students are to work individually or in groups (max 4 members) to complete a project management report to Executive Management, using PMBOK 6th Edition (PMI, 2017) as a guide. Referencing other provided learning resources and personal research are highly encouraged too. This assessment contains 2 parts.

Part A – Module 4 Discussion activity: EEFs and Tools of Impact Analysis

In Assessment 2 Part A, students will use their project developed for Assessment 1:

• Identify relevant enterprise environmental factors (EEFs) of the project;

• Propose a tool, technique or framework intend to use for qualitative and/or quantitative impact analysis of EEFs;

• Justify why the selected tool/technique is appropriate.

Students are encouraged to identify EEFs from the project chosen and share personal thoughts with group members in the class. Actively seek feedback and inputs from facilitators. The individual and/or groups should organise discussion notes and upload it on the Blackboard accordingly.
Assessment 2 Part A is due at the end of Module 4. The discussion can be arranged in a “Main post and Responding post” format, or In-Class discussion notes format.

Part B – Impact Analysis Report and Individual Reflection

In Part B, students will assess and incorporate the feedback received from their peers in Module 4 discussion and submit a report on the impact analysis of EEFs identified within 1500 words. The report should address the following:

• Evaluation of the internal and external factors and their impact on project management processes;

• Development of strategies to realise and optimise potential benefits;

• Drafted communication plan and outcomes to diverse stakeholders.
At end of the report, each group member is required to provide a 500-word or equivalent of personal learning reflection. The reflection should cover

• What key knowledge and skills you learned through this subject?

• How will they benefit you further study and career?

• Any good or bad of your overall learning experience? 

Solution

Introduction

The case study describes how the Denmark based toy manufacturing company, LEGO has experienced in implementing agile stage gate model. For Assignment help The existing stage gate model describes a framework of product development where the phases from ideation to marketing are fragmented into different stages with predefined tasks and fixed deliverables. In this model, the proposed plan approves the required production costs. So with the changing needs of customers and market evolvement, the plan of actions cannot be changed because of the cost approval issue. Because of this linearity and rigidity, LEGO has decided to adopt the agile model which will be adaptive with the market changes and respond to the market needs, along with its existing stage-gate model.After this adoption, LEGO faces some internal and external challenges of project management, that are described below:

Impact of Internal and External Factors on Project Management Processes

Internal Factors

Company Culture

The adoption of hybrid requires a major cultural transformation where the company needs an involvement of leadership. Some of the existing managers and employees create change resistance out of fear that the existing stage-gate is replaced (Miner,2015). The leadership should educate the team that the existing stage-gate is not removed, rather it is modified with the new agile method. The existing company’s core skill is not changed, rather there is a cultural shift. The senior leader does not need to forget the stage-gate and learn new agile. Only, they have to add new criteria with their existing stage-gate’s stages; the customer feedback and risk assessment. The cultural shift comes because of the new team constructions. In the earlier stage-gate model, the team were distributed as per their work disciplines, whereas the new team gathers all the disciplines in each single team.

Skill Availability

The company faces the challenge of resource availability for the defined works for first two sprints. The management also cannot avail the right skills in their existing resources who will establish the planning of production for next two weeks for first two sprints. The earlier stage-gate system allows them to develop a product step by step; on the contrary this new hybrid model asks them to complete a single production of a part in each stage (ThomasNet News, 2014). The management approach of the company also faces that the existing planning process does not fit to the new hybrid approach. The short-term production processes the long-term focus. So, the company needs new hires of management who will match to their need. The existing management cannot estimate the required number of resources for the short-term production where the amount of work becomes higher than the existing process. The company faces the challenge of sudden unavailability of resources with their approved cost structure.

Governance Approach

The new project managers of agile team face the problem of measuring team performance with the application of existing team metrics. In the new project team, there are employees of different disciplines who have different KPI metrics. The managers face the difficulty with measuring the progress of the short-term goals defined in the daily short-sprints. They face problem with gauging whether the daily deliverables are met and attending the stand-up meetings because the team members are also involved in other projects. The company, LEGO faces the challenge to determine the amount of time an employee will devote for one project as he is also involved in other projects. the case study shows that the interviews of the management reflect that they failed with dedicating 50 percent of time. Rather they find it is better to determine 30 percent of time per project for an employee.

Company Infrastructure

The company faces the challenge of implementing the sprint deliverables in a physical production. The software team can accomplish a product completion in a sprint within one week but the development of new machine cannot be easier. Even the prototype making takes time in each stage. The team can meet the definition of ‘done’ with the business case but the team faces the challenge of redefine the definition of ‘done’ with the physical production.

External factors

Consumer Trends

LEGO has been capable of adopting new consumer trends of e-buying. The customer focussed strategies in ecommerce buying helped LEGO to increase its sales revenue21 percent from 2019 to 2020 (Cooper & Sommer, 2018). The hybrid facilitates them to demonstrate the ideation and concept feasibility which allows them to get the customer insights quickly. The availability of ecommerce enables the company to gauge the customer responses and understand how much productions they had to manufacture. Also, it can easily judge their product failure from customer feature.

Government Regulations

LEGO has to comply with the government regulation of fair play act. They has to obey the regulations of European union while complying with fair play act; needs to maintain a proper trademark on the web visibility, avoidance of using internet address and also apply the infringement rights of other countries. LEGO has to comply with the rule of producing safe toys for kids from the US government.

Financial Consideration

Compared to 2019, the revenue of LEGO is increased by 13 percent and the sales revenue has increased by 21 percent. The profit percentage is increased in one year by 10 percent which is equal to 12.9 billion (Research and Markets, 2015). Only challenging factor of LEGO is the reduction of foreign currency rate in many countries.

Strategies To Implement Appropriate Courses of Action

1. Cross Functional Leadership

The agile model has a team where people from different discipline gathers to accomplish a team project. Here, the management has to take the approach of cross-functional leadership. The leaders have to develop the skill of resolving potential challenges of a cross functional team. Where people from different work discipline joins, there are some potentials of arising completes. There are some task dependencies which create obstruction in production and challenges for the team members of different disciplines to cope with. The leader must understand the problem and should have profound knowledge to give right suggestion to the team.

2. Governance Approach

The leaders must segregate the projects which are using hybrids from the other projects which use the existing stage-gate, a
s there are some previous long-term projects is still continuing. The leaders can call for daily stand ups for ensuring to track the update and meet their deliverables. As the employees are also involved in many other projects, the stand-ups will conduct more than one project, instead of focusing on one project.

3. Developing a Demo-able Simulation

The definition of ‘done’ for the hardware product can be resolved by developing a demo software feature which gives the simulation effect of the actual product. The company can take feedbacks and insights of customers by sharing this simulation software through virtual experience. Building a 3D print can be a long-term task (Del Guercio, 2016). In the case of LEGO, they ask customers to take part from the planning process. It is helpful in reducing the number of changes after the prototype is built.

Articulate Project Management Outcomes To Stakeholders

The study analyses the qualitative and quantitative data systematically to determine the interest of stakeholders and whose interest will be prioritised throughout the project. the study identifies the priority of the stakeholders with the help of stakeholder power grid tool (Melnick, 2011). The power-interest grid described in figure 1 is used for categorising the stakeholders according to the priority of their interest during a change model in the project. The stakeholders are categorised into four groups, depicted in the 4 quadrants:

The intensity of engagement depends on the level of power and interest of stakeholders. For instance, the stakeholders who have high interest and high power will have regular engagement and active consultation. The priority of the project is to satisfy that stakeholder.

Figure 1: Stakeholder power grid

Source:

Conclusion

LEGO faces that the agile is good for its productivity and adaptability but it is challenging to match with their strategic goals. As the agile model is developed for short term focus, it loses its direction for company’s long-term goals. In order to respond to this challenge, LEGO adopts hybrid model that integrates the existing stage-gate and also applies the new agile model. the new model replaces the stage-gate’s way of working but keeps its stages. Each stages of the stage-gate is approached with agile model’s real-time and customer-focussed prototype generation. LEGO works in multiple industry where they need high efficiency. Adopting this stage-gate model, LEGO has improved its productivity 30 times faster and also reduces the market generation times by 30 times.

Reflection

key knowledge and skills

• From this case study analysis, I have learnt a different perspective of change model. I have learned how LEGO has managed the change resistance of their company culture by only adopting the agile principles in the process, not their stages of project management (Sanchez et al, 2019). This study gives me the lesson of effectively applying the agile behaviour in the management instead of fixing any particular method. I have realised that the application of true agile method is flexibility. So, they integrate this with their existing stage-gate model.

• The study helps me to understand the true transformation of the company by adopting the agile principle which emphasize on empowerment of employees (Solli-Sæther et al, 2015). It enables me to understand the power of leadership behind the success of agile transformation, as the leaders eases of the sudden challenge of meeting deliverables, reducing the delivery time from one month to two weeks.

• I have also learnt how to manage the deliverables based on the priority of the stakeholders.
Benefit in the further study and career

• In the long run, I will apply this agile project management to have better control on the deliverables. It will help me to ensure that customers are satisfied.

• It will help my career of a manager and also an employee to understand the right metrics of performance while I am working in a team and when my individual work is recognised. From this project, I came to know the metric of a team-player (Project Management Institute. 2013).

• Also, I will be acquainted easily with the understanding of hierarchical power when I will be in an agile team. The flexibility of employee empowerment will allow me to accept easily any agile model.

• This experience will help me in my further career to integrate any model with a new promising model as per their flexibility. This helps me to develop my competency through the experiential project management.

• This project gives me the lesson of handling the projects with practical knowledge instead of prioritising the degrees and certificates.
overall learning experience

In this experience I have learnt the project management and its practical functionality throughout the study of LEGO’s adoption of agile model. This experience is valuable as the markets are rapidly changing with the advancement of technology and this project makes us understand how we can overcome the perceived weakness in the traditional project management models. This experience is complementary as it gives the understanding of being risk-averse instead of holding back while failing to give faster response to the changing needs of customers. In this research process, I have observed that many organizations have lost their strength in their traditional project management model and also deprived the people from their existing job. This learning experience makes me aware how to adopt change management without affecting the job roles of the existing employees. For this reason, overall, the experience is very useful for me. This helps me to know how to act ethically and also enter in new market disruptively.

References:

PROJ6004 Contracts and Procurement Case Study Sample

Assessment 3 Context

Assessment 3 is about best project procurement practice and exploring the benefits of performance-based contracting to develop performance criteria, monitoring processes, contract terms and processesthat ultimately achieves a strong focus on project procurement outcomes and behaviours. It buildson Assessment 1 and 2 by using the ideas and issues raised to identifykey issues that can be consolidated by the Groups to achieve focused actions for best Practice and performance- based procurement contracts.

Assessment 3 also builds on contract management by improved understanding of supplier and client relationships to deliver certainty of outcomes and improved value for all stakeholders.

Note: Groups of 4 people will be assigned by the Learning Facilitator in consultation with the students early during Module 1 or 2, so that students can get to know each other within the group well before starting the group project. A group size of 4 has been proposed to ensure diversity, interaction and opportunity for students to grow and lead teams. Only in exceptional situation a different group size may be approved by the Learning Facilitator.

Instructions:

Assessment 3 will be undertaken progressively through Modules 5 and 6 and will involve Group Report (online students) or PowerPoint Presentation (F2F students).

Based on your research of best procurement practice and the performance-based contracting model(s) and how this has been applied on other complex projects, critique how this method could be applied to the case study example. Students will also discuss key performance criteria, performance monitoring, contract terms that drive performance outcomes and associated contract administration, contract management and the contractor’s role in management of project constraints. The last section of the report/presentation will include a group reflection summary of the key subject learnings. Where appropriate consider the aspects below:

• Specific roles and responsibilities of project manager and procurement manager including in supplier development as part of completions effort or through out the project life cycle (as appropriate).

• The complexity of the project and the challenges faced in terms of contracts and procurement management over the full life-cycle of the project;

• Significant issues or controversial aspects that relate to project stakeholders and/or result in significant risks to the contracting parties;

• Leadership challenges associated with project execution, and importance of completions effort to meet the needs of the key stakeholders.

• Possible actions and how implementing those action will improve sustainable outcomes for the community and key stakeholders (students should include learnings from Module 5 and 6 in areas such as performance drivers, performance outcomes, relationships, completions effort and lessons learnt aspects).

• Understand possible common themes or learnings that can be applied to future large projects to improve management of contacts and procurement and ensure project success.

• Bring out (as appropriate) any aspects related to project management practice and or changes required to ensure better project outcomes. Areas for further vendor negotiations and management - to achieve successful contract completion.

• Importance of completions documentation, project closure and lessonslearnt.

Solution

Specific Roles and Responsibilities

The project life cycle includes the four essential phases: initiation, planning, execution as well as closure. In the Bowen Terrace project, it is evident that the project manager, as well as the procurement manager, plays a vital role in the different stages of the project cycle. The specification of the roles and responsibilities of each of the management as well as the suppliers are productive in increasing the transparency in the execution of the service enabling the completion of the project within limited cost and time. For Assignment Help As the budget of the project is $39 million, which is less than that of the standers prices of a similar project in the market and the time for the entire project is 44 months thus the role of project manager and procurement managers is required to be productive along with the supplier development.

Initiation: The initiation of the project includes the bidding for the project and negotiation with the vendors. The procurement manager plays a vital role in this stage. It is the role of the manager to source the strategies and develop the procurement partnerships. The responsibilities include dealing with the external vendors as well as secure the advantageous terms (Calzolari & Spagnolo, 2017).

Planning: The planning stages are associated with the role of the project manners. It is also the stage that allows the development of the suppliers. The project managers tend to develop a proper contract with the suppliers in this stage, and this ensures that the execution of the best deal is made with the supplier so that the project can be completed within the $39 million. For collaborating with supplier's effective internal coordination with vendors on multiple levels helps the project manager to create scheduled outcomes with adequate communication updates (Du Plessis & Oosthuizen, 2018).

Execution: The stages highlight the role and responsibilities of the project manager. The identification of the skills of the employees and allocating them to the task that they can handle the best is the responsibility of the project manager (Obanda, 2017). The implication of the work breaks down structure is also implicated. The project manager needs to identify the critical path so that the project of Bowen Terrace is completed on time.

Closure: The procurement manager needs to deal with the authorities to make documents that are needed for the handover of the project to the authorities (Zolochevskaya, Popova & Medyakova, 2019). It ensures that the terms and conditions of the project are clear to reduce the level of confusion.
The complexity of the project and the challenges faced

The projects with limited time and cost, like the Bowen Terrace project, has to face numerous complexities all over the project life cycle. The dilemma in price attribution with new supplier involvement leads to a lack of buyer and supplier relationship is based on trust (Ibrahim et al., 2017). Some of the common complexity and challenges that are estimated in the project of Bowen Terrace are listed as follows:

• Confusion in the planning stage leading to delay in the project: Gap created between expectation and actual outcome due to lack of clarity leads to stakeholder misunderstanding and increased confusion (Ugoani, 2020).

• Poor allocation of the cost might increase the total project cost leading to loss to the company: Through Dark purchases where the procurement took place outside the conventional business supply chain gets uncontrollable in terms of spending rate causing high expense and low profitability impacting the finances of the business (Toutounchian et al., 2018).

• Lack of proper communication in the execution stage leading to confusion among stakeholders: Lack of simplicity or clarity in paperwork leads to mismanagement and improper decisions (John & Gurumurthy, 2021). Procurement management often faces risks and challenges related to low information search
Significant issues or controversial aspects

Execution of issues due to the poor interpersonal relations of the stakeholders is leading to a confusing working environment. The project of Bowen Terrace is an essential government project, and as the Olympics is due in the year 2032, thus it is essential for the company to identify the significant issues that might affect the contracting parties. It has been evident that the communication gap and poor availability of information are determined to be effective in developing poor trust and understanding among the stakeholders. The vendors and the suppliers considered to be contracting parties in the project get hampered as they are unable to get proper instruction for their serve execution process.

The availability of data from unauthentic sources is contributing to taking wrong decisions in the project management process. In the opinion of Ibrahim et al. (2017), inventory shortage and lack of information update the stakeholder communication between different departments responsible create possibilities of risk related to wrongful deliveries and inadequate resource amount. The high expectation of the project managers is creating stress among the stakeholders, and they tend to get pressured, affecting their services. The part-time employers are contracted to work for the project like Bowen Terrace, and the unskilled flock of the labourers is leading to the poor quality of the project that might hamper the quality of the project.
Leadership challenges

Leadership is essential so that the team in this project is managers and the Bowen Terrace project is executed within the limited coat and times. However, the challenges associated with the leadership practices are huge as the stakeholders have different cultures and ideologies. The leader’s needs to be very specific with their strategies to motivate the staff as the poor approaches to leaders might reduce the stability of the working environment, impacting the project quality. Some of the essential challenges of the leadership are listed as follows:

• The communication gap is the major issue that is faced by the leaders. The staffs are from different communities, and thus it becomes very difficult for the leaders to communicate fluently with each of the staff due to the language barrier.

• The unavailability of skilled labourers light is challenging for the leaders as the quality of the project is at risk (Shokr & Torabi, 2017).

• The confusion among the team members due to poor information flow might affect the working environment acting as a threat to the leadership.
The effort to meet the needs of the key stakeholders

• The introduction of the training for the staffs on the job sites is helpful in increasing the skill of the unskilled labours. The use of motivation strategies is a must.

• The use of technologies to communicate with the staff is needed. It reduces the issues of poor information flows, leading to the reduction of confusion.

• The use of regular team meetings is helpful in developing integration among them, and they feel important and thus are willing to serve the project better (Oke et al., 2018). The bottom-up approaches of leadership, along with the problem-solving skills of leaders, are productive in completing the Bowen Terrace project on time.

Possible Actions

Possible Common Themes or Learning

The project like Bowen Terrace project has been a great source of leanings. The skills adopted to complete the project on time are the eye-openers, and thus the strategic measures are productive in building different themes associated with the project management approaches. Some of the common themes are listed below:

• Smooth decision making with the help of the smart research

With the help of continuous surveys, smarter and faster solutions regarding the comprehensive system of procurement by undertaking larger projects in future can be reviewed for smooth decision transition.

• Proper contract making to avoided confusion

Preparation of the contracts to be reviewed and analyzed, the supplier relationship buildup needs to be analyzed and professional guidance (Montalbán-Domingo et al., 2019). The trustworthy ties with suppliers need to be maintained by streamlining the relationship between procurement processes and eliminating the possibilities of risk proneness

• Elevating the skills of the staff with proper training during the project

Sharper negotiation skills, multiple stakeholder interrelationships and establishing happy supplier association with procurement and contractual basis can be ascertained. Creating a fine line between the development of strategies and creating happiness amongst stakeholder parties needs to be efficiently drawn (Peng, Wang & Xu, 2020).

• Develop better approaches to communication to build better integrity in the team

With the help of network expansion, stakeholder involvement is possible be enhanced qualitatively to speed up organizational outcomes. Increasing efficiency by using new communication technology tools can help benefit the analytical skill process to take the right decisions.

Aspects related to project management practice and or changes required to ensure better project outcomes

In the process of achieving a successful contract completion, it is essential for the management and the vendor to negotiate on each and every term that is to be listed in the contract. In the case of the Bowen Terrace project, the negotiation includes the proper details of the raw material quality that the suppliers abide by to the managers. The quality of the project is an essential criterion that is the main criteria of the client party. Thus the negotiation needs to be efficient. The actions such as active listing along with proper negotiation of the requirement are a must. It is enhancing the services measures. In the view of Du Plessis & Oosthuizen (2018), the contact needs to be flexible in nature, as the external factors of the project are uncertain and can change during the course of the project life cycle. Thus the implication of flexible trends with the vendors is needed. It is to be done so that the deal can is altered with the two-party negation whenever needed. Mutual agreement with the proper negotiation is a must. The project managers of the Bowen Terrace project needs to ensure that the deal in the contract is as per the requirement of the clients and at the same time develop the strategies of limited cost execution. It is essential in developing a better project to succeed for the project.

Importance of completions documentation, project closure and lessons learnt

The implication of the strategies such as documentation is a must for the project closure. Handling the project with proper paperwork and gaining the satisfaction of the clients is a must. It adds up to the market reputation of the company, and thus they can excel in the market (Obanda, 2017). A project like the Bowen Terrace project needs to be in strong alliance with the final product produced. The resource utility needs to avoid failure so that individual and team maintenance leads to an effective solution for final delivery. In the view of John & Gurumurthy (2021), retrieving documents from archives and celebrating the success helps the hard teamwork and moral spirits to be lifted up. The closure stage plays a vital role in the discussion of the drawbacks of the team and what lessons they have learned with the execution of the stated projects. It is thus productive in ensuring that the project is considered to be vital for the practical learning of the team so that they can adopt effective strategies and build efforts to develop efficiency. This is helpful in improving the quality of the project executed by the team and achieved progress along with excellence.

Reference list

PROJ6003 Project Execution and Control Report Sample

Task Summary

In this assessment, you will further analyse the case study that was introduced in Assessments 1 and 2. You will participate in the discussion with your classmates demonstrating your understanding of Project Status reporting by:

Identifying effective project status reports and discussing their challenges and pitfalls, explaining the difference between the status reports provided for teams, sponsors, and steering committee considering their unique needs, as well as creating and justifying a sample of a status report that would be submitted to a chosen stakeholder of the project from the given case study.

This assessment allows you to practice professional communication with peers, either face-to-face or virtually.

Note: At the discretion of the Learning Facilitator, this assessment can be delivered in class as a presentation/discussion, using recordings or writing directly on the discussion forum. This might require to initiate the task ahead of the submission deadline and will be communicate by the Learning Facilitator. Please refer to the Task Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Context

As a Project Manager, you are managing the execution and control of the project, but you are also ensuring that your stakeholders are aware of the project’s progress with the level of detail that they need. How would you communicate project progress and status to key stakeholders? How would you ensure that they have sufficient information to make key decisions and assist you in further progress of your project? This will depend on the stakeholder group, their power and interest and their communication preferences and requirements.

Solution

Introduction

In project management, status reports play an instrumental role as they capture the progress of a project within a specific timeframe. It acts as a vital communication tool that helps diverse stakeholders of a project to remain updated about how the work is moving forward. According to Ward, in a project context, weekly, bi-weekly or monthly reporting systems could be introduced that would facilitate accurate and honest reporting in a timely manner (Ward, 2018). For Assignment Help The concept of project status reporting has been critically evaluated in the paper by focusing on the Department Asset Management System project.

Three Effective Status Reports Used in Project Management

Variance Report – While working on a project, a number of variances could arise that could deviate the project team from the intended project path. A variance report could be used to help the project team and key stakeholders like teams to ensure that variances do not arise in the future. In the case of theDAMS project, a variance report would enable the project team to keep track of the project milestones, the project deliverables and project objectives. Moira has argued that a project team must be aware of the cost variance as it would help to ascertain whether the estimated project cost is above or below the set baseline (Alexander, 2017).

Stoplight Report - The DAMS project would be completed within three years, so a stoplight report would serve as a useful communication tool. It would help the stakeholders such as the departmental teams, Subject Matter Experts and others to identify whether the project is at risk, or it could be at risk or it is moving on the right track. Since during the project, numerous contingencies could arise, the report would be vital to keep the stakeholders updated about its progress.

Summary Report – The summary project relating to the DAMS would provide an overview of the entire project. Heldman (2005) has stated that using a summary report would highlight the current project status and help to review the progress and make suitable changes.(Heldman, 2005).

A. Challenges and Pitfalls of These Status Reports

Although the variance report, the summary report and the stoplight report would serve as vital communication modes in the DAMS project, they have several challenges and pitfalls. In variance report, the main challenges that could arise include delay in time to make the reports and ambiguity of informationsource. Tracking of variance would only reveal the end result, and the report could be generated only when a specific project lifecycle has been reached. Thus, time would act as a main constraint. The stoplight report would categorize the status of a project into three main heads. However, the main challenge associated with the report is that it does not focus on the call to action. The main challenges associated with a summary project report include the consumption of considerable time to make the report.

B. Difference Between The Status Reports Provided for Teams, Sponsors, and Steering Committee Considering Their Unique Needs

The status report that is prepared for teams would give a comprehensive insight into how the project is moving forward. Since the DAMS project would be replacing existing systems and manual processes, the report would capture comprehensive information on technical aspects(Schibi& Lee, 2015). Thestatus reports that would be provided to sponsors only shed light on the project deliverables and the factors that influence the deliverables, such as risks, issues and budget. The information on the project performance would be the main component of the status report. The status report that would be provided to the steering committee would mainly capture information about the current status of the project. Based on the reported information, the committee could give suitable advice to support project delivery (Schibi& Lee, 2015).

C. Sample of a Project Status Report To Be Submitted To Subject Matter Experts

A summary status report could be submitted to the Subject Matter Experts, who are one of the most important internal stakeholders in the DAMS project.

Summary Report

Things that went well

Things of surprising nature

New things learned

Date: August 11,2021

Conclusion

In the case of the DAMS project, it is necessary to utilize suitable status report so that proper communication and flow of information would be possible between diverse stakeholders. It would ensure that suitable information is passed on to the necessary stakeholders in accordance with their needs. Using suitable status reporting tools would be vital to ensure that proper communication is done and the involved stakeholders are aware of the project’s status.

References

MAN6925 Project Management Report Sample

Assessment 1 and 2 Case Scenarios

There is a choice of the following case studies to choose from for your project.

You can select one of the following case studies

Case One Information Systems

The assignment one project is to implement a project management system. The system will comprise scope definition and feasibility module, stakeholder management module, communication module, procurement module and costing modules. The system is a acquired from a third party. Staff will need to be educated about each module.

The system will be established with data imported via comma delimited files or XML. Data will need to be prepared/parsed for import.

It is necessary to purchase a server to run the system and 20 client PCs. The PCs need to be configured with Windows 10 and added to an existing network. The server needs to be setup and tested.

The project requires as a minimum the high-level work activities as follows:

• Requirements gathering
• Server installation
• Installation of server software
• Client PC setup with windows 10
• Client project software installed on each PC
• Test of each pc
• Parse and import data
• User acceptance testing of the application
• Training
• Go live support
• Project review

The above elements need to be expanded to create a project plan 

Solution

1. Introduction

It is important to carry out effective planning for a project to make sure that the project is successful. A number of methodologies are available to apply in a project in order to plan and manage the projects correctly. For Assignment Help Project Management Body of Knowledge, PMBoK is the methodology that includes five phases to manage the projects. It includes initiation, planning, execution, control, and closure phases.
Project Management Plan, PMP is one of the deliverables of the planning phase. It includes the detailed plans for the project to manage the project as a whole and the specific areas within the project. PMBoK defines and recognizes ten such knowledge areas and the PMP includes the guidelines on all of these areas for effective project handling (Heerkens, 2015).

The PMP is prepared for PM Nurseries, PMN project.

2. Objectives

The following are the objectives of the project:

• To gain competitive edge in the market by improving the market shares by at least 20%
• To increase the customer base of PMN by a minimum of 25%
• To complete the project with 100% adherence to the regulatory and compliance levels

3. Project Management Plan (PMP)

3.1. Overview

PMN is a large-scale garden centre company with operations in Australia and New Zealand. The business reputation of the organization has dropped in the past few months and the members of the board have decided to make significant improvements on the same. The business strategies and plans also include the improvements in the reputation as the primary focus for the organization. In this initiative, a number of garden centres of PMN have been earmarked for upgrading. The primary purpose for the project is to gain a competitive edge in the market and enhance the company shares (Snyder, 2015).

Grace is the Regional Manager at PMN and has been allotted the responsibility to develop a PMP for the renovation of one of the garden centres in the Joondalup area. The centre is present on the edge of one of the primary shopping districts and the visitors in the garden centre are mainly the shoppers. The board of PMN has also been successful in acquiring 600 m2 of land next to the garden centre. The plan is to develop this area as an external area for the purpose of displaying and selling garden tools, plants, trees, etc. The design for the external area will be similar to the one deployed by the competitor called Gunnings located in the same area (Brioso, 2015).

3.2. Scope Statement

3.2.1. In-Scope

The project will be classified in a total of five stages as per the PMBoK methodology. These stages and phases will be further classified into sub-activities and tasks.

For the initiation phase, the activities in the project scope will include a detailed analysis on the ongoing businesses and market reputation of PMN. The organization stakeholders will then meet and discuss the project idea with evaluation of pros and cons. The scope will also include feasibility analysis on the economic and environmental aspects along with the social and operational feasibility (Portny, 2017).

The planning phase of the project will include the planning on the various project areas as part of the scope.

The third will be the execution stage and the scope will have the preparation of the site, fencing, installation of CCTV cameras, design and development of the external areas, watering system, checkout stations, and washroom facilities. These areas will be developed as per the design finalized.

The scope for the control phase will be the quality checks and validations along with the implementation of the changes. The project team will also carry out the marketing and advertising activities (Fard et al., 2016).

The last will be the closure stage and it will include the documentation and reporting. The feedback will also be collected and it will be analysed to determine the changes for further improvements.

3.2.2. Out-of-Scope

The project scope will not include the renovation or changes in any other garden centres apart from the one located in the Joondalup area.
The members of the project team will also not interact directly with the customers and the visitors.

3.3. Stakeholder Management Plan

Stakeholders are the key entities in the project and there will be a number of internal and external stakeholders in this case. It will be important to adequately manage these stakeholders so that the project objectives are attained. The details of the project stakeholders are:

• PMN Board: The Board of Directors are the internal stakeholders and these are the entities with enhanced control on the project. All of the approvals and decisions will be made and confirmed by the Board. The Board will be interested in the planned progress of the project with compliance to all the standards and best practices so that the intended objectives are achieved.

• Members of the Staff: The brand reputation of PMN will improve with the execution and completion of the project. The project activities and its outcomes will directly impact the existing staff members of the organization (Jamali & Oveisi, 2016).

• Project Team: The project team will include the staff members of PMN along with some of the experts and consultants hired externally. These are the stakeholders that will carry out the execution of the project tasks and activities so that the project goals can be attained.

• Suppliers and Third-parties: The project is large-scale and it will require a number of tools, equipment, and material to carry out the planned activities. The suppliers and third-party vendors will provide the required material as per the contracts and terms.

• Competitors: The design of the external area is similar to one of the competitors of PMN called Gunnings. There are several other competitors of the organization and their activities, market reputation, and customer base can have significant influence on the project and the decisions made during the project.

• Regulatory Bodies: The stakeholders will keep a check on the compliance aspects of the project. They will ensure that the project execution is in accordance with the standards and best practices.

• Customers: The customer will be the shoppers and visitors to the garden centre. The preferences of the customers will have significant influence on the project.

The management of the stakeholders will be according to the interest, influence, and contribution levels of these stakeholders.

To manage the stakeholders, communication will be the key element. It will be important for the stakeholders to receive the updates on the project as per their interest in the project.

For example, customers and the regulatory bodies have low interest and therefore, the frequency of communication will be determined accordingly. The regulatory bodies will receive the project compliance reports on a monthly basis. Customers have high influence on the project and attempts will be made to increase their interest in the project through marketing and advertising as the mode of communication and interaction. Several mediums including social media will be used to carry out these communications (Nasir et al., 2015).

The internal stakeholders will receive regular updates on the project. There will be a number of communication channels used to interact with the internal stakeholders. These will include daily and weekly status reports, web conferences, instant messages, and emails.

The suppliers will receive the details of the required tools and materials. The terms will be finalized after negotiations and multiple rounds of discussions. The Procurement team will constantly interact with the suppliers to make sure that the deliveries are on time so as to avoid any issues around schedule overrun in the project.

Competitor activities will be tracked and the social media channels will be used to interact with the competitors.

3.4. Work Breakdown Structure (WBS)

The WBS classifies the project activities into multiple tasks and processes. These will be used to effectively manage the smaller packages so as to meet the overall project goals and objectives.

4. Conclusion

The project for PM Nursery is a large-scale project and it includes a large number of tasks and activities. It is important that all of these tasks and processes are correctly conducted so as to meet the overall project goals. The project is classified in five primary phases and each of these phases has a range of activities and sub-activities under it. The management of the project activities using the PMBoK methodology will make it easier to carry out effective handling and management of the project. The project scope and stakeholders are two key areas within the project and these shall be managed adequately. Scope statement includes the project activities that shall be completed by the project resources and the ones that shall not be executed by the team members. It provides them the clarity on the project execution and activities.

5. References

PROJ6000: Principles of Project Management

Task Summary

After reading the project case study, use it to develop a 2,000-word Project Charter, describing the entire project in a short, succinct, and professional document.

Context

Project leadership is about inspiring the project team to do their best from the outset. This requires a combination of verbal and written communication skills and a range of applied leadership skills. One of the foundational documents that helps “kick off” a project is the Project Charter. The Project Charter describes the entire project in a short, succinct, and presentable document that can be shared with project staff or other stakeholders and aims to commence the project in earnest. The Project Charter helps to clarify the project context, the project team roles, and the goals of the project.

Instructions

You will be given a project case study to use in order to develop your Project Charter. Though all students will receive the same case study, it is expected that each student will think about the project from their own perspective as an up-and-coming project manager in order to formulate a unique Project Charter. Use your own style based on your critical thinking of what it means for you to lead a project. You may use one of the templates provided in the learning resources or develop your own format.

Please follow the instructions below:

1. Read the case study provided by your lecturer. This will form the basis for your Project
Charter, because you will assume that you are the project manager for this project.

2. After reading the case study, begin to develop your project charter. This needs to be a 2,000- word report (+/- 10%) and must use a minimum of six (6) references (academic literature and industry publications—please consider the case study as a 7th reference). Please ensure all references are cited in-text.

3. The Project Charter must include the following headings and should be written as if you are presenting it to the project team that will build this project. You are the project manager.

The contents of your Charter should include:

a. Background of the project
b. Reasons for the project
c. Project objectives
d. Proposed project management approach or methodology/methodologies
e. Constraints, limitations, and risks
f. Leadership structure (project manager and his or her senior aides: list their roles and explain what each does in the project. You need to cite four (4) roles)
g. Project risks and their mitigation
h. Project stakeholders and how to interact with them
i. The vision of the project and the type of project team culture you wish to promote in your team
j. Reference list

Solution

Background of The Project

Multiple Listing Service is the kind of service that is controlled and run by real estate brokers. As stated by Halvitigala, D. (2018), real estate brokers of particular region unitedly make a database regarding real estate properties which are available for the customers and are ready to be sold. For Assignment Help This particular database is called multiple listing service (MLS). Thus, real estate brokers are able to see the available real estate properties that are listed for sale within their particular region or locality. Multiple listing service is created to provide compensation and cooperation to the real estate brokers by the other listing brokers.

My Florida Regional MLS is considered to be third largest MLS which is having over sixty thousand customers in Florida region. It is based in Orlando, Florida and operates mainly in Central Florida and the densely populated are of Florida’s West coast (councilofmls, 2021). My Florida Regional MLS is known for its ‘curated customer journey’. However, currently My Florida Regional MLS becomes Stellar MLS.

Feasibility analysis is important for any MLS. It decides pricing of the plots. In Florida, Washington County is the cheapest to buy a vacant plot over there. Besides that, Bay County, Citrus County and Marion County are preferred sites for new constructions. Permits for single family or duplex dwelling is not required in Florida. However, as stated by Shpak et al., (2020), dwelling for multifamily or business require relevant permit. Zoning law is another important factor in feasibility analysis. In Florida, zoning law is not about only physical property, it is applicable on pets or animals, whether they are allowed in a property or not. Zoning law is applied to preserve historic zones of Florida.

Prior starting a project, PSM or Process Safety Management is done by the project management team to prevent hazardous effects of chemicals. Project that serves My Florida Regional MLS, maintains regulations established by Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (FDACS). FDACS regulates professional mappers and surveyors of Florida.

Reasons for The Project

 In order to deliver required services such as strategic business plan, time frame, budget management, potential customers to the My Florida Regional MLS, a planned project is needed. The project is also initiated to bring a strong management team that can create charter, stakeholder assessment, high level plan, execute, monitor and control all the required steps that need to be taken for the betterment of the MLS. Large scale real estate projects are not only expensive but these are also risk oriented and have stakeholder challenges. For instance, eProperty Watch is a project plan that is developed by CoreLogic, with the aim to provide free services to the leading MLSs. Such projects are made to meet the following issues.

Budget Management- Project managers hire and manage various contractors, establish good relations with them and monitor the cost that changes due to vendors’ demand, managing protocols, change in orders and expenses for materials. Finally, they are able to keep the project under budget.
Time Management- It is important to keep track of time as delaying in activities such as failing to coordinate with stakeholders, not placing supply orders on time, delaying in paper works can slow a project and affects the whole project financially.

Risk Management- The main threat of a project comes from over budget and longer time. As stated by Starr, Saginor &Worzala, (2021), projects managers hire licensed management teams who are certified Project Management Professional (PMP) by Project Management Institute (PMI). Such professionals have four years degree and have experience of 4,500 hours of project management involvement.

Communication Challenges- Another reason of this project is to mitigate communication challenges that are unavoidable in any large-scale project. As, real estate brokers and MLSs need to build local support and goodwill through communicating with various stakeholders such as local leaders, customers, suppliers and political leaders.

Project Objectives

The project objective is to maintain the life cycle of a proposed project related to the real estates and to serve the real estate brokers of various MLSs. Proposed project management which is created to serve MLSs has almost same processes like other management models to organize, run and execute the proposed activities. This whole approach is SMART as it is considered to be Specific, Measurable, Attainable, Relevant and Time based. Life cycle of a project includes initiating, planning, implementation and closure. According to Doszyn Mariusz, (2020), acquisition, approval, new construction, sales and marketing, debt servicing, completion and finally handover are the pivotal steps or a complete life cycle of a proposed project management related to real estate business.

Land Acquisition- The first objective of a project is to identify a potential land or property and then research on required zoning or entitlements and finally assessing the budget.

Approval Stage- After acquiring a land, developers need to get approvals from different administrative and governmental organizations.

Development of New Construction- Once a property or site has got approval, constructor will develop plans to build new construction over the site.

Sales and Marketing- After getting approvals, a site is finally ready for sales. Sales and marketing are important to attract target customers.

Debt Serving Stage- This part is done by the developers where they serve debt including principal and interest at any point of time of the real estate project development process.

Completion and Handover of Property- After the completion of real estate project development, plots are finally ready to handover to the interested customers.

Proposed Project Management Approach/ Methodology

An effective project management approach relating to real estate is an art where certified professional project managers and a project management team work hard to set all the required constituents of a real estate project to run the process in sync. With the aim to manage costs and time, to control schedule and to establish goodwill through communication, a methodology is required in construction industry which is called project management methodology.

According to councilofmls. (2021), different MLSs adopt different types of project management methodologies such as Scrum, Kanban, Lead, test-driven development and extreme programming. However, Scrum and Kanban are the most used methodologies in real estate business.

Scrum Methodology- As stated by Bibik, (2018), Scrum is considered to be an Agile project management methodology. This methodology is used by the leading real estate company CBRE which operates with its 480 offices over the world. In this methodology, the scrum master mitigates all obstacles to perform the work. This methodology helps project management to manage the threats coming from new entrants and automation technologies.

Kanban Methodology- According to Matt, Rauch & Riedl, (2018), in this methodology, management team can visualize the work and thus team can understand the workflow. This helps the team to set their strategic action plans to run the entire project.

Constraints, Limitations and Risks

Time, legal and Cost are the major limitations and risks for any project management.

Time- Mismanagement in time due to lengthy paper works, collecting permits, repaying old debts can affect the business directly. Especially in such cases where people are waiting to get a property and still if they have to pay rents due to late handover. For instance, a company had to extend their corporate lease as their headquarter was not ready in time. Even, fine is imposed on the MLS members if they fail to register full listing by the given time.

Legal- As there is no such institution, only to monitor the flow of money in real estate sector, therefore, this industry becomes an easy target for money launderers.

Cost- Currently, property prices are increasing in Florida due to high demand and low interest rates. Freddie Mac predicts that real estate property prices rise by 6.6% in Florida in the coming years. However, there is a risk for properties of not to be sold.

Leadership Structure

Leadership structure can be either hierarchical or non-hierarchical and this structure determines how authority, accountability and workflow work together. In hierarchical structure the power remains in a center and top position. Whereas, in non-hierarchical the power is in a structure with decentralized authority (French, Ooi & Mori, 2015). In case of providing services to real estate companies or MLSs, leadership structure must be non-hierarchical where every individual involved in the project has fixed job to perform on the basis of their expertise.

Role of Project Manager- A project manager supervises the project from initial step of land acquisition to the final stage of project completion and handover stage. It is the responsibility of the whole management team to manage the issues relating with vendors (Markoc, Cizmeci, 2021). For instance, such responsibilities belong to the developers of eProperty Watch, CoreLogic.

Role of Marketing Coordinator- In order to launch a real estate project, communication and creative materials are required and a marketing coordinator is responsible for doing these marketing jobs including promotion and digital campaign (Thaichon & Ratten, 2021).

Role of a Trainer- It is important to conduct a training program just before a product launch. Trainers are responsible for developing such training programs to upgrade the project management staffs to run the project smoothly. For instance, eProperty Watch conducted effective training programs to help the Florida based MLSs.

Role of Quality Assurance Technician- It is the responsibility of the quality assurance technicians to ensure the quality of products and to monitor the proper handling of products before the product launch. With the help of professional technicians My Florida Regional MLS is able to operates their business with 50,000 real estate agents and brokers across the Florida.

Project Risks and Their Mitigation

A common issue in real estate business is that often when a project is in its mid-way or at the stage of handover, customers find drawbacks in the project related to property’s actual size, location, gravitation and shape. According to Rajan Annamalai & Jain, (2013), project management should deal with the licensed surveyors and mappers while searching for a property to build new construction in order to avoid issues related to property’s contour, shape, location, dimension and gravitation.

Another issue is related to financing, finance management and debt management can deal with favorable financing institutions that reduces the cash outflow. As stated by McAlpine &Porter, (2018), value of a real estate not only depends on its design, location, durability, materials used, rather it also depends on political stability and socio-economic condition. However, unstable value of a property is a threat to the real estate MLSs. Project managers must stay up to date on market condition.

Luxury Real Estate Group and Redfin are the leading competitor of My Florida Regional MLS. In order to get sustainable competitive success, project management should provide best location at best prices, transparent contracts and should establish goodwill through great communication strategies.

Project Stakeholders and How to Interact with Them

People who impact on a property development project or who are impacted by the project are considered as stakeholders. Developers, customers, lenders, financial institutions, investors, utility companies, central and local government, landowners, architects, engineers, consultants, brokers, agents, valuers, mappers, construction companies, local residents and environmental groups.

Project management team needs to schedule meeting and conference call to provide project summary, approval papers and other important documents to the stakeholders (Hayibor, 2017). With the aim to build local support and goodwill to get zoning approval from local government, even in this current pandemic situation, it is advisable to conduct a ‘screen to screen’ meeting with the stakeholders. Sending newsletter to the stakeholders can attract even those stakeholders who are not directly involved in the project. In order to get honest feedbacks from stakeholders, informal communication such as lunch meeting can be a good idea.

Vision of the Project and Project Team Culture

In order to provide great services to the MLSs relating to real estate, the vision must to be the leading real estate service provider in the Florida region. Another vision is to make this project a preferred place where professionals want to get employment. Consistently developing collaborative partnership through mutual trust, must be another vision for the project management team.

Vision and strategy of a project team decides its team culture. Leadership, empowerment, innovation, task-oriented and customer service excellence are some of the common team cultures. However, in this particular sector, customer service excellence is the most important culture that needs to be maintained. With the aim to get sustainable success in providing services to the real estate MLSs, it is advisable to the project management team to build their customer service-based project culture by communicating priority, alignment of operational rules with officials.

Reference list

PROJ6000 Principles of Project Management Report

Task Summary

After reading the project case study, use it to develop a 2,000-word Project Charter, describing the entire project in a short, succinct, and professional document.

Context

Project leadership is about inspiring the project team to do their best from the outset. This requires a combination of verbal and written communication skills and a range of applied leadership skills. One of the foundational documents that helps “kick off” a project is the Project Charter. The Project Charter describes the entire project in a short, succinct, and presentable document that can be shared with project staff or other stakeholders and aims to commence the project in earnest. The Project Charter helps to clarify the project context, the project team roles, and the goals of the project.

Instructions

You will be given a project case study to use in order to develop your Project Charter. Though all students will receive the same case study, it is expected that each student will think about the project from their own perspective as an up-and-coming project manager in order to formulate a unique Project Charter. Use your own style based on your critical thinking of what it means for you to lead a project. You may use one of the templates provided in the learning resources or develop your own format.

Please follow the instructions below:

1. Read the case study provided by your lecturer. This will form the basis for your Project
Charter, because you will assume that you are the project manager for this project.

2. After reading the case study, begin to develop your project charter. This needs to be a 2,000- word report (+/- 10%) and must use a minimum of six (6) references (academic literature and industry publications—please consider the case study as a 7th reference). Please ensure all references are cited in-text.

3. The Project Charter must include the following headings and should be written as if you are presenting it to the project team that will build this project. You are the project manager.

The contents of your Charter should include:

a. Background of the project
b. Reasons for the project
c. Project objectives
d. Proposed project management approach or methodology/methodologies
e. Constraints, limitations, and risks
f. Leadership structure (project manager and his or her senior aides: list their roles and explain what each does in the project. You need to cite four (4) roles)
g. Project risks and their mitigation
h. Project stakeholders and how to interact with them
i. The vision of the project and the type of project team culture you wish to promote in your team
j. Reference list

Solution

1. Introduction

A project charter is a traditional document that contains a brief overview of every element of a specific project. Project management is a proper combination of planning, organizing and managing the resources for the successful execution of the project (Collins, 2011). A sustained project requires effective development of skills and goals among the team members (Anantatmula, 2016). For Assignment Help, It is created in the initial phase of project development by the project manager. This project charter will be helpful in interpreting the aim and goals of the objective, designating the importance of specific individuals and outlining their responsibilities regarding the project, providing an assessment of the project plan, and identifying prospective risks associated with the project. The project charter is developed to outline the project management process of My Florida Regional MLS regarding the launch of ePropertyWatch. It will contain a short background analysis, established goals, management method of the project development team, analysis of potential risks and limitations, stakeholder analysis, a review of the management structure, and a short discussion regarding the vision of the project.

2. Background of the Project

A project charter is not complete without the establishment of a proper background. An appropriate background of a project helps the project charter find its relevance in the eyes of the shareholders and sponsors of the project. In this case, the project background will detail essential elements that impact the execution of the project. A proper inauguration of a product named ePropertyWatch is the main project (Studocu, 2021). The project is being managed by My Florida Regional MLS, one of the biggest global MLS service providers (Studocu, 2021). It operates from Orlando; Florida and its services encompass the entire region of the American state (Studocu, 2021). MLSs are databases that can help individuals gain important information regarding real estate properties sold by property owners. ePropertyWatch is a service that will enhance the capabilities of My Florida Regional MLS, which will help the MLS service provider to increase its potential and offer improved services to its customers. The product is being provided by CoreLogic to selected MLS providers for free (Studocu, 2021).

3. Reasons for the Project

It is essential to outline the reasons based on which a specific project is developed. A proper reason can help in influencing investors and sponsors, which can be beneficial for gaining the required resources that are needed to complete a project. It can also help motivate the team of workers and managers that are tasked with the proper execution of the project in question. An adequate reason defines the boundaries of the project, helps develop a project plan, and is heavily significant. In this case, the inauguration of ePropertyWatch is the main project. Successful execution of the inauguration process will be highly beneficial to My Florida Regional MLS. The product, developed by CoreLogic, which is an esteemed organization, can rapidly enhance the services provided by My Florida Regional MLS. It can help improve the quality of the information that is offered to My Florida Regional MLS's clients, reduce costs in operating processes by implementing the product in its operations, lower the chances of providing customers with improper or inaccurate information, update the database with real-time information, improve client contentment and help My Florida Regional MLS to retain its customers by making a significant improvement to its database.

4. Project Objectives

Objectives of a project are defined as the goals and guidelines that a project management team must abide by while executing tasks required for a project's completion. Setting optimal goals are essential. Objectives can act as a measurement factor based on which a review of the project’s success can be initiated. Proper, clear, concise, and transparent project objectives are of utmost importance as these objectives guide the execution of every step of project management and shape decision-making. Project objectives are generally created based on some critical factors that define the project's success. In this case, the launch process of ePropertyWatch by My Florida Regional MLS will comply with pre-defined project objectives provided in this project charter. The objectives are created using the SMART template of goal-setting. The dimensions of this framework are Specific, Measurable, Attainable, Relevant, and Time-Bound (Landers, Bauer, & Callan, 2017)

• Specific- The project will be completed by making use of the designated budget.

• Measurable- The project’s progress is tangible will be measured by unbiased inspectors.

• Attainable- The project is attainable as its aim is realistic. The implementation of ePrpertyWatch is similar to other projects that have been executed before by the My Florida Regional MLS’ project management team.

• Relevant- The launch of ePropertyWatch will enhance the services of My Florida Regional MLS, which is highly relevant in retaining existing clients and bringing in new customers.

• Time-Bound- The project is achievable within the allocated time limit.

5. Proposed project management methodology

A proper methodology is necessary for the satisfying execution of a project. It can help in standardizing the work process. Creating an appropriate framework for the work will be far easier with proper management of project methodology. It can also help in adequately sorting the separate tasks. Almost all competent project managers make use of a relevant project management methodology. The waterfall method, PMP method, and agile methodologies are some of the most popular project management methodologies. This method can also be integrated into traditional frameworks. The project management approach that will be beneficial for executing the launch process of ePropertyWatch is an agile project management approach. Agile project management is helpful because it provides much-needed flexibility to the project management process. This methodology stresses the importance of testing, which will help My Florida Regional MLS assess if the ePropertyWatch system is running as intended. Agile methods will also help with implementing any change in project requirements and deliverables which will help the project team satisfy the stakeholders of the project. It can also reduce risks. The project plan, as stated in the case study, follows a streamlined process that can be executed by implementing agile procedures. Agile methodology can help the project team by providing the management team with better control over the project's execution, lowering risks of missing deadlines, and providing a much-needed transparent quality to the procedures, which can help the project team increase predictability of certain elements such as budget.

6. Constraints, Limitations, and Risks

• Project Constraints: Constraints are the inter-connected elements that help in forming the project’s boundaries. There are three main constraints that the project management team needs to concern themselves with. These are the time, scope, and cost constraints. Time constraint outlines the schedule under which the project team needs to complete the whole process. Scope constraints define the constraints that impact the aim of the project, the tasks that are required in order to be executed, and other attributes of the project process. Cost constraints highlight the allocated budget under which the whole launch process needs to be completed.

• Project Limitations: Limitations are similar to constraints as it specifies specific barriers that obstruct a project to develop further. In the case of the launching of ePropertyWatch, the project team at My Florida Regional MLS will need to make sure that the project is completed within eighty-four total work hours (Studocu, 2021). The management team needs to plan accordingly and make sure that the deadline is not exceeded. The team also needs to perform the required tasks in such a way that maximizes cost-efficiency. Usage of tools and equipment that makes the spending exceed the allocated budget will not be encouraged by the project manager. The scope limitations are defined by proper communication with the stakeholders and taking note of their requirements. The project team will not take up any project tasks that do not further stakeholders' interests.

• Related Risks: Digital security risks, stakeholder conflicts, and issues relating to the procurement of equipment are the significant risks associated with the project.

7. Leadership Structure

Leadership is crucial as the qualities of the leaders impact the project's execution process heavily. The project management team will be working under a hierarchical leadership structure. A hierarchical structure will enable the project team to easily distinguish authorities and decide the priority level of leaders' orders. It will allow better control of the project team and enhanced monitoring and reviewing capabilities of the leaders. It can also help with establishing a straight communicational channel that runs through all levels of management.

• Project Sponsor: These are the stakeholders that have a personal interest in making sure that the project is being executed in such a way that satisfies the scope of the project. These individuals will be in charge of allocating financial and non-financial resources of the project team and will be the central authority of the project. The board directors and shareholders of My Florida Regional MLS are the project sponsors for this project.

• Project Director: The project team will be answering to a project director who is at the top of the leadership hierarchy. This individual will be providing the project team with overall guidance and direction regarding the scope of the project.

• Project Manager: The project manager will be responsible for managing the project team overall. The project manager will be an influential part of the decision-making and planning system of the project team. Patrick Williamson is nominated to be the project manager because of his expertise in handling projects of this scale and his academic excellence while participating in the Project Management Institute's training program (Studocu, 2021).

• Instructor: The instructor is an individual who will answer to the project manager and is responsible for managing the project workers. The instructor will make sure that the workers reflect the vision of the project and are operating in a way that satisfies the interests of the project stakeholders.

8. Project Risks and Mitigation

Risks- The launch process of ePropertyWatch is an intricate project, and several risks are associated with it. The concern regarding data breach and piracy is a significant risk that is associated with the project. Cybercrimes are rampant and malicious individuals can target My Florida Regional MLS' launch process of ePropertyWatch to malign the company and to obstruct its competitive advantage. Disagreement between various stakeholders can also be identified as a highly probable risk that stunts the progress of the project completion process. Many stakeholders are connected to the project, such as My Florida Regional MLS, its managing directors, shareholders, employees, individuals of the project team, and the customers. Conflict can come up between these stakeholders, which is a significant risk. Other than that, the scarcity of required resources and the unavailability of skilled workers are also risks that should be mitigated.

Mitigation strategy- Risk management is crucial as it lets individuals evaluate and respond to threats (Denney, 2020). The risks that are identified above can be mitigated through the adoption of particular strategies. A proper security system with password authentication features, high-quality integrated firewalls, and other safety features can safeguard the project team's digital resources and database. Designing an appropriate interaction and communication strategy can severely lower the chances of stakeholder conflicts. Adequate training programs and procuring required tools and equipment beforehand can solve the issue of scarcity. Committed teams with the required expertise are crucial.

9. Stakeholder Analysis and Interaction Strategy

Stakeholders have a crucial impact on project governance (Derakhshan, Turner,& Mancini, 2019). Many stakeholders have distinct interests tied to the successful inauguration of the ePropertyWatch launch process. Company My Florida Regional MLS, its managing directors, shareholders, employees, individuals of the project team, and the customers are the main stakeholders of the project. To make sure that the interests of the shareholders align cohesively, communication and interaction strategies will be a part of the project planning. Information regarding the project deliverables and the progress of the project will be provided to the stakeholders promptly. Notifying the customers of the upcoming feature is an integrated part of the project plan. A Question-Answer session will also be hosted on behalf of the project development team to foster interaction and communication. Timely emails containing a progress report, video conferencing, and other interaction strategies will also be a part of the project management process.

10. Project Vision and Team Culture

The project vision is to create a standardized and properly structured project plan that can be utilized by any other MLS providers if they so desire in the future. The project development process will be well-structured and include properly defined steps. The entire management and development process will be thoroughly optimized to ensure that the project runs at maximum efficiency. The project will also significantly enhance My Florida Regional MLS's services which is also a significant part of the project. Work culture has a considerable influence on employee performance (The impact of organizational culture on job performance: a study of saudi arabian public sector work culture, 2018). The team culture that will be encouraged is one of open communication and transparency. Team members will be encouraged to share ideas without hesitation. Team building and bonding activities will also be encouraged as these increase productivities.

11. Conclusion

The project charter contains several vital elements that will define the ePropertyWatch launch process taken up by My Florida Regional MLS. The project team will adopt agile methods to execute the process. Limitations, constraints, and risks that are associated with the project are also discussed here. A stakeholder analysis is included with the project that will decrease potential conflicts. This project charter will be beneficial to the project team in adequately executing the project work.

References

PPMP20009 Leading Lean Projects Assignment Sample

The Case Study-

The case study for this assignment is the Putting Lean Principles in the Warehouse (2008).

Read and analyse this case study thoroughly to grasp and classify the information it contains.

You are encouraged to do your own research, but the following article is a compulsory reading, and its website link is provided below:

Doug Bartholomew (2008). Putting Lean Principles in the Warehouse, Lean Enterprise Institute
https://www.lean.org/the-lean-post/articles/putting-lean-principles-in-the-warehouse/
https://www.lean.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/312.pdf

Useful links on Lean Warehousing:

https://leanaust.com/services/lean-warehousing
https://www.orderhive.com/knowledge-center/lean-warehousing
https://igps.net/blog/2018/10/25/following-lean-warehousing-principles-improved-efficiency/

https://www.lean.org/the-lean-post/articles/think-you-know-your-warehouse-or-distribution-
center-think-again/

Assessment Tasks

 You have been hired as a Lean consultant to produce a brief report on the use of Lean transformation projects for supply chain and warehouse organisations, based on the given case study.

Your submission must discuss the following topics:

1) The case study describes a business process that is different from traditional manufacturing. Using the examples from the case study or other Lean transformation projects for warehousing, explain how the following concepts of a lean framework are manifested in a warehousing project:

a) Voice of the Customer
b) Critical Customer Requirements
c) Critical to Quality
d) Critical to Process

2) Select 4 of the 8 Wastes of Lean that apply to the case study and demonstrate how each waste relates to one or more PMBOK Knowledge Areas or PRINCE2 Themes:

a) How was the waste reduced in the case study?

b) What was the effect on the project overall?

c) What tools or techniques from PMBOK or PRINCE2 were applied in achieving this?

3) Select 3 principles from the House of Lean as discussed during week 1 lecture. Demonstrate how the application of these principles helped achieve project success.

4) As a conclusion, write a short reflection on the people management aspect of the case study (transformation project) and also list 2 lessons you have learned from this case study that may help you manage people more effectively in your career.

Report Layout

The written report on the case study should be organised using the following headings and guidelines:

- Title (Cover) Page with clear details of unit code and name, student number and name, lecturer & tutor names, submission date etc.

- Table of Contents (Optional)

- Introduction (Optional)

Introduction should state the aims of the report.

Question 1 – Manifestation of Lean framework concepts in the case study

Using the examples from the case study or other Lean transformation projects for warehousing, explain how the following concepts of a lean framework are manifested in a warehousing project:

a) Voice of the Customer (VOC)
b) Critical Customer Requirements (CCR)
c) Critical to Quality (CTQ)
d) Critical to Process (CTP)

Question 2 – Elaboration of 4 Lean wastes that apply to the case study

Select 4 of the 8 Lean wastes that apply to the case study and elaborate about each waste:

a) How was the waste reduced in the case study?
b) What was the effect on the overall project?
c) What tools or techniques from PMBOK or PRINCE2 were applied in achieving this?

Question 3 – Application of 3 Lean principles on the case study

Select 3 principles from the House of Lean and demonstrate how the application of these principles helped achieve the project (case study) success.

Question 4 – Lessons learnt about people management from the case study

- As a conclusion, write a short reflection on the people management aspect of the case study (transformation project) and also list 2 lessons you have learned from this case study that may help you manage people more effectively in your career.

References (list the at least 5 references along with their in-text citations)

Solution

Introduction

The paper focusses on Menlo, WorldWide Logistics' lean warehousing initiative. Utilizing lean warehouse solutions, Menlo was able to provide efficient and lean warehousing services to the customer. In order to reach its goals and objectives, the company relies on an unparalleled group of people. An in-depth analysis evaluating Menlo's project management process was conducted as part of this case study (Bartholomew, 2008). For Assignment help The case study went on to detail the procedures required in improving their processes and, as a result, its general performance as well as income. Such lean waste principles also included some strategies for eliminating waste. Customers' voice and essential customer requirements were also analysed for their impact on process and quality in a study published this week.

Concepts of Lean Framework

The voice of customer

In the given case study the customer for Menlo were the the excavator manufacturer, the tech firm of silicon valley as well as Lam Research which manufacturers semi-conductors. The voice here mainly refers to the desires of the customer, in the current case study the Menlo wanted the following things:

- Boost the accuracy of inventory
- Pickups that are less susceptible to errors should be avoided.
- Streamline operations and reduce transportation and logistics costs
- Increasing output
- Accidents on the job are decreasing at a rate of one per year.
- Achieve annual savings in inventory storage

Quality, safety, delivery, services, and pricing are just few of the ways in which the company measures client satisfaction. This is where Menlo's lean endeavour truly begins: on the production floor of its customer. Using feedback from workers on the final product assembly process, Menlo experts then create the most efficient material flow first from factory through the warehouse towards the ultimate consumer. There were some ground rules put in place by the project team in order to keep the project on track, and so the project team were able to see and hear from the client.

Critical Customer Requirements

In order to have a clear picture of the needs of their customers before beginning a project, businesses utilize Critical Customer Requirement (CCR). As a result, they were able to better grasp their consumers' demands and expectations. Menlo Worldwide Logistics understands that a one-size-fits-all strategy does not operate in most of its warehouses. They adopt a section on the floor according to the lean philosophy. A customer's factory floor is where Menlo's lean endeavour begins. For warehousing tasks like that as picking, packaging, labelling, and shipping, Menlo personnel begin with feedback from final product production line operators and afterwards design the most efficient material flows (Jaisankar & Subbramani, 2016).

Critical to Quality

In order to ensure the efficacy of CSR, Critical to Quality (CTQ) needs to be undertaken at the same time. In order to maintain a high standard of quality, these are tasks that must be carried out in a certain manner. For each customer, Menlo team does a detailed investigation to determine the best material flow from the factory through the warehouse to the final customer. Employees at Menlo are given a lot of attention to ensure the company's high standards are met. For example, every facility management is supposed to not only comprehend the ideas of lean, but to also implement lean techniques on the floor. So, in order to do this, each Menlo facility is required to design and abide to a "30-30 Form," meaning "continual improvement plan." Also every warehouse has devised a monthly 'diet' involving lean tasks which its employees have agreed to follow, and also the outcomes are documented. Lean success is measured in terms of completed projects while also upcoming plans to execute further lean initiatives in each warehouse on a monthly basis (Swarnakar & Vinodh, 2016). Using these procedures, Menlo ensures that it considers the "critical to quality" notion extremely seriously .

Critical to Process

As a massive undertaking, Menlo required warehouse lean implementation to be finished on schedule, therefore the project management team meticulously scheduled every detail. To make sure the project plan remained unchanged during its lifespan, every step of the way was meticulously scrutinised. Adjusting machine temperature, recalibrating machines, and inspecting machines are among the requirements for such process to work well. Another way they meet Critical to Process principle is using Kaizen. Value Stream Mapping and 5S are two methods used by Japanese companies to adopt Kaizen in their operations. Waste will be eliminated in the different warehouse operations and activities as part of a kaizen burst, which will take place within the next 6 months (Dasig, 2017).

Lean Reduction

The 4 of the 8 wastes of lean that apply to Menlo’s operation include Transportation, Waiting, Motion and Inventory (Gladysz et al., 2020).

How was the waste reduced

Transportation

To better serve the heavy-equipment manufacturer, Menlo has created a new production support facility nearby. As a result, the amount of time spent travelling to and from the repair site was significantly decreased. The PMBOK's methodologies are being used to help with this eliminating waste pertained to optimizing project cost management, project time management, including project human resource management (Gladysz et al., 2020).

Waiting

A customer's factory floor is where Menlo's lean endeavour begins. Using feedback from workers here on finished piece assembly line, Menlo personnel then create the most efficient material flow from the factory through the warehouses to the final consumer. As a result of this, the logistics company generates a warehouse plan that emphasises safety and reliability, as well as efficient material flow across warehouse tasks such as sorting, positioning of items and packaging. The project's time management has been the driving force from the beginning. To avoid squandering time, each potential source of it was examined, and a plan devised to address each one.

Motion

The concept of motion is implied in the given case and it is evident by a few instances. First being that the supervisor at Menlo supervised a seven-person team of employees in an on-site clean environment to assess the selection, packaging, transferring, and unpacking process of supplies for a customer that makes semiconductor production equipment. After adding up the hours it took to accomplish every step, this same team came up with a final time of 25.86 minutes. The team analysed the process, seeking for methods to minimise the amount of time it required to complete the different processes. The team was able to speed up the selection process by leveraging lot size and basically integrating two separate processes. The de-trashing of non-sensitive content at the pickup site reduced the procedure to 4.94 mins by removing the cardboard packaging and unpacking of items.

Inventory

The inventory optimization process carried out by Menlo help achieved the lean waste reduction. In order to manufacture services and goods with a Just-in-Time approach, there must be no inventory wastage and Menlp helped achieved the same with their customers. Erroneous forecasting methods, inefficient procedures or vendors, long changeover periods, imbalanced manufacturing processes, or inadequate inventory management and tracking are some of the key tenets which Menlo implemented for their customers.

Impact of Lean Waste Principles on Overall Projects

Lean management concepts have a significant impact on the project's overall efficiency. Personnel and material transfer costs and times are minimised when transportation wastage is decreased. Additionally, the Menlo project was able to save money and time by reducing superfluous operations. It was possible to save money on superfluous items and equipment by eliminating inventory waste. Using a just-in-time strategy, excessive inventory costs are avoided by utilising these resources just when they are needed. Finally, relevant resources, including such equipment and human assets, have been placed in the right places to reduce motion waste. Using Menlo's support, the manufacturing business was able to increase inventory accuracy from 60% to 99.9%; cut value of the inventory by 26%; minimise parts unavailability to 90%; and reduce 95 % of their expedited freight expenditures within the first 5 months of implementation.
Menlo’s lean facility at Fremont, CA achieved the following implementing lean waste principles:

Figure 1 - (Bartholomew, 2008)

In addition to the above, the same Fremont, CA facility reduced the factory to the floor process from 25.86 minutes to just under 5 minutes. This resulted in savings of 44,000 USD.

Tools and techniques from PMBOK

When it comes to project management, process analysis is mostly about adhering to the process transformation program. It's a tool for spotting potential flaws in a project's current blueprint. Because of these issues and many other non-value-added activities, Menlo explored in to the ways to improve their business, including better staff training, a more streamlined method for handling specialised products, and a better grasp on the floor requirements at the factory (GONÇALVES et al., 2017). Another strategy that was employed the most frequently throughout the project was Brainstorming. Having brainstorming sessions on a regular basis allowed the project team to save costs and time. Using these two strategies in tandem was a great aid to the entire project.

Application of 3 principles on the case study

Kaizen

Warehousing Kaizen events are similar to manufacturing Kaizen events, although the work procedures on which they are centered tends to be distinct in the warehousing. A better continual improvement event in the warehousing may be to move a banding machine towards a better place for that operation instead of figuring out how to boost the effectiveness of materials flow towards a welding station. Warehouse tasks such as selecting, outfitting, staging, as well as the actual packing, trucking, and sequencing for delivery will be redesigned in order to improve the flow of supplies. For instance, Employees from Menlo's warehouse collaborated with a high-tech client to construct a set of steel racks to safeguard the client's computer servers during transit between its production facility and its warehouse. During a Kaizen event, individuals who execute the task are involved, while a supervisor or manager acts as a facilitator (Majerus, 2017). It is the goal of each team to examine the process step-by-step and identify any further areas for streamlining by reducing the need for manual labour, material transportation, and other inefficiencies.

5S

For every lean organization to survive, the Five S policy is vital, with the exception that Menlo replaces "sweep" with "shine." Menlo's Fremont warehouse not only has pristine flooring and work areas, but employees are continuously on the alert for any missing products or other garbage. Each kaizen group must undertake a monthly Five S criterion review as a matter of principle. This further strengthens Kaizen in their organization.

Value Stream Mapping

Value-stream mapping is used by Menlo to discover unnecessary steps. As a result of value-stream analysis, Menlo is able to trace the movement of data and items through a facility, subsequently disassemble the process and restructure its components for improved efficiency and effectiveness (Jocson, 2021). After performing a value-stream review and brainstorming to identify areas for improvement and procedures with the most potential for reduction, Menlo personnel would start with a typical warehouse which has not yet attempted lean (Sharma, 2017). In addition, a special team known as the "red tag" is assigned to each site. The role of this red team is to decide simply one thing, eliminate any thing which isn’t needed. This is followed by a Value Stream Map based kaizen roadmap for 6 months.

Conclusion

Human resources are the fundamental means through which a project's hard graft and creativity may be made more effective. Organizational hierarchies have been lowered and their contributions have been recognised in order to improve human resource management efficiency. There was a strong emphasis on employees becoming mentors / subordinates, as well as a strong emphasis on people providing their own feedback. The knowledge gained from this project will be invaluable in the future when it comes to mitigating project risks and ensuring that the correct people are assigned to the proper jobs. A project's ability to learn and grow depends on its ability to assemble a strong team. The next time I have a team project, I'll remember to put together a well-trained team that could assist me finish it quickly. Another key lesson acquired from this project is the importance of precise planning. This will be useful in the planning of future initiatives. This is not to mention that I gained valuable insights in terms of the practicality of Value Stream Mapping and the incremental improvements via Kaizen. When I am stuck in a project, I would try to apply the same thought as in to redesign, re-think my way and implement incremental improvements to wade my way through the project.

References

MBA642 Project Initiation, Planning and Execution Assignment Report

Assessment Description

In this individual assessment, students will be given an opportunity to analyse the organisational factors that promote effective project management. The success and failure factors, along with ethical considerations for each of the 5 IPECC phases, will need to be considered.

Assessment Instructions

Please choose one of the following projects as the basis for your research (For your chosen project you are to focus on the construction and implementation of the project, following the IPECC phases, and not its current operations beyond what is required in closure).

Cross river rail project Brisbane
(https://crossriverrail.qld.gov.au/ )

National Broadband Network Project
(https://www.nbnco.com.au/blog/the-nbn-project)

The new Royal Adelaide Hospital
(https://www.cpbcon.com.au/en/our-projects/2011/nrah )

Please note that the above links are provided to give only an initial outline of what the project delivered, and substantial additional research will be required to complete your assessment successfully.

Once you have conducted thorough research about your chosen project, you are then required to prepare a 1800 word report in which you are to:

- Analyse in detail both the steps critical for your chosen project’s success and the critical pitfalls that could have lead to its failure. Relate the specific success and fail factors to your nominated project and do not just describe a generic theory or simple definitions.

- For each of 5 IPECC stages, you are to analyse the success and failure factors for each of those stages. You are required to analyse at least one success criteria and at least one failure criteria for each stage. If you are unable to identify success or fail criteria for a particular stage, you are required to postulate at least one criteria; but it must be based on sound theory and your knowledge of the case study.

- Integrate the ethical considerations into each of these steps and show how ethical
considerations may impact the success or failure of the chosen project.

In preparing this report, you will need to use at least 10 sources of information and reference these in accordance with the Kaplan Harvard Referencing Style. These may include websites, government publications, industry reports, census data, journal articles, and newspaper articles. These references should be presented as in-text citations and a reference list at the end of your proposal. Wikipedia and other ‘popular’ sites are not to be used.

Solution

Introduction

Data is becoming one of the most essential things which people need in their daily life. A cellular network is a good option for calling, but for getting good internet speed, cellular networks are not as good and as reliable as broadband internet. For solving the broadband availability in every area of Australia this project was launched in 2009 named National Broadband Network (Holmes et al., 2020, p. 195). This is Australia's own wholesale broadband access network. The objective is to provide fast internet to everyone with the lowest possible cost of service. For assignment help In this report success and failure factors with IPECC stages, ethical considerations and the impacts will be analysed.

Analysis of the success and failure factors

In the project of the national broadband network project, the success and failure factors both are included. In the process of fulfilling the project, the company gives the wireless uninterrupted service which is the success and also the post-paid and prepaid methods. However, the price of this networking is too high and because of this reason, the company faces some issues in getting the customers. Also, as this service is wireless, it has security risks and these two are the most significant failure which the project may face.

Success Factors

In this assignment, the chosen project is the national broadband network project. There are so many success factors of this project which will be discussed below:

- Wireless uninterrupted connection: Broadband system is the transmission of wide bandwidth data which has been worked over a high-speed internet connection. This entire system is wireless and because of this reason, the connection cannot be interrupted (Fathi, Modin& Scott 2017, p. 1321). There are so many obstacles that can be seen in the wire connection which are totally omitted in this system. So, the consumer can enjoy the uninterrupted data service which will be beneficial for the project.

- Prepaid and postpaid options: Both the options are available in the broadband system of prepaid and postpaid connections. So, it may lead to success as the customers can choose their preferred system on their own choice. Contrary to the above fact, there are so many customers who are not interested in the post-paid system and because of this reason, it may ruin the entire idea (Mascitelli& Chung 2019, p. 3). They have the overview that the postpaid systems take more money than the prepaid ones.

Failure Factors

At the time of adopting any project, there are also many factors that may lead to failure. The company of the broadband network also should be prepared to face these failures and there are also so many ways to overcome those.

- High price: The entire national broadband network project is based on a high-technology system. The developer has to involve so many strategies to continue an uninterrupted connection. So, the charges of the system are too high and, in many cases, it is beyond the range of affordability. So, it may lead to the point of failure as there are so many people who cannot afford it and it becomes a loss for the company.

- High-security risk: In the broadband system, the security risk is too high. According to the stated data, the framework of a personal firewall is needed in each and every computer or mechanical device (Manda 2017, p. 36). So, it is a bit of dissatisfaction for the customers rather than the dial-up network. So, it may lead to a bit of failure. The main reason for the security issue is that the entire system is wireless and the hacker can easily hack the codes in the system to operate the data.

Analysis of One Success and One Failure Factors with IPECC Stages

Success factor of wireless uninterrupted connection

Initiating: In the stages of IPECC, initialising the project plan is the first step that is mandatory in every strategy. At the initial stage, the broadband network project has the requirement of wireless uninterrupted connection. It is the point of success as the initial part of the project is interconnected with it.
Planning: The entire planning of the broadband system is important to stable the success for the future basis. Wireless networking is important to make a proper plan for the broadband system. It is necessary to make the system uninterrupted which helps to continue the connection of the customer and it can be easily preferred by them for the benefits.

Executing: The entire plan of executing the success is necessary at the beginning. If the company of Australia can get proper demand from the customers, then they can easily portray the idea of the broadband network (Sagarik et al. 2018, p. 343). It helps to get uninterrupted service rather than dial-up networking. So, the benefits of this system should be understood by the customers and only after that they can buy the plans. In this way, the succession plan can be executed.

Controlling: The entire framework of the execution plan can be observed by the headquarters and their leaders and managers. The proper control is needed to optimise the risk factors (Philip & Williams 2019, p. 308). If any type of hacking mentality may come to interrupt the entire system, it should be stopped at the beginning. So, the pepper focus of a person should always be maintained to control the entire framework.

Closing: After clearing all the steps, the project plan of broadband networking can get the success of uninterrupted and wireless techniques. All the obstacles should be overcome from the start which helps to promote the growth of success.

Failure Factor of Broadband Connection

Initiating: In the initial stages, it was said that all the copper lines will be replaced with fibre optic cables and internet speed will be around 100 megabits per second. But in reality, the story is different from the imagination. In the initiating stage many places were covered with copper cables and due to that average user can usually get only 25 megabits per second out of the network (Campbell & Milner 2019, p. 23). As per the global index, the average internet speed of broadband is 75 megabits per second but the Australian National Broadband Network falls short in terms of initialisation.

Planning: The planning was to implement fibre cables from start to end of the country. But there were some limitations which may be a lack of planning, funding or else. For getting fibre cable connection the whole setup needed to be upgraded and that could not be possible. Due to that customer are not getting the proper speed which was planned earlier at the starting. The number of subscribers has also exceeded as the network is currently observing 25% growth every year in the subscriber numbers (Holmes et al., 2020, p. 205). Proper planning was not done to accumulate all these extra customers and that is also causing the slow speed problem.

Executing: In the execution stage, the whole planning was not executed as per the requirements. Future prospects were not taken into consideration and due to that the whole system now needed a restart for giving smooth services to the customers. Due to the bad implementation of copper lines and fibre optical lines, it is not possible to get proper, and reliable internet speed.

Controlling: For controlling the whole operation highly capable persons were needed for maintaining the speed issues and ping issues. But that was not happening at all which is creating internet speed issues regularly.

Closing: After all of these steps here comes the closing part where another important failure issue can be seen which is a security issue. The users have to use VPN or firewalls to keep safe from malicious websites and data breaches. With irregular internet speed and unreliable networks, the future of the national broadband network is not good at all.

Ethical Consideration of Those Steps and Their Impacts

Speed unreliability: As per the initial promises, the national broadband network cannot provide the same internet speed all day. There is a new concept called a busy period in which the users cannot get the exact speed which the customer has opted for (Barry 2018, p. 6). The ethical considerations are not being maintained in this case and due to that market share cannot be captured significantly by the organisation. Private players are doing well with their competitive nature. Due to unreliable speed, users are not showing interest in the organisation although the company has promised fibre to the home and fibre to the premises options the implementation is far away from reality.

Security issues: The security issues are there in the network and users are forced to use DNS servers and virtual private networks for safeguarding the data (Schram et al. 2018, p. 16). In the present scenario, the internet is like an open book and anyone can surf anything which can be harmful to others as well. Hackers can hack profiles, social media handles and others without any hassle. The tracking by the tech giants is also possible with this network. That is why the users have to take their own precautions for safeguarding their own data and this is a huge ethical problem that the National Broadband Network is facing. The network should provide basic security measures for hassle free uses of the internet in every house.

Coverage issues: As per the planning stage it was promised that within some years broadband will be provided to every house but that has not become reality. Till now there are various areas where broadband is not present at all (Gregory 2019, p. 36). This problem is causing the coverage ethical issue, and ethical standards are also degrading. Many users are still waiting to know when the broadband will come which is not expected from this kind of firm.

Planning and sustainability issue: The prices of the internet are too high compared with other countries and private players. That is why it becomes impossible to sustain for most users. The brand promised that they will provide the internet at the lowest possible price but that is far from reality. This causes the sustainability issue and the company is facing losses which are aiming for ethical issues as well. Overall, these issues are causing a bad impact on the business and sustainability is currently at stake for the company.

At the staring the project was seemed to be successful due to unavailability of other competitors and a good service but as the time passes there were problems discussed above have started to come. Due to bad impression about the services stared to build and negative impact was seen in the sales and customer retention. All the issues with services impacted the vision of the establishment and the network seemed to be unreliable to many of the customers. That impact can be easily monitored by decreasing number of subscribers.

Conclusion

In this report, various aspects of the National Broadband Network have been discussed where success factors, failure factors, ethical considerations and their impacts are attached. The National Broadband Network is a part of Australia's networking system and to upgrade the services to have a better experience, the whole organisation should be revamped with new ideas and technology. Only this can save the company from being irrelevant and demolish in the future.

References

PPMP20009 Project Management Report

Your tasks include:

1. An introduction/problem statement. Remember your target audience is the senior management team at Kocom.

2. Propose two leadership styles that you believe would support the Lean transition and beyond.

3. Identify and propose four leadership competencies that you believe would bring out the best outcome for this transition and beyond.

4. Identify and propose four best practices that you believe will support lean leadership and help maintain the Lean systems after their implementation.

5. The PMI talent triangle describes skills that are seen to increase a project manager’s competence in three categories (see week 6 lecture slides). Select two skills from each category and demonstrate how each skill would support this transition.

6. Identify and propose five characteristics of agile self-directed teams that will help you deliver the Lean initiative successfully.

7. Propose two best quality control tools for Lean which could be implemented in various departments of Kocom that will improve their efficiency and quality. Provide specific examples on how the tools will be implemented.

8. Identify two risks during or after the Lean transition and elaborate their mitigation strategies.

9. A conclusion recommending a preferred approach to proceed with the Lean transition and beyond.

10. A brief account of the teamwork deployed in this assignment, listing three lessons you have learned as a team. To support your arguments a transcript of the final team meeting or a link to a recording of a ZOOM meeting should be included as appendix Which will be excluded from the word count.

Solution

Introduction

The paper will offer important strategies for Kocom to adopt lean transformation. In order to make it successful feasible and possible, the report for assignment help first will discuss two different leadership styles which would be supportive for the transition and retain the transition. In this context, leadership competencies even will be discussed to confirm best practices for lean leadership. Leadership style cannot be justified without the competency of a project manager (Zhou, Zhao, Tian, Zhang & Chen, 2018). Risk mitigation strategy even will be incorporated to conclude with the successful incorporation of lean management in the process. Finally, it will evaluate team activities to confirm the learning throughout.

Leadership Styles

Kocom is going to adopt lean management. Lean management is the approach for managing an organization in a way that one can confirm continuous improvement with a long-term approach for work which eventually identifies incremental small changes in the process to improve quality and efficiency, eliminating waste in the process. Considering the main characteristics of lean management, cooperation, collaboration, effective acknowledgment of the future requirements, and innovation are important to confirm effective justification of lean management in the process of Kocom. Considering the main objectives, a visionary leadership style would be much helpful (Zhou, Zhao, Tian, Zhang & Chen, 2018). Long-term addressing is an important consideration, thereby, visionary leadership can be helpful in offering long-term vision (Cadden, Millar, Treacy & Humphreys, 2020). It directs people towards shared common reasons for organizational betterment. The leadership style in the process confirms the development of the clear vision and as it incorporates the entire team in the process, thereby indirectly it addresses cooperative and collaborative organizational culture which is another important consideration for lean management. The attribute of clarifying the vision to everyone by 'whys' confirms long-term interest for the Kocom, it monitors performance and sets standards in the context of larger vision with the balanced positive and negative feedback for motivation. All referred attributes secures retention of lean management in a better way.

Another important leadership for lean management can be affiliative leadership as it helps to confirm harmony in the work culture by making a perfect connection with each other. Leadership directly addresses the communication, collaboration, cooperation confirming positive interaction to enhance team performance (Wachira, Karanja & Iravo, 2018). By emphasizing the personal needs of others, it recognizes opportunities to confirm positive feedback which is another motivational factor that leads the work culture towards betterment. By satisfying employee needs, indirectly it confirms effective addressing to the goals without putting any pressure on the workforce. Such type of leadership can encourage the workforce of Kocom to be involved in the work culture actively and spontaneously which eventually helps to attend and retain lean management in a better way (Leffingwell, 2021).

Leadership Competencies

Considering the leadership styles, it is important to have some leadership competencies to perfectly address the leadership styles accomplishing all objectives which are required for the organizational culture (Seemiller, 2018). The first and foremost consideration is having leadership courage. Leadership is a personal attribute, hence, without proper type of courage or leadership courage, no leadership style can properly be exercised in the organizational culture. A leader needs to be brave enough to take the right decision at the right time even if he needs to go against the majority. The competency eventually helps the leader to be confident enough to get in stuck with one thing as well as try new things as per requirements by being innovative to address all challenging situations in an organization. Another important leadership competency is communication. As per identified leadership styles, communication is important for both the leadership styles as effective communication confirms success for a leader. Communication is a two-way process of listening and speaking. Most of the time, people misinterpret communication, as only a way of speaking, however, smart ones always have the competency of effective listening skills to respect others with enough attention for the speaker (Realyvásquez-Vargas et al., 2018). It does not only confirm hearing whether it makes the other person feel that the leader is attentive and present to understand before comment. Effective communication immediately gets followed by building a relationship which is another important competency for an organization. Having a proper connection with each other with the proper type of communication, specifical communication between leader and the group is very important for which a leader needs to have a strong relationship with a person of the organization. With a better relationship or strong relationship, one can accomplish anything as empathetic attitude makes people much more convinced than a commanding tone. Finally, shaping the culture of the organization is another competency for a leader (Holweg & Maylor, 2018). An organization always goes through different types of changes where the leader is responsible to maintain the positivity of the organizational culture for which he needs to have the competency of shaping the culture even during any change in the process. A leader is responsible to confirm that whatever activities are there in the organizational culture are being maintained by dedicated employees who can manage the change of the process by the structured approach and better engagement with team members through communication integration with the leader (Seidel, Saurin, Marodin & Ribeiro, 2017).

Best Practices for Lean Leadership

Best practices for lean leadership need to be such practices that can exactly address the objectives of lean leadership i.e controlling quality, removing waste, innovative processes to confirm the continuous improvement of the organization (Bridges & Bridges, 2021). Hence, leadership needs to accommodate maintaining and acquiring new initiatives to confirm that innovative approaches are being taken for continuous improvement as well as the positivity of the organizational culture is even being retained. Best practices for the competency of leadership can be plan-do-check-act. Four interrelated processes confirm that a leader needs to have the competencies like planning, doing, checking, and acting. A leader needs to be a good planner to visualize objectives for the workforce which can be long-term (O'Connor, Hill, Kaya & Martin, 2019). Without effective planning, lean management cannot be accommodated with positivity, hence one needs to be supported with the competency of effective and efficient planning, so that he can assume the future requirements successfully and plan accordingly so that an organization like Kocom can confirm their strategies in a way that can address future changed requirements effortlessly and successfully.

Project Manager’s Competency Skills

Organizations often seek added skills in business intelligence as well as leadership with competencies so that the leaders can support every activity of the organization for directing longer-range strategic objectives. PMI talent triangle can be referred to as an ideal skill set which is the combination of strategic and business management expertise, leadership, and technical expertise with digital skills (Horváth, 2019). Kocom is an organization of communication devices, for which digital technologies are most important. Hence, technical skills are the most important skills for Kocom as per the industry type to confirm competitive advantage for it by making its products the best in the market with added features by innovative technologies. Technical expertise can be the only skill that can help to have technical excellence in the work culture. Thereby, from the category of technical skill, technological understanding and skills for effective implementation of the technologies are important to confirm success for an organization. From the leading concern, the most important skill for a project manager is effective communication. A project manager is responsible for different types of responsibilities for which he needs to have an effective relationship with every stakeholder for which communication plays a significant role (Horváth, 2019). A project manager is expected to have expertise in different types of communication skills like writing, facial, and body language to confirm effective communication in the process. A leader has a connection with both internal and external stakeholders, thereby, different types of communication skills are needed which eventually helps him to be a successful leader as the communication skill plays the most important role to satisfy all his job roles and responsibilities ("Styles of Leadership - avoid career-ending mistakes", 2021). Apart from communication in the leadership aspect, he is even expected to be an expert in motivational skills. An organization needs to have positivity in its structure to confirm development and betterment. Motivation is such a factor that helps the project manager to maintain and retain positivity with acquired strategies as per the requirement of the situation. A leader cannot be successful without efficiency in motivation. For the strategic and business management category, the project manager most importantly needs to be innovative. Innovation plays the key role for a business to confirm effective addressing of market requirements. The efficiency of a project manager in innovation skills can help an organization to have the best strategy management which not only helps to address the present goal of the organization, rather can confirm for addressing to future objectives or requirements of the market. Business management even includes some difficult situations where a project manager is expected to exercise negotiation skills ("5 leadership styles used in project management", 2021). Negotiation skill helps the project manager to choose the best alternative for the organization which eventually helps to support the transition in organizational culture. An organization when going to have a transition needs to have the support of technological knowledge as well as the skill of implementing the technological innovation in the process to have the best of the transition sustaining positivity (Smith & Jones, 2018). Without communication and motivation, such a type of technological involvement of transition cannot be addressed. Any project manager without innovation or negotiation cannot confirm strategic and business management which is most important during the transition of the organization as strategies eventually cannot help the transition due to its new requirements.

Agile Self-directed Teams and Their Impact

Five characteristics of self-directed teams are their self-driven attitude, trusting each other, decisions that are taken by employees or employees engaged in the decision-making process, high self-awareness, and strong communication (Doyle & Doyle, 2021). The agile self-directed team helps in addressing the betterment effortlessly and in a less time-consuming manner. A self-driven attitude or self-directed team helps to sustain a participative organizational culture where employees work by wish with maximum contribution and activation without any sort of comparison with eventually addresses improvement in the organizational culture (Yue, Men& Ferguson, 2019). On the other hand, the agile approach can be referred to as the iterative approach for project management or software development which helps the team for delivering value to the customers in a low time-consuming manner. It mainly objectifies teamwork in a small consumable direction without going for the 'Big Bang' launch. Hence the self-directed agile team directly addresses lean initiative by its five principles or approaches. A self-driven attitude due to active participation in the work culture helps to have a cooperative, collaborative organizational culture which eventually can address the common goal regularly in the process and thus it confirms better addressing to the waste removal from the organizational culture with one of the most important lean initiatives. As there is no compulsion on employees, hence, they try to remove waste to attain sustainability in terms of all resources specifically for time and budget to make the work culture more productive and thus lean initiative that addressed (Sinha & Matharu, 2019). For lean initiative, cooperation and collaboration in the work culture are very important to sustain continuous improvement. In an agile self-directed team, they connect effortlessly and without effective communication, they trust each other for satisfying the common goal. Such a type of team exercises the trust factor by strong and effective communication with each other (Yue, Men & Ferguson, 2019). Specific acknowledgment of each other and effective communication eventually help them to sustain that much trust factor that an organization can confirm continuous improvement in its work culture and eventually it gets ready for long term objective satisfying a condition of lean management (Tarjomefa.com, 2021). Such type of excellent work culture eventually helps the leaders to exercise their leadership style like visionary leadership style and affiliative leadership style in a better way as they are well aware of the objective and participate in the workforce wholeheartedly to offer better scopes for exercising the leadership confirming continuous improvement, waste removal, and long-term objective satisfaction in the process. Most importantly self-directed agile team takes an active part in the decision-making process which eventually initiates the belongingness of the workforce for the organization (Bach & Bach, 2021). The workforce in such teamwork culture does not only work as paid staff, rather as a contributor of the work culture, and thus they confirm the best satisfaction of the objectives of the organization which eventually justifies continuous improvement addressing to long-term objectives. The main lookout of lean management.

Quality Control Tools for Lean

To do quality control, it is important to sustain the organizational culture in a way that can opt for continuous improvement. Without the support of effective tools, such type of quality control, improvement cannot be accessed in organizational culture. Hence, it is important for Kocom to identify and exercise the quality control tools which can initiate quality and efficiency for lean management. The main principles for lean management are to identify value, map the value stream, create the flow, publish the pool, and continuously improve ("Competencies & Traits of a Lean Leader", 2021). It needs to have the support of technological excellence most, as it belongs to the communicative industry with the products like CCTV, smart home, intercom alarm, etc. It basically can help to outline the process to reach the potential customers by accommodating excellence. Technological excellence mostly depends on innovation. Innovation can be both positive and negative as it is a matter of proficiency and practice. Thereby, Kocom needs to have such type of tool support which can remove the waste to make lean manufacturing successful. In such context, FMEA (Failure Model and Effects Analysis) can be helpful as it would help the project manager or leaders to understand the negative consequences in the process to review the flow and anticipate to address the issues before being served to the customers before become severely crucial for the entire process (Anjalee, Rutter & Samaranayake, 2021). The tool directly would help Kocom to remove waste which is important for lean manufacturing influencing work indirectly to help to quality control as well as continuous improvement for the process.

Risks and Mitigation Strategies

In implementing lean initiatives or even after the process, Kocom can have several risk factors in its work culture due to the transition it has sustained. The most crucial respect it can have is wrong timing. Implementation of a new initiative for lean management needs to be in a proper time so that, it can only contain positivity for the work culture without acquiring negativity (Toledo, Gonzalez, Lizarelli & Pelegrino, 2019). To avoid such risk factors, the best way out is to do proper planning where effective communication, justified leadership styles, and skills are really important (Sinha & Matharu, 2019). Another important risk during or after the transition can be an improper human resource. Entirely lean management depends on the efficacy of human resources for all its accomplishment. If human resources would not be effective for such type of transition and without the help of an effective leadership style, then the entire work culture can be at stake ("9 Lean Leadership Practices to Get the Best Performance Out Of Your Team", 2021). To avoid the risk factor, Kocom needs to have efficient, experienced employees specifically successful leaders to confirm effective accomplishment of all the objectives.

Conclusion

The report has confirmed in-depth discussion for the transition of Kocom to adopt lean management which has successfully evaluated two leadership styles that can support the lean management for the senior management of Kocom. Leadership competencies are even evaluated where it has been seen that it needs to have such leaders who can objectify the model of plan-do-check-act to confirm the transition successfully. The competencies eventually help Kocom to secure the best leadership where communication would play a significant role. As per the discussion of the talent triangle, the project manager needs to have competencies over technological and leadership aspects to confirm better strategic and business management with the support of skills like communication, innovation, negotiation, acknowledgment of technological knowledge, etc. A self-directed team with their attributes can better sustain lean initiative confirming quality control with the help of the tools like FMEA analysis and affinity diagram. Time and resources can be respected for Kocom for the transition via effective planning and proper identification of human resources would be helpful.

Reflection and lessons learned

As per the discussion, the team needs to have effective communication, collaboration, negotiation, and decision-making skill to support all the stages of transition confirming the success of the project. Most importantly, the team needs to have innovation skills as long-term objectification cannot be done without innovation.

The team of Kocom for sustaining the lean transition successfully, needs to be efficient and effective and cooperative and collaborative. It even needs to have justified support of leadership with the help of affiliative or visionary leadership style having some important leadership skills to confirm cooperative and collaborative work culture for continuous improvement waste removal and most importantly the practice of innovation. The team needs to adopt a participative approach where the leader is expected to adopt a plan-do-check-act model when the leader does not only be a leader, rather a member of the team to confirm the transition where competency skills of the project manager like technological skills, negotiation, innovation, communication skills would help to sustain positive effect of the transition. The Kocom can have the best result by the agile self-directed team as such an active motivated team can directly address clean initiative without any sort of compulsion. Quality control tools like affinity diagram and FMEA analysis eventually help Kocom to confirm improvement as well as value creation where much lookout needs to be taken for identifying proper human resources and exact time to exercise a new approach for the lean transition in the work culture.

As per the discussion, three main lessons for working as a team are being effective communicators where speaking and listening both are important as it helps to be cooperative and collaborative which is a must for a team. Another important lesson is to have emotional intelligence and support of effective leadership to confirm the effective accomplishment of the project. Finally, in the present context, innovation is the most important aspect to exercise for any field.

References

PROJ6004 Data Reporting Assignment Sample

This assessment is designed to allow you to:

• Report the results of your application of the research method/s you outlined in your Research Proposal Assessment 3 from PROJ6002. That method may be a deep analysis of the literature regarding your topic, or the conduct of interviews, or another approved method.

• Demonstrate that you can creatively and effectively analyse data to reveal underlying patterns, themes and relationships. Such analysis and reporting require a tailored structure of sections and sub-sections and other communication methods.

• Demonstrate your ability to effectively collate and present data in appropriate formats to clearly convey results of your research and to enable subsequent analysis of that data. The appropriate selection and use of tables, charts, graphs and figures is considered an important aspect of this assessment.

• Edit the research approach developed in your Research Proposal from PROJ6002 to ensure it reflects the actual method applied (as opposed to the method you thought would be applied) as minor changes are often needed. Ensure overall method alignment with the Research Problem (or business opportunity) and Research Question.

You must gain the advice and approval of your Unit Assessor or Tutor when completing Assessment 3 (the Research Proposal) of PROJ6002 for both the choice of Research Instrument and the detail as to how it will be implemented (the method) to gather data. Having gained that approval you must not change from that except with the further approval of that person. This is because, at this point of time, you will not be able to complete the work involved in a new approach to your research task.

The length of the paper has been set at 1,000 words but you should use as many or as few words as are required for you to clearly describe to the reader what you did in applying your chosen research instrument/method. The test of whether you have provided the required clear communication is that an independent researcher could take your description and go ahead and carry out the data collection. 

Solution

Introduction

The operating system and its issues have raised concerns about the future of OS and its integration with IoT to overcome the challenges. The secondary research method used in the assignment has helped to gather enough data about the evidence related to OS and the future of OS. The five articles and journals have provided the necessary data for analysing the research problem and question.

Justification of the Research Methods

The method used for the research is the secondary qualitative data collection method. The secondary data method for assignment help has helped to guide the researcher through the operating systems and predict with evidence the future of operating systems for the better working of the computers. The secondary data collection helps to collect the data from the already published journals and articles that would give accurate data for the study (Martins et al., 2018). The research articles collected would be segregated based on the topic and the selected keywords to bring the data's relevance to the current research subject.

Researchers use secondary data to bring out the relevant data with cost-effective methods and in less time than the primary methods. The researcher reviewed the articles with similar keywords and derived the data that spoke about the operating system and how the advancement of technology has led to the need for advanced use of the operating system. The issues focus on in the current research are identifying the malfunctioning in the operating systems and the dangers that it poses to security (Tabrizchi & Kuchaki Rafsanjani, 2020). As such, the future of OS is determined.

The collected data helps scrutinise the operating system's critical role. The results show that the OS is an interface joining the computer hardware with the users (Fursin, 2021). The operating system mainly looks into managing and allocating the hardware to perform the different tasks. It is considered software enhancing the functioning of the computer. The OS also checks the condition of the overall system and detects the malfunctioning within the system before the complete breakdown.

However, the OS faces different challenges related to transparency which is limited when multiple systems use the same OS. The users can view only one method. The efficiency of the OS is also an issue that needs to be addressed to ensure its reliability of the OS (Zikria et al., 2018). This makes the use of the OS insecure. The data also shows that with the advancement of technology, the OS has become redundant, and they need the Internet of Things as middleware to run efficiently. The technology acceptance model designs OS with efficient systems like the IoT and AI to make it efficient and correct its features for advanced work. The OS has to be developed to accept technological advancement for the benefit of doing multifaceted tasks.

Data Analysis

For a better collection of the data, the study was conducted while taking the data from 5 articles and journals that provided the correct data according to the topic mentioned in the current study.

Table 1: Research method Table
(Source: Created by the researcher)
 

The thematic analysis has helped build the relationship between the literature review and the findings of the data obtained from the articles and journals used for the research. The themes discuss each of the results while segregating into common patterns.

Research Methods Alignment with Research

The research questions have been developed after the identification of the research problem. There is a close alignment between the research problem and the questions. The questions are used throughout the research to develop the path for the study's progress. So the data that has been collected and the research method that has been used is in alignment with the research questions and the research problem. The data collection method has used secondary articles and journals to get answers to the research problem. The data also shows the possible recommendations for the research problems. The research questions like the role of OS and the development of the OS to improve communication issues in the fashion industry have been met through the data collection method. The articles have given answers to them. The challenges of the OS have also been discussed in the retrieved articles. The research problem and the issues that have been identified were given appropriate answers in the articles through the development of the future OS.

Conclusion

The report shows that the secondary data collection method has been the most effective in gathering varied sources for finding the answers to the research questions to derive the findings. The research problems and the research questions have been aligned with the research method to get the suitable answers for the issues of OS.

References

PROJ6006 Organisational Behaviour and People Management Assignment Sample

Assessment Brief

Length 1000 words per student (+/-10%)

Task Summary

In this Assessment, you will further analyse the case study that was introduced in Assessment 1 and 2. With an understanding of the leadership styles that seem appropriate for the environment and circumstances, you will now work in groups to develop a 1000 words per student report on Project Human Resource Plan.

This assessment will give you the opportunity to participate in the formal project management practice of developing a plan for managing the work of the diverse individuals that will contribute to a specific project and to practice professional communication within a team environment.

Please refer to the Task Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Context

Human Resource Management it is the process required to make the most effective use of the people involved with the project. It consists of organisation planning, staff acquisition, team management and development. As part of such, specific strategies are built around defining roles, responsibilities and reporting structures within the project organisation structure and the project team based on the needs of the project; Designing the team and their required skills and competencies for their recruitment; development and management of the team focused on achieving a high performing team through tracking performance, approaching motivation, solving issues, and coordinating changes to enhance project performance.

Part A: Team Management component

You and your team will then address the elements of team management, considering stages and approaches for of team development, plans for managing communication considering the team and engagement of other stakeholders, assessment of work/performance, and improvement of team members and team unity.

a) A staff management plan
b) A communications plan
c) An assessment plan
d) An improvement plan

Solution

a) A staff management plan

Identification of human resource

Quasar Communications, Inc needs to have the trained manpower that supports the management of the small and large. The company has 340 people including 200 engineers.

- Project managers
- Vice president
- Line Manager
- Four individuals to handle the twelve large customers
- Five individuals for the thirty to forty small customers
- Three individuals for R&D projects
- One individual for capital equipment projects

These are the valuable human resources in the project context to execute the project and ensure a positive outcome for assignment help.

Recruitment and Selection of The Employee

It is important for Quasar Communications, Inc. (QCI) to have a relevant recruitment and selection policy and Procedure. The aim of the recruitment and selection policy and procedure is to identify the relevant workforce and incorporate the individual to effectively execute the project and achieve project success without any delay and extra cost (Levy, 2018). The project requires one project manager, one marketing manager, a civil engineer and a planner. The diversity management policy and Anti-discrimination policy are to be integrated. The company has only engineers at the top position.

Hierarchy is to be built based on management proficiency as the major position has been occupied by the engineers rather than proper from management degree or background.

Criteria of Selection of The Team Member

- The inclusion of the employee is largely dependent on the relevant skill and experience of the employee.

- It is important to develop a job description for every selection, recruitment and promotion.

- The organization will also need to consider the project management degree and also incorporate a significant and effective criterion within the organizational environment.

Sources of team member selection

- The organization has a large workforce but selected few employees for managing small, and large projects and R&D.

- The organization incorporates the external agency in case of the absence of a proper team in the organization (Richardson & Jackson, 2018). The marketing department is working well but they do not follow the proper code of planning and communication.

- It has been noted that the need for incorporating the external agency is strongly felt.

- The attraction and retention of the employee for managing the project are performed using social media and external agencies that offer job placement (Heldman, 2018).

- Proper advertisement on websites and content marketing help to improve the identification of relevant candidates.
Acquisition of workforce

- The acquisition of the workforce is performed based on the compensation and benefit and the terms and conditions.
- The workforce is acquired using appropriate evaluation programs and the selection and recruitment criteria.

Training

- The employee is provided training to make them capable of being a part of the project.

- It ensures better progress and effectiveness in the context of the project.

- The human resource appraisal plan

- It has been noted that the need for managing the employee is strongly felt in the proper loyalty program and reward system (Chawla et al., 2018).

- The employee is provided with appropriate rewards and compensation.

- A good and hardworking employee is promoted to a more valuable and responsible position.

b) A communication plans

It has been noted that the marketing manager of the organization has interacted with clients for a small and big projects and they have cancelled without proper discussion. It has been noted that there is a major communication gap as there is a lack of formal structure for project management.

c) An assessment plans

Aim and Objective

The purpose of the assessment plan is to identify the effectiveness of the team member and ensure the progress of the project.

- To identify the relevant team managing the small and large projects along with the R&D project and Capital requirement project.

- To explore the effectiveness of the team in the context of the project.

- To identify the progress in the project development.

It is important to establish the proper management of the project. It is important to execute the project within the time and budget (Cooper & Sommer, 2018). It is important to evaluate the progress of the goal of the project according to the project charter.

Goal 1: it is to identify if there is a relevance between the progress of the project and the actual objective.

Goal 2: it is important to measure the project's progress against the milestone and budget of the project.

Goal 3: it is also important to identify the requirement of the team for accomplishing the project within the given time.

d) An improvement plans

Improvement plans need to be executed in the context of the project and the use of appropriate steps could help to identify and ensure the proper process of improvement.

Map

It is important to have a proper work breakdown structure. The process is identified and it is broken down. It helps to manage the breakdown structure from the project manager. The current organization need to integrate the training plan for improving marketing, communication practice and cost-benefit analysis skill.

Analyse

The steps of the project and milestones are to be clearly defined. It is important to analyse over allocation of resources and avoid the idleness of team members. It is important to track the issues. The analysis of the communication issues is to be done in a proper way.

Redesign

The counselling session is to be developed within the organizational context. It is important to regularly improve and develop the space for scope improvement. It is important to manage the whole project team and share the management of intimate knowledge. It may develop process improvement and enhance invaluable resources. The schedule is to be changed if the project requires it.

Assign

The identification of the problem and appropriate solution needs to be done. It is important to effectively assign those resources to the relevant employee of the organization. It is important to manage the skill and ensure the management of resources mapping the creativity.

Implementation

The plan is to be executed as it is planned and in case of failure to implement it correctly there is a scope for improvement in the process and procedure of implementation (Nicholas & Steyn, 2020). the creation of relevant project management plan development of breakdown structure and improvement of deliverables ensure a better outcome in the context of workplace management.

Communication

It is important for the organization to consistently improve the medium of communication to execute the project without any communication gap as it will ensure the quality of the project in a significant and effective way. It has a negative impact on the organizational process.

Monitoring

The monitoring of the project will support continuous improvement and enhance a better and more effective outcome in the context of the project. The monitoring of the project helps the monitoring team to continue to evaluate and suggest scope for improvement. It is difficult for the organization to maintain the project on a proper track and they are responsible for suggesting the appropriate improvement in the project.

References

PPMP20011 Contract and Procurement Management Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

Objectives

This is an individual assignment. You are assigned the tasks which assess your knowledge gained between weeks 1 to 6 about different facets of contract and procurement management.

Tasks

You need to write a report

Written Assessment (Report)

You need to submit a business report in Word format into Moodle in Week 7. You are to complete the following tasks using the case study provided on Moodle website (Refer Case Study document):

- Critically analyse the case study and propose the most suitable procurement route(s) for the case study (sub-projects). The characteristics of the client, constraints, conditions, and available resources for each sub-project will be given.

- Justify the proposed procurement route for each sub-project and explain why this route is the most suitable to make the project successful

- Propose the most suitable contract type for each sub-project for parties involved to complement the procurement options.

- Discuss the associated risks and the key components which must be covered in the selected contracts.

- Develop a project budget and an expenditure forecast as control mechanisms and link time, cost, and resources to the project framework.

- Your report should include a thorough analysis along with discussion and supporting evidence.

Layout of the Written Report

Written report on the case study should be organised using the following headings and guidelines. (Refer Case Study document)

- Title (Cover) Page with clear details of unit name, student number and name, lecturer & tutor names, submission date etc.

- Introduction

Introduction must clearly define the aims of the report.

- Introduce various sub-projects involved and summarise your recommendations to justify how they ensure value for money for the client.

Procurement Strategy

- Map the factors and characteristics of the case study (project) with the factors to be considered for the best procurement strategy.

Procurement Routes

- Analyse the case study requirements along with constraints, givens, exclusions, assumptions, and limitations.

- Propose the most appropriate route for each sub-project and explain why proposed route is suitable to make the project successful.

- You need to address a group of factors including but not limited to the following: sub-project schedule, cost, quality, etc.

Contract Types

- Propose the most appropriate contract type for each sub-project along with your justification based on the procurement routes you have chosen above.

- You need to address a group of factors including but not limited to the following: sub-project schedule, cost, quality, etc.

Risks associated with the proposed routes and contract types

- Identify, analyse, and assess the risks associated with the proposed contract routes and contract types for both the owner and the contractor.

Budget (for one sub-project)

- Provide a budgetary estimate for any one of the sub-projects by listing main expense heads and list separately your assumptions

Conclusion

- Provide a brief summary of your report
- References (list the references along with their in-text citations)

Project title - Parramatta Light Rail Project (Case Study )

Project duration: 5 Years (2018 - 2023)

Project budget: $2.4 billion

Introduction

The Parramatta Light Rail is one of the NSW Government’s latest major infrastructure projects being delivered to serve a growing Sydney. Light rail will create new communities, connect great places and help both locals and visitors move around and explore what the region has to offer.

The stage 1 rail route will connect Westmead to Carlingford via the Parramatta CBD and Camellia with a two-way track spanning 12 kilometres. The route will link Parramatta’s CBD and train station to the Westmead Health Precinct, Cumberland Hospital Precinct, the Bankwest Stadium, the Camellia Town Centre, the new science, technology and innovation museum Powerhouse Parramatta, the private and social housing redevelopment at Telopea, Rosehill Gardens Racecourse and 3 Western Sydney University campuses.

Transport for NSW is responsible for improving the customer experience of transport services, transport policy and regulation, planning and program administration, procuring transport services, and infrastructure and freight.

Major construction of the light rail track started in 2018, and light rail services expected to begin operations by 2023.

Key Benefits

- Sixteen (16) stops in all from Westmead to Carlingford via Parramatta CBD.

- High-frequency ‘turn-up-and-go’ light rail services seven days a week, departing approximately every 7.5 minutes in peak periods.

- Modern and comfortable air-conditioned vehicles, 45 metres long, driver-operated and integrated with the Opal card network.

- Two (2) new light rail and pedestrian zones along Church and Macquarie Streets in the Parramatta CBD.

- The Parramatta Light Rail will replace the train line between Camellia and Carlingford, which will provide more frequent services and better connections to town centres, including Parramatta and Sydney CBD.

- A new Active Transport Link (shared walking and bike riding path) between Carlingford and Parramatta.

Project Requirements:

- Twelve (12) kilometres of light rail dual track.
- Sixteen (16) light rail stops and associated infrastructure (such as platforms, shelters, and lighting).
- A light rail stabling and maintenance facility at Rosehill Gardens.
- Ancillary infrastructure, including two new substations, power supply, wiring and utilities.
- Changes to existing bus stops.
- Changes to intersections and the configuration of traffic lanes at several locations.
- Acquisition of thirteen (13) light rail vehicle fleet.
- Light rail vehicles will be driven electrically with power being drawn from an overhead electric line.

Sub-Projects

- Sub-Project 1 ($2.0 billion): Construction of light rail track and associated works
- Sub-Project 2 ($0.3 billion): Construction of stabling facility for maintenance
- Sub-Project 3 ($0.1 billion): Acquisition of light rail vehicles fleet

Main Constraints:

- Sub-Project 1: Fixed cost and a firm completion date are the top priorities to minimise the disruptions to the road users and small businesses.
- Sub-Project 2: Fixed cost and quality, as per the requirements, are the top priorities.
- Sub-Project 3: Quality is the top priority for light rail vehicles fleet equipped with state-of- the-art technology and must be delivered by end of 2022.

Solution

Introduction

The report aims to develop appropriate procurement strategy or plan for Parramatta Light Rail project. This is basically a railway construction project that creates 12 kilometers long two-way tract. It connects Westmead and Carlingford. This project can create different benefits to the transportation industry and overall area development. It includes community development, and other business benefits. The local businesses and citizens will also be benefitted through the access of technology Cumberland Hospital Precinct, the Bankwest Stadium, the Camellia Town Centre, the new science, technology and innovation museum Powerhouse Parramatta, etc. In this report, different project development components and features are discussed in terms of effective implementation. The report will evaluate potential project risks, budget and other development and managerial aspects. This will finally lead to appropriate procurement management strategy and implementation for Parramatta Light Rail project.

The whole project is divided into different sub-projects that define the overall structure and process in this case. The sub-projects are, construction of railway, construction of maintenance facility and acquisition of light rail vehicles fleet. In the first phase, $2 billion were invested to prepare the whole railway and associated features that will influence the current community and infrastructure of the local area. It incudes, active transport link, increased patronage, public transport alteration, etc. In that case, it will be beneficial for overall economic growth and infrastructure improvement in local area and surroundings as well. In the next phase of maintenance facility, $0.3 billion will be invested. The area already requires different property removals such as old bus stop. Appropriate maintenance is required to maintain the quality of construction and overall consumer experience. Finally, the third phase with $0.1 billion will be beneficial in terms of area management and resource distribution. In this report, all of these phases or sub-projects are assessed for constructive analysis and preparation of procurement management plan for best assignment help.

Procurement Strategy

The construction project of Parramatta Light Rail project must follow appropriate strategy and planning. The strategic planning first requires appropriate and efficient contractor. The project can be given to a single contractor or it may include different bidders for every sub-project. Both of these strategies have different advantages and disadvantages that become the determining factors. by evaluating all project factors, it can be established that the project requires single contractor.

Justification

More than one contractor will be effective in active and appropriate project execution. In spite of that, giving the Parramatta Light Rail project to a single contractor will be most appropriate as it doesn’t include any specific time frame or urgency. In that case, the phases will be more compatible with each other. That improves the quality and success factor of the project. On the other hand, the overall analysis and project management will also be efficient. The project manager and other stakeholders will be able to manage the construction with active communication and planning with single contractor.

The project also consists fixed costing and resources. In that case, the Parramatta Light Rail project must follow fixed plan of action with management. Moreover, the strategic planning and development frameworks must be fixed as well. Overall, single contractor will be most effective in successful project implementation.

Responsible Person for Coordination

The responsible person to coordinate between the sub-projects will be project manager and senior contractor. The project manager will also be responsible to coordinate with different key stakeholders such as finance manager, resource manager, data management team, database management team, supply management team, etc. On the other hand, the senior contractor in Parramatta Light Rail project, will also be responsible for managing different construction teams, visual models of planning, over and data analysis, risk analysis and other essential project development factors.

Organizational Recommendation

The primary objective of the consultation organisation is to guide and manage different operational and organizational component. In this case of Parramatta Light Rail project, the consultancy organisation can you play a significant role in terms of project management and execution as well. The consultation agency will be able to structure the project management and overall operational management into the project. It includes, appropriate implementation strategy and future project scope management as well.

The agency can also help in overall data analysis or resource management analysis. In that case, the overall database management and research team will start to evaluate different secondary and primary resources that will include previous case studies, personal interviews of the stakeholders, etc. This is the responsibility of the data mining or management team to collect these resources. It is the responsibility of the consultancy organization to evaluate further and to prepare appropriate plan of execution through constructive guidance to the development team.

Procurement Routes

Procurements routs are some specific strategies to implement into the project development phases (Laryea, 2019). It makes the Parramatta Light Rail project, more effective in real-life scenario. In this case, the project is divided int three phases or sub-projects. The primary sub-project of construction of main railway and infrastructure may follow two procurement routs such as, standardizing the development and supply chain. The research and analytical evaluation will be conducted to establish appropriate supply chain and development methodology. In that way, the whole development of Parramatta Light Rail project becomes efficient and effective in nature.

The second phase of building maintenance infrastructure, will follow, predictive analysis as a route of procurement. In that case, the data analysis and development team will evaluate particular consumers’ needs that will help to prepare effective project plan (Mena et al., 2018). On the other hand, the last phase of building vehicle fleet will require, centralization of supply database. In that case, all the supply data evaluation will be implemented into the project. This will be effective in acquiring efficient vehicles fleet into the project with fixed cost and time frame.

Risk Identification

Risk identification into a project leads to appropriate mitigation plan for the project (Dziadosz & Rejment, 2015). In this development project, three specific procurement routs are applied, that can also cause different project constraints and risks.

Table 1: Procurement: Risk Identification
(Source: Developed by Author)

The primary risk while centralizing the whole supply or development chain will be management and resource efficiency. It may require sudden requirements of resources. In that case, the senior project manager and senior contractor need to develop appropriate planning, that can implement this procedure from the beginning.

The second phase of Parramatta Light Rail project development will follow predictive analytical approach that presents the idea of collected secondary resources and market reports. In some case, the data implementation can show complexity as it consists secondary resources only as the project budget and planning include a large range of stakeholders, and project features (Harrison et al., 2019). The project manager needs to develop appropriate research methodology and procedure that can create effective analysis.

The final risk will be cost efficiency. The project already has fixed costing. In that case, the final phase requires strategic evaluation of consumers’ needs in terms of availability and supply. Moreover, it must maintain the quality of service as well. The project manager must distribute the cost with appropriate supply chain. In that way, this risk can be resolved in terms of effective influence into the project.

Contract Types

Contracts are some legal documentations that consist different project agreement and regulations (Shash & Habash, 2020). Both of the contracting parties must maintain these rules and conditions, mentioned into the contract. Appropriate contracts are essential in any business or development project, especially when a huge number of stakeholders and components are associated. In this project, contract types are determined from the requirements and potential impact.

Table 2: Contract Types
(Source: Developed by Author)

Risk Analysis

Particular risks are associated with this overall development. The contracts, mentioned here will also cause potentialities into the project that must be resolved with appropriate strategic approach. This risk analysis of Parramatta Light Rail project, also follows different from work or visual tools that can provide structured overview of the risk and appropriate mitigation plan. It also includes the primary response of the stakeholders and overall project development and management team. In this case of construction management of Parramatta Light Rail project, the potential risks must be evaluated and resolved accordingly. In this phase of the report two types of Potential project risks are evaluated or discussed. Initially different contracts that are associated with the overall project, are critically discussed in terms of risk and appropriate mitigation. On the other hand, particular list in transportation of different project phases will also explain appropriate risk response to the management team.

Contract Risks

In the first case of Railway construction, the fixed price and a resource contract will be applied. In that case, the appropriate methodology and reasonable cost and time distribution will be achieved. In spite of that, this can cause different complication into the project. A huge project like Parramatta Light Rail development can cause different resource requirements while the development into the project. In that case, it is the responsibility of project manager, resource manager and finance manager to evaluate the current scenario and requirements. Overall, the fixed price contract will not allow the stakeholders and business leaders to implement certain requirements with appropriate approach. Even, the approval procedure will be more complex in terms of effectiveness and application.

The second contract of time and material will also be applicable in the second phase where the maintenance preparation will be conducted for the construction site. In that case, the materials and the time frame must be pre-defined and documented before the overall development execution. In spite of that, the second phase requires different other considerations such as ethical consideration, stakeholder analysis, feedback analysis and other project management and development component. Overall, the project execution must follow different visual tools and structured methods of implementation. In that way, the certain requirements and project list will be simplified and resolved accordingly. Though, it is the responsibility of the project manager to conduct the overall risk analysis and to implement them accordingly.

In the final phase, the development will follow unit pricing contract. In that case, the overall development team will consider the unit price of different vehicles before the acquisition procedure. This is also beneficial for the project as the cost and overall time frame is already fixed. In spite of that, this can cause some limitations while choosing the appropriate vehicle fleet. On the other hand, the management procedure of creating the overall supply chain or transport system will also be affected by this contact. In that case, the project manager and other senior organizational stakeholders must evaluate the current requirements and development as pets for further analysis. This will help in planning for the appropriate vehicle seat with effective application in real life scenario.

Risks in Transport

The overall transportation system into the project requires appropriate risk analysis to develop effective mitigation plan. In this section, potential transportation risks of Parramatta Light Rail project, are discussed with appropriate risk response that can be applied through efficient development and management methodology.

Table 3: Risks in Transport
(Source: Developed by Author)

Budget Breakdown

Budget breakdown is a structured framework for process that can evaluate or distribute the whole budget into different project phases. It can also include different operational faces and construction components in this case. The overall case study can show the cost distribution in two different Sab project phases. In spite of that, detailed budget breakdown of Parramatta Light Rail project, will help in better evaluation and maintenance of cost efficiency. On the other hand, the project manager and other essential stakeholders will be able to execute the project phases in an efficient and effective way. This will not affect the budget or overall resource management of the project.

Table 4: Budget Breakdown
(Source: Developed by Author)

Assumptions

- The supply management must include efficient equipment and supplies for the project.

- This overall budget can be increased for different content types and potential risk into the project.

- Efficient system will also be beneficial in overall supply management.

- Appropriate system policies and development policies will be required to execute the development project.

- The system development must go through regular moderation.

- Appropriate technical team must be prepared for further support and maintenance.

- The development may cause inefficient time distribution as the phase will be finalized after the primary phases.

- The development may cause poor team management as it includes different development component.

- The system database must use cloud technology as the database management will be inefficient and cost-inefficient with physical data warehouses.

- The project requires flexible methodology and development execution for appropriate project results.

- The overall project development must implement visual tools and methodologies for better and effective implementation.

Minor Sub-Project Requirements

Project requirements include different project results and objectives that any particular resources or supplies. In this case, the major requirements or operational aspects in the first phase or sub-project is already discussed with budget breakdown. In spite of that, some of the minor requirements for operational supplies must be considered for better implementation and understanding of the overall project process. It includes,

- System devices management and supplies

- Development of appropriate system policies

- Development with environmental consideration

- Waste and power management

- Regular moderation

- Physical and digital Security equipment

The remaining budget of the project will be applied to develop and maintain this secondly or minus a project operational adequate means. This will eventually be beneficial for the project in terms of practical effectiveness and application in real life scenario. It also requires active communication and appropriate to check the management to achieve efficient project results.

Conclusion

In this first phase of the report, the overall case study on Parramatta Light Rail project, is critically analysed and evaluated in terms of project planning and execution. Moreover, it includes appropriate analysis of the project component that can be beneficial in determining appropriate procurement strategy and approach for the project. In the first phase of the research, the Sub project parts are analysed to evaluate appropriate requirements and procurement strategy. After that, different procurement rules are identified to apply into different phases. It includes procedure, implementation methodology, etc. Some of the risks are also identified in this phase that can be beneficial for the project manager to evaluate the current project situation and procurement strategic application.

In the next phase, different contact types are mentioned for different project faces. All of this are different in terms of practical application and implementation in real life scenario. This will help the project manager to determine appropriate contract strategy for the overall development. In the next phase of risk analysis, the concept types and different transportation risks are evaluated. In that way, the risk analysis will be more effective in successful construction project. On the other hand, the project concepts face pricing and other resources. In that case, the budget analysis or cost distribution analysis will help the project to implement the strategic planning. Overall, the Report will help different organizational leaders to plan and execute the overall construction in an effective way.

References

PRJ5002 Enterprise and Resource Planning Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

Due date: Week 12
Group/individual: Individual
Word count/ Time provided: 2500words
Weighting: 35%

Implementation of employee suggestion programme: a case study of the Middle East health-care service company

Learning outcomes

After studying this case, the students should be able to: explain the importance of employee engagement; illustrate the role of the participatory management style in an organizational context; discuss why managers may use engagement practices to operate effectively in businesses to lead change and innovation; identify the critical success factors, barriers and outcomes of employee involvement in driving high performance; and discuss the dilemma faced by the managers in the emerging economies while driving the momentum of excellence in the long run.

Students need to support their answers with further references to comprehensively address the questions in a critical manner. In addition, summary of recently published articles relevant to project human resource, communications and stakeholder management need to be added to the discussion where appropriate and relevant. Student can find this case study on college portal or on Internet.

Solution

Introduction

The real case study of a leading healthcare organisation located in the Middle East that is enlightened within the respective study is the NOVA. The respective company is created to fulfil the curative needs of the healthcare system of the public in the Middle East. The NOVA is an independent as well as a public joint system. The Employee Suggestion Scheme was introduced by the respective company in the year of 2011 under the name of Minara within the decree of the Federal Government because the major pillar of this organisation and its management is building innovative solutions and applying that within the process, programme and also in the services (Ahmad and Jabeen, 2019). The respective case provides the information that the whole process of transformation about the innovation within the organisation NOVA takes place through the programme of employee engagement to meet all the disruptive challenges (Ahmad and Jabeen 2019). The respective case analysis addresses all the challenges that are faced by the Innovation and Excellence Manager who use the process of Effective Employee Engagement and its related practices through the programme of employee suggestions in a creative way to implement change and bring appropriate innovation within the healthcare sector for best assignment help.

Importance of employee engagement

The requirements or the importance of employee engagement are as follows:

An increase in the engagement of the employees and also boosting productivity is one of the most important results of appropriate employee engagement. On the other hand, as the engagement increases, there is an increase in productivity that also takes place. According to Moletsane, Tefera and Migiro, (2019), employee engagement is one of the best signs of success. Employees when provided with the reward to engage them for bringing the success of the organisation then they feel valued and like to engage themselves within the work. NOVA also benefited due to this and due to this, the bar of the standard of the quality of its services is also increased. The company is renowned for working as the largest integrated network among all the healthcare providers in the Middle East.

Employee engagement is always effective for customer satisfaction

The team members or the employees who like to engage with the work are also passionate to interact with the consumers or the customers. The most dedicated team members always increase their effort to increase sales either through innovation or by meeting the expectations of customers (Zameer et al., 2018). The NOVA aims to provide quality services to its consumers without any compromise that is achieved through employee engagement.

Organisational culture is also impacted through Employee engagement, the positivity of the engaged employees also inspired the other employees to increase their engagement and also to contribute towards the success of the organisation (Soni, 2019). That ultimately impacted the culture of the organisation. As the NOVA is associated with providing health care services, there are high requirements for a proper organisational culture that not only support the employees but also impact the consumers. The positive culture is effective for the organisation NOVA to satisfy the staff, patients, and also of the community.

Illustrate the role of the participatory management style in the organisational context

Participatory management is effective for increasing the engagement of the employee and also to increase productivity. The stakeholder's engagement as well as the employee engagement is also increased through the support of participatory managers and also of their style. There are employees are invited to increase their involvement within the organisation which supports success and growth. The decisions of the employees are equally valued and they are asked to contribute by sharing their knowledge and ideas. Hence, it can be stated that the responsibility of the employees is also increased through the participatory management style (Akpoviroro, Kadiri and Owotutu, 2018). Formation of the self-managed team as well as of the quality team for various work and also to provide customer services and arranging the feedback through the survey are the roles of the participatory management style. In some cases, the employees feel disrespect due to not considering their suggestions, while the respective types of style are effective for treating the suggestions and decisions of the employees with the respect that increase the chances of success of the organisation (Daudigeos et al., 2018). The launching of Afkari within the NOVA is a programme related to Employee Suggestion and helps the company to incubate the ideas of employees, not only does the storage of the ideas takes place there are also the implementation of those processes is followed.

There are four processes that are considered by participatory management and those are sharing information, keeping the employees properly within the status of the company and also in economic success. Training is also part of the process of participatory management style (Teasell et al., 2018). Through the training programme, the employees can achieve the development opportunities though that is involved with the budget. However, the development of the employees ultimately resulted in increased revenue generation. The sales of the organisation have also increased. The success of NOVA and achieving the title of one of the best health care service providers is achieved by the respective organisation.

The success of NOVA can provide the importance of a participatory management style. The respective organisation already partnered with various international organisations to increase its quality of services and its bar. Most of the hospitals of NOVA have more than 3000 beds and also of 70 ambulatory care as well as blood banks and emergency service section (Ahmad and Jabeen, 2019).

With innovative technologies making a change in the health landscape of the world, the Research and Development team is the most important section for any company. This is the sector that can allow the company to pick up any essential market inside the health industry and get remedies that can absolutely change the competitive advantage of the company NOVA. Thus, the managers have to be particular about knowing the strengths of the researchers so that the particular solutions can be brought into the industry that will help the wider crowd. The other section where the managers need to be very particular is the marketing and advertising of the medicines that are being processed by the company. This is because without the proper channelling and market segmentation, the medicines would not reach the right people and that would allow the company to collapse.

Marketing managers should identify the right product USPs and the correct pricing so that the products reach the right market at the right time. The best strategy that marketing managers can use is they can analyse the sales of the same compositions in the market that have originated from other companies. This will allow the company to identify the various opportunities that their compositions can bring to the people who tend to buy similar compositions. Also, the logistics managers can arrange for the delivery of free samples to clinics while they supply supplies to the stores that take supplies from the company. This will also make the marketing of the brand stand out.

The role of the managers is thus to oversee all the different functions of the supply chain and report to the authority if they are going on in the strategic method as decided in the meetings. The better the coordination among the managers of the different sectors, the better the outcome of the company's market share and the competitive advantage of the company NOVA is thus managed. Managers are the key to making the employees work as per the strategies of the company.

Identifying success, barriers and outcomes of the employee for high performance

Success

The success of the companies is primarily aligned with the high performance of the companies as it can assist to increase the quality of the services for the companies. As per the argument of Abera et al. (2019), it is noted that the integration of effective schemes like DIAT and control flow attestation is mainly used for talent management and that workplace collaboration can assist the development. As per the case study, it is noted that the use of Employment enhancement scheme (EES) is mainly used by NOVA which can aid the overall employment enhancement of the companies. Therefore, the use of effective enhancement like the committee initiative and the training process is mainly used for the sake of development. As noted by Laurenza et al. (2018), the success of the companies is mainly aligned with customer integration in the healthcare industry. Therefore, effective employment integration like the initiation of employee motivation and increasing leadership skills can also assist in the overall development of the companies. Therefore, such an attitude can be also used by NOVA to enhance their motivational factors. The case study further reflects on the change in the culture of NOVA which can initiate an increase in focus in the workplace. Therefore, the greater focus may involve the development of workplace collaboration and thereby increase customer integration which can assist to grow brand loyalty and reputation eminently. Therefore, a direct connection between high-performance employees and the success of the companies can be established through the method.

Barriers

The main barriers that are seen in the case of the Healthcare industry are the rise of conflict and imperfect segregation of the workload among the employees. The lack of an HRM initiative can evoke such issues which can primarily address the efficacy of the companies. As opined by Shannon et al. (2019), it is noted that workplace collaboration and the use of imminent HR policies are considered the main factor that can hinder the growth and development of companies. Therefore, the loss of communal harmony is considered the main issue that can deplete the quality of the work and thereby hamper the performance of the employees. As a result, it should be noted that the use of eminent strategies like the integration of Total quality management and amending the HR policies can assist in the overall development of NOVA and initiate its effectiveness. As per the case study, no such possibilities are mentioned in the research which can hamper the overall development of the companies.

Outcomes of employees

The high-performance employees are mainly aligned to produce effective processes like the increase in the learning environment and innovation for the companies. As noted by Edwards-Schachter (2018), the change in the business plan and the organisational development can assist to gain control over the innovation of the companies. Therefore, such an attitude can be developed through the use of employment integration and promoting workplace collaboration eminently. Workplace collaboration is considered the major factor that can dominate the efficacy of companies through innovation. Therefore, the process is considered the major factor that can assist to increase the work motivation and efficiency of high-performance employees significantly.

Discus dilemma faced by managers in emerging economies

The biggest dilemma faced by managers in emerging economies in the medical or pharmaceutical industry is that there is a lack of management hacks for the management of innovation. Innovation management is one of the growing areas of management that needs more research because there are very few laws binding innovation in the medical industry. With the growth of globalisation and digitalisation in the world, there is a huge need of ideas to be patented the moment they are formulated by any of the innovators of the company. This is very important because there are plenty of companies that keep on researching in the same fields and without the timely patenting of the ideas there is a huge chance of the innovations getting sold out to other companies which are detrimental to the growth of the company. Thus, there must be a rule for the managers that they consistently communicate with the team of innovators (Scull et al., 2020) about their ideas and help them get their ideas patented at the right time to prevent the company from venturing into any lawful dilemma with any other company in the same domain.

Another important area for managers in the innovation management department is that the managers should allow the employees to evaluate themselves on a regular periodic basis and not just a monthly basis. With the fast growth of the internet, people worldwide have started giving views on the various innovations that happen globally once they are being surfaced to the crowd. This makes it inevitable that the innovations that the company bring out to the market should be evaluated for technological or medical errors for example if the medicine has too many side effects. This will allow the company to have an idea that if the people would try their product or if their product would be cited by the doctors and the medical representatives.

Feedback generation is the most important part of the entire managerial action (Schroth, 2019). This is because, without generous feedback from the employees, the decisions of the management cannot be performed by the employees. Thus, managing the decisions with the help of the employees is very important to get the right move on the innovation. Managing innovation allows the managers to be involved in the process of innovation as it allows for the employees and the managers to have a generous view of the entire innovation process.

Conclusion

Based on the respective study and also the analysis of the case study, sturdy NOVA is effective for understanding the requirements of employee engagement within the organisation. The employee suggestion programme is highly concentrated on employee engagement. Though there are various strategies adopted by a business organisation to increase its productivity, most of them lack employee engagement. NOVA is an organisation that concentrates on employee engagement and also the employee suggestion scheme to increase the quality of the service. The respective organisation is also able to achieve this and also able to provide employee and customer satisfaction.

References

MBA641 Strategic Project Management Assignment Sample

Assessment Description

The purpose of this assessment for assignment help is to foster students’ ability to evaluate and determine project viability, including the analysis required in the selection process. This will also form a part of students’ ability to create project portfolios that meet an organisation’s strategic goals and requirements and analyse project lifecycles and the processes involved in project development. Students will also demonstrate the criteria required to evaluate the success of projects based on an organisation’s goals, strategy and standards and analyse the project lifecycle and the process involved in project development.

Assessment Instructions

Presume that you are advancing for the STH BNK by Beulah project and that you have now been asked to prepare a detailed risk analysis and stakeholder management plan before commencing the project. Complete a comprehensive risk assessment of your project proposal and statement of work (SOW), linked directly to the case study. In addition, complete a stakeholder management plan, in which you will propose ways to manage the relationships between the stakeholder groups identified in the case study and the proposals you have put forward in the first and second assessments. Your analysis needs to be directly linked to the case study and related to all the elements you addressed in the Project Strategy Framework and Statement of Work (SOW).

Your risk analysis should be approximately 800 words. In it, you must include the concepts studied in weeks 4 and 5, accompanied by at least one or more of the risk assessment techniques used, such as risk assessment grid or project risk picture. You must identify potential risks in addition to your research on the project and its site by stating a clear outline of how these will be managed.

Your stakeholder management plan should be approximately 1200 words. In it, you must follow an appropriate, professional presentation style addressing the client who has commissioned the project and should include the identification of the various stakeholders, their interest and influence over the project, and a clear outline of the engagement strategy for each stakeholder group. Please don’t forget

Assessment Information

COMMONWEALTH OF AUSTRALIA Copyright Regulations 1969

This material has been reproduced and communicated to you by or on behalf of Kaplan Business School pursuant to Part VB of the Copyright Act 1968 (‘Act’). The material in this communication may be subject to copyright under the Act. Any further reproduction or communication of this material by you may be the subject of copyright protection under the Act. Kaplan Business School is a part of Kaplan Inc., a leading global provider of educational services. Kaplan Business School Pty Ltd ABN 86 098 181 947 is a registered higher education provider CRICOS Provider Code 02426B. to outline the appropriate objectives and measures for the various stakeholders, using the relevant frameworks, concepts and diagrammatic tables, as necessary, to explain your reasoning clearly and concisely.

In addition to the case study, you are required to use at least 15 sources of information and use the Kaplan Harvard Referencing Style. These may include government publications, industry reports, and journal articles. These sources must be presented in the form of in-text citations and a reference list at the end of your submission. Wikipedia and other ‘popular’ sites are not to be used.

Solution

Introduction

MANU2123 External Project Proposal Assignment Sample

Requirements

Please identify and choose one of the tender calls available for tender - these could be Australian or international (in English only) .

Your Assignment 2 Tender Project Proposal should contain all required key aspects as per structure below.

Six A4 pages maximum, use Times New Roman, font 12 with standard margins (2.5 cm from each side) and single line spacing with 6-point gap between paragraphs. If you need additional tables/charts, please add as Appendix.

Submit to Canvas as a PDF document.

Materials presented beyond 6 pages will not be marked.

External Project Proposal Structure – Tender

1. Project Title

1. Tender selection (include on-line link) – Opportunity identification and assessment for your team to be submitting a proposal to this particular call. Optional Australian sites for tender calls selection: https://www.tenders.gov.au/, (Links to an external site.) https://www.australiantenders.com.au/ (Links to an external site.) .

2. Identification of needs in tender request

3. Identification of evaluation criteria

4. Taking opportunity, needs and evaluation criteria - Your Strategy for winning a selected Tender

5. Response to tender – Proposal:

1. Description of the aim, objectives and results that will be achieved.

2. Description of Proposed Services.

3. Budgetary considerations, competitive costs consideration.

4. Completion timing and terms.

5. Location of work.

6. Measurement of performance, risks and risk management

6. References (additional to 6 pages if needed).

7. Appendix, if needed (in addition to 6 pages).

Please use headings in your proposal to match the required structure.

Solution

Tender Selection

There are different sources to find an active tender in Australia location; however, in this proposal, chosen tender can be found in this following link;
https://www.australiantenders.com.au/tenders/493260/facilities-and-grounds-management-opportunity-at-award-winning-ecovillage-in-the-beautiful-currumbin-valley/

Currumbin Valley Ecovillage has released this tender and it have not yet become active for people to participate. The tender will open on 30th of May and will close on 24th of June. However, in the 2nd week of May, it has already got 94 views from potential service providers; hence, it can be either a convenient work for applying or in this tender website, this service is mostly available for taking or people likes to work in Currumbin Valley Ecovillage for its natural beauty.

Opportunity Assessment: The tender clearly mentions about its location, service category and quality of work required. The Currumbin Valley Ecovillage requires ground and garden maintenance services, lawn mowing, maintenance activities along with caretaker services, facilities maintenance services as well.

Assessment for Our Team: Our team of workers can provide coordinated help to Currumbin Valley Ecovillage for assisting with eco-friendly maintenance services. Our team is highly experienced with gardening and open space maintenance activities. We have people who are encouraged to take care of Currumbin Valley Ecovillage gardens and greenery. We have independent caretaking contractors who provides caretaking services for facilities such as greenhouse gardens, small farms, and botanical gardens. Therefore, this tender would be a best fit for our services.

Identification of Needs in Tender Request

The tender mentioned some requirements from the applications; that is summarized in this section as following. The tender mentions the authority name as Currumbin Valley Ecovillage and location as South East Queensland. The tender provides small introduction about Currumbin Valley Ecovillage and its area dimensions with certain places (Barani, Alibeygi and Papzan 2018). For convenience of visiting the Ecovillage, the tender includes detailed location address. The description includes service requirements over two broad categories that are maintenance and caretaker services.

Maintenance service includes the need of gardening, ground maintenance, and lawn mowing, and taking care of the greenery.

Caretaker service include independent facility management and caretaking services for the area.

Moreover, the tender mentions specific objectives of the contract along with their service requirements (“Tenders - Facilities and Grounds Management Opportunity at Award Winning Ecovillage in the Beautiful Currumbin Valley - Australian Tenders”, 2022). The contract should fulfil management plans, satisfactory experience to the residents, and affordable service quality. The tender encourages people who have experience with eco-friendly works and who are motivated to take care of the nature around Currumbin Valley Ecovillage.

Identification of Evaluation Criteria

The tender provides a very compact description of the entire work requirements and contract objectives. The evaluation criteria for assignment help can be derived from the contract objectives as identified in the tender. The contract objectives clearly identified three major factors as evaluation criteria of the tender.

The tender service providers should ensure development work with detailed management plans. The Currumbin Valley Ecovillage is 270 acres place with natural and regenerated forest with several open places along with others. There is a community hall, freehold lots, community facilities such as library, commercial kitchen, recreation center and others (Barlow 2022). Therefore, Currumbin Valley Ecovillage would require a development team equipped with phased management plans for different places inside the residential area and open spaces as well.

Residents should have high expectations from the tender service and authority should monitor the service in terms of eco-friendly quotient and environmentally balanced services. The tender service providers should employ workers who are efficient in handling nature and maintaining sustainability in gardening are mainly considered for offering the contract.

Authority requires that the tender service should provide best service quality at their investment amount. Tender service providers should have positive reviews from previous clients and the tender service providers should maintain their service quality at the Currumbin Valley Ecovillage as well.

Taking Opportunity, Needs and Evaluation Criteria

The selection of tender depends on opportunity assessment, requirements for the authority, and evaluation criteria for the tender. These considerations are mentioned to emphasize on a strategy for selecting a tender for the Currumbin Valley Ecovillage.

Opportunity for Selection: The tender service provider should assess the opportunity before sending bids or applying to the work. The opportunity assessment should involve amount of work, availability of workers, work management plan, and resource allocation. For instance, the tender company should visit the site, communicate with the site owner, estimate the workload and conduct some research into the work before bidding. The workers association should have positive opinion with tender authority before bidding (Egereret al. 2019). It is essential for the tender company and company workers to coincide their views and considering the tender as a huge opportunity before they start bidding. This mentality helps tender authority to work effectively and ensure their efforts are well invested towards a good outcome to the society and environment.

Needs for Selection: Thetender company should attend briefing sessions with the project authority; that is managing authority of Currumbin Valley Ecovillage. They should be clarifying about the needs in the tender document. The needs and project requirements should be clearly described in briefing sessions and tenderers should be offered site visits whenever they feel it necessary. The briefing sessions should mention the maintenance work requirements, development work contracts, and management planning steps. The authority of Currumbin Valley Ecovillage should ensure tenderers are transparent about their work requirements, rules and regulations along with work ethics. Moreover, the tenderers should address the work requirements as part of project objectives (McKinnon, Kennedy and De Cotta 2021). The objectives should be met in order to ensure project success. Therefore, the tenderer should represent their previous projects and outcomes from the projects. In this scenario of Currumbin Valley Ecovillage, tenderers should represent their previous works related to environmental works such as natural maintenance and development works. The tenderers should provide clients’ comments or feedback on their project outcomes. Currumbin Valley Ecovillage authority would be clear about tenderer performance from previous works.

Evaluation Criteria for Selection: The evaluation criteria would be the key selection factor for any tender. The evaluation criteria can be determined based on several different factors however, in this tender case, the evaluation criteria is determined based on contract objectives. Contract should be prepared once, the evaluation criteria is to be approved from authority and tender side. When both parties are on-board with the contract objectives, the contract would be prepared and signed in presence of each other. The evaluation criteria from the contract should be ensured from tender side. The service provider needs to provide necessary examples of their work so that conducting authority can examine the work quality.

Response to Tender – Proposal

The section includes a proposal to the tender as a response to the online tender advertisement. The tender details were clearly mentioned and there was no communication gap in the tender document. However, before finalizing the tender, the tenderer should research on the work requirements and survey the workplace thoroughly. This proposal includes some sub-sections such as aim, objectives of the proposal, proposed service description, budget considerations, timeline, work location, and performance assessment.

Description of the Aim, Objectives and Achieved Results

The aim of the proposal is to allocate a suitable tender service provider to Currumbin Valley Ecovillage so that the place can sustain for years. In current state, the Currumbin Valley Ecovillage requires maintenance and development planning. Existing workforce is not getting proper assistance with maintenance and development work for Currumbin Valley Ecovillage. Therefore, the authority has planned to hire tender service providers for Currumbin Valley Ecovillage management.

The objectives of the tender are;

1. To maintain the open spaces in Currumbin Valley Ecovillage and conduct management planning for the places within residential areas as well
2. To provide proper maintenance support to manage grounds and grass; mowing lawns and maintenance as well
3. To help with detailed management plans for supporting authority of Currumbin Valley Ecovillage
4. To provide caretaking service in Currumbin Valley Ecovillage as independent body

The tender expects result to be satisfactory for the residents and the Currumbin Valley Ecovillage should reach the quality of service quotient with maintenance work. The natural environment and greenery should be maintained with good development planning as well.

Description of Proposed Services

The proposed services would be as follows;

Development Plan for Currumbin Valley Ecovillage: The tender service provider should develop a plan for Currumbin Valley Ecovillage so that the Ecovillage can sustain environmental balance along with natural beauty. The natural beauty and eco-friendly development would follow sustainable development goals as well. The development plan should address the objectives in form of activities and milestones during the project timeline. The development plan should be approved from Currumbin Valley Ecovillage authority.

Ground and Greenery Maintenance Plan: The tender service provider should provide quality service on maintenance of greenery and ground in Currumbin Valley Ecovillage. The authority primarily require the tender to serve the purpose of handling the ground; such as layering the open space, landscaping the places, taking care of plants, sidewalks, and taking away litters. People and crowd have the tendency to dump litter in a place while visiting; however, the management authority should hire this tender to avoid situation like this. Besides, the gardening work, the maintenance of lawns, and aesthetics should be managed with new tender service.

Caretaking Service: The tender should provide an independent caretaking service for Currumbin Valley Ecovillage. The caretaking service would be necessary for supervising the entire facility at least two times per day. The caretaker should be responsible for visiting the entire facility from one end to another. During the visit, the caretaker should keep a note to list out different aspects, the Currumbin Valley Ecovillage authority should be informed about. The caretaker would be responsible for collecting individual residents’ complaints or issues in Currumbin Valley Ecovillage. The caretaker should be responsible to come up with the solution or provide relevant support to the residents for keeping their experience at peak standard.

Budgetary Considerations andCompetitive Costs Consideration

The tender should be developed within an initial investment of $2 million for the work. This investment would be utilized for assisting the development team for preparing management plan. There would be a steady wage to the gardeners and another wage would be going to the caretaker. Moreover, the development and planning work should be handled with someone else. The budget allocation should be around $3 million whereas, $800,000 should be allocated as contingency capital whereas, rest $2.2 million would be allocated as main budget of the project.

Completion Timing and Terms

The project behind the tender should be estimated in terms of outcomes and effective completion within the timeline. The project terms generally involve the budget and time-constraint for the project to complete. The authority allocates time and budget and keeps the constraint strict for making the project complete within the timeline. However, due to inconvenience of work, the conducting authority can provide adjustment in the budget and timeline if required. In this project of Currumbin Valley Ecovillage, the timeline is chosen to be completed within six weeks. The timeline is shown as follows;

Table 1: Project Timeline
(Source: Created by author)

Location of Work

Currumbin Valley Ecovillage is a modern and award-winning sustainable community located near southeast Queensland, Australia. It has received ‘The World’s Best Environmental Development’ in 2008 and this place can accommodate over 450 residents in 120 homes. The Ecovillage entrance is near 639 Currumbin Creek Road, Currumbin Valley QLD 4223, Australia. The entrance is at the corner of Village Way and there is ample space for cars and buses to park. The Ecovillage is located on south of Brisbane and it is 94 kilometer away from Brisbane. From Brisbane City, it would take 1.2 hours to drive and traffic during morning and afternoon make it 1.3 hours’ drive(“The Ecovillage at Currumbin”, 2022). No connecting public transport service is available however, Translink Train stops at Varsity Lakes that is 15 minutes’ drive north of the Ecovillage and visitor or worker can take cab service to reach there.

Measurement of Performance, Risks and Risk Management

The project performance and outcome would be evaluated in terms of project value. The conducting authority Currumbin Valley Ecovillage should estimate the value of the project as per the project performance. The performance should be measured based on stakeholders’ responsibilities completion, each task completion per day or weeks, each activities are completed without failing to complete within deadline of the project. Moreover, the project performance should be estimated in terms of ROI (Return on Investment), customer satisfaction, cost of quality, schedule performance and others.

The project and activity performance management and measuring would be considered as part of adding value to the project goal. The ROI (Return on Investment) is estimated based on the initial investment and gaining value from customers’ reviews and gaining positive revenue due to the project investment. Cost of quality can be estimated as the allocated budget that is to be used to maintain quality in Currumbin Valley Ecovillage and associating the service quality with the same amount of money. Therefore, based on customers’ reviews and positive revenue gain from the quality services, this aspect can be estimated to the value of the project. Customer satisfaction can be estimated based on customers’ sentiment, positive reviews, negative reviews, necessary feedbacks and supportive comments on social media. Customer satisfaction should be collected from social media or feedback discussion forum for understanding their sentiment towards the project outcomes. The project development can highlight customer satisfaction or not.

Risk Management is another aspect of the project; where the project stakeholders should address the potential issues in the project and state the issues that can turn the project success into a failure. Potential risks in this project are environmental imbalance, negligence of greenery, lack of maintenance performance, overlooking caretaker works due to piled up works, and violation of wildlife refuge. The tender workers should be aware about the wildlife refuge law and they are prohibitedto violate it.

References

BS7993 Fundamentals of Project Management Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

‘Critical thinking is a complex and dynamic process that encourages different thinking skills, all of which can inform deep learning (Biggs 2003; Ramsden 2003) and complex learning (Elander et al. 2006). Both, deep and complex learning, reflect a learning process where a deep approach intends to understand the topic or subject matter is taken through questioning, researching, comparing and contrasting of the familiar and unfamiliar (Biggs 2003; Ramsden 2003). Thinking skills form the basis for developing critical subject content knowledge as, regardless of the actual subject areas, the development and furthering of thinking skills lead to a more critical and thus advanced understanding of one’s subject (Van den Brink-Budgen 2000). In other words, critical thinking is a continued questioning of one’s own understanding of what to believe and do (Ennis 1987; Tierney et al. 1989). (Excerpt: Leopold 2010).

‘Reflective learning helps to develop critical thinking, self-awareness and analytical skills and is important to staff and students. It involves an involvement by an individual in a reflective process. This can help to inform about what worked or didn't work, what might need to be done differently, or how individuals may need to develop their behaviour or practice. For students it may help them to understand better how theory can be applied in practice or where practice is consistent with concepts and theories’ (HEA 2012).

The rationale therefore of reflective learning and critical thinking is that these key and highly transferable skills work towards creating and developing your reflective practice and in turn, your abilities in project management.

Both critical thinking and reflective learning contribute to a key learning outcome of the overall MSc Project Management programme. This expects that you have an individual responsibility for advancing your own learning and your own abilities to engage and research the subject areas required. This assignment supports the development of your reflective practice.

• In the format of a report, you are required to critically reflect upon the practice and theory of projects, providing narrative based on your learning.
Key points of coverage could include:

• Your engagement with your student peers;

• How you deal with the dynamics of your group and team(s);

• Your approach to and the development of your assignments and research required;

• Your engagement with the course and any material provided, (inclusive of feedback on your assignments and practice in class), or that you have sourced;

• what learning objectives you feel you have achieved as a result of your participation in this assignment in particular and the module in general.

• What steps you can and will take to correct or improve upon objectives that have not yet been achieved.

• How your knowledge on this module has complemented the knowledge you have acquired to date on project management;

• In turn, consider how the skills and knowledge you are acquiring and/or enhancing can be transferred into your working roles;

• The importance of reflective learning in the sphere of project management.

Whilst some aspects of this course will be of particular importance or relevance to you personally, the nature of this reflective assignment means that you should review your development weekly.

This is an individual activity to create a reflective report which demonstrates the development of your knowledge and understanding of project principles.

In the first week of teaching you will complete a self-assessment worksheet based on the APM Body of Knowledge (6th Ed.). In the last two weeks of the module you will complete the same self-assessment. This is to help you know what you know and just as importantly to let you know what you don’t know about project management in order that you can construct a continuing personal development plan. You must include the completed assessment sheet showing the two sets of marks.

As such a log/diary of your development should also be provided as an appendix to your report. You are not expected to review in a diary format the content of your report. However, you are expected to be selective in your reflection highlighting key points you wish to convey. It is important to highlight that the key emphasis on this report is your personal, honest and critical reflection on your development: the report should not result as your review of this module. In terms of your approach to the compilation of your report and the writing style warranted, this is a highly qualitative assignment and as the core of the text is of a personal nature, the use of the first person ‘I’ rather than the passive and third person will be required. However, this style and approach should not be confused as to providing a descriptive report; rather the key aim is to provide a critique.

Further information as to how to approach this assignment will be provided on Canvas, introduced during Week 1 lecture and discussed in detail during the

Total Word Count: 2,500 maximum 2,250 minimum excluding citations, references, figures, diagrams, tables and appendices.

This assignment should include academic references, in terms of literature concerning reflective learning or as to the importance of this skill in project management, all citations and references must be fully presented according to Harvard Conventions. (Refer to Harvard Reference Guide on CANVAS).

In summary reflect on your experiences, on the development of your knowledge, skills and practice in a project management/leadership capacity.

Solution

Introduction

A project has been managed by the efficient performance of every participant. The leaders, workers, project manager and other stakeholders must have focused on their performance developmental procedure for delivering more effective performance and developing the present status of the project. I have played an important role in the project and performed well that has made the project more beneficial. The issue factors have also been raised in the project and this reflective study has also covered the problems of the project. The regular improvement process of a work has needed regular training that has made the team performance better. This reflective study has also provided the related situations experienced in this project lifecycle.

Engagement with team members

Completing the long-term project, continuing the performance with the team is necessary. As per the views of Daemi et al. (2021), effective communication management has developed relationships among the team members that has improved the team performance management procedure. The engaged employees can boost up the productivity level of the project and it has assisted to complete the project work in the proper time. The engagement development process has delivered a better and safe work environment to the employees. An accurate example of this situation can be determined through the situational issues that I have experienced in managing cross-cultural team. In my experience, communication gap was a prime challenge for me with my team members. Circumstances based on managing projects and dealing with workplace management regarding job-distribution resulted in missing deadlines and emergence of risks like conflict of interest. On the other hand, in the statement of Noguera et al. (2018), the team members do not have sufficient knowledge about their team members' problems in the time of not engaging with them. I have realised that maintaining a good relationship among teammates has developed the work ability and performance level of the overall team. The substitute strategies must have been found for minimising the issue factors of the team engagement and management process for best assignment help.

Process of dealing with dynamics of the team

Managing the team is not an easy thing that I have realised in the project management and development time. In the opinion of Cooper and Sommer (2018), there are different types of members in a single team and every person is from a different culture and environment. Applying some different strategies, the issue factors of a team can be managed.

? The problem factors must be minimised quickly is the best option for dealing with team problems. I have noticed that not expressing the problem in an early stage has developed complexity in the process. The factor has developed the issue in management and delayed the process more.

? Making the daily time table of a team and implementing the chart in an efficient way has made the team more productive (Putri and Mahmudah, 2021). I have experienced that in the time of not maintaining the time table, the efficiency level of my team was declining. This experience suggests to me that I should be more responsible about project development.

In my experience, I have dealt with issues in managing work distribution process as indicated earlier. This aspect imposed viable challenges for me to manage time due to my inefficiencies in strategic thinking that can be highlighted as a viable example in issues based on dealing with team dynamics. It can be observed that I have failed to apply the above-mentioned solutions to enhance my team performance.

Performance for work development

Delivering the project, identified the clear goal and objectives is needed for managing the future performance of the project. According to the views of Martinsuo (2020), not having a clear idea about project outcomes, the risk factors have increased in the process. The data have also been collected focusing on the main objectives and outcomes of the project. Some steps can be followed for work development of the project by managing the team performance level. At first, defining the project goals and objectives clearly, the project manager has instructed the participants to collect data in a systematic way that has assisted the participants to touch the project milestones. Contradictorily, I have encountered problems with my forward-planning skills in mitigating the risk factors. Determining short-term and long-term goals has been a challenge for me in my projects that can be determined as an example of lacking forward-planning skills. This scenario has resulted in the emergence of discrepancies among my team members based on decision-making.

Learning objectives, I have achieved as my result of participation

? To complete the project in a proper time range.
? To use the authentic data set for analysing data of project management.
? To conduct proper team management for delivering efficient work development.
? To recommend some effective solutions for minimising the issues of project management.

The learning objectives of the project have mainly focused on the delivery of valuable work for delivering quality work to the future. Apart from this, the project has also focused on the customers’ needs and it has planned to change its plans for achieving more satisfaction from the customers. Conducting the work process in an effective way, managing the team is needed. My team has faced some cross-cultural issues in the initial stage and then I have tried to minimise the issues by implementing the problem-solving strategies. The process is one of the most important success factors in the entire project management. In the opinion of Salman et al. (2018), understanding others’ problems and delivering the problem-solving behaviour to the person, a soulful relationship has been maintained. The project has not been completed in a proper time range for the issues faced in the initial stage of the project management time. I can’t manage that risk as the delay was done in the initial stage. Apart from this, another success factor of this project is that the authentic data set has been used by every participant that has affected the data analysis procedure.

Steps for correcting the mistakes of learning objectives

The specific objectives that had been achieved by me were able to expand greatly upon my theoretical and practical knowledge. However, there are certain learning objectives that require modification and have also been identified in order to ensure that my project management and leadership abilities are being developed effectively. As per the words of Rengamani (2018), project management can be critical with a limited amount of experience. Gaining experiences may thus be linked to the necessity of acquiring practical knowledge. Furthermore, the practical knowledge is required to be rooted in various theoretical frameworks that ensures that strategic management of the project is being conducted.

I had not been able to develop a complete fluency in linking the theoretical knowledge with practical experiences that I will correct in the future. According to Biesenthal et al. (2018), theoretical frameworks, methodologies and models help in developing a logical and scientific perspective upon project management. Successful project management requires strategic and systematic management of various parts that constitutes the entire project. Facing difficulty in managing different aspects of a singular project has pointed to my urgent need to gain in-depth knowledge of theoretical frameworks and concepts that can be utilised practically.

The most important step to mitigate the knowledge gap is to take active participation in various learning programmes and participating in workshops. It will assist me to gain both comprehensive knowledge and further experience in project management. As demonstrated by Geraldi and Söderlund (2018), knowledge creates a solid foundation for excellence that is achieved through active learning. I have understood the importance of considering the process of learning as a dynamic process. Hence, this step for correction will further help in maintaining the dynamic nature of learning.

I have recognised that the objective concerning the conduction of proper team management in order to enhance work efficiency had required further improvement. In this regard, the step taken by me will be to seek apprenticeship in various companies to gain further practical and professional knowledge and experiences. As per the statement of Hidalgo (2019), team efficiency is highly dependent upon the development of effective and collaborative leadership. In order to enhance team efficiency in project management, gaining practical knowledge through internship will be highly beneficial.

Understanding the necessity of ethical conduct in project management and conducting operations for fulfilling various corporate social responsibilities requires further correction. I had made the mistake of not providing it with its due importance as I had been focused on fulfilling the core project management operations. According to Uribe et al. (2018), an organization is required to conduct operations in a strategic manner that can contribute significantly to society, environment, and the world at large. Hence, the required step for improvement will be to educate on the topic. I will also seek practical experiences by volunteering in various CSR projects to ensure that I am able to expand my understanding holistically. These steps will thus be taken to correct mistakes and improve upon various learning objectives that had not been achieved properly.

Sufficient knowledge and its implementation process

As per the learning objective that has been mentioned, I have gained a wide range of knowledge regarding various aspects of project management. In this regard, I have gained key understanding regarding aspects based on the five core stages that are required to be followed within any project management procedure. As per the learnings that have been provided in this module, I have derived that my knowledge regarding certain aspects was improved, while I gained completely new insight regarding other important aspects. For instance, I had existing knowledge regarding project management aspects based on initiation, planning and execution, while moderate knowledge regarding appropriate monitoring and project closure procedures.

In terms of the initiation process, I have developed further insight regarding methods to be undertaken for establishing a more enhanced project scope, with such allowing every key project stakeholder to be highly engaged. Besides providing proper project statements, key insight was also gained regarding various improved processes based on scheduling and timing of respective project stages (Dasovi? et al. 2020). On the contrary, I had extensive knowledge based on risk management and resource management and hence, no specific improvement in my existing knowledge base regarding such aspects was provided through this module. I also had a definite idea regarding the key deliverables that are to be considered in accordance to respective project operations and related outcomes.

Nevertheless, in terms of monitoring, I gained extensive knowledge regarding the overall importance of checking every key project stage at regular intervals for ensuring appropriate results are being provided (Kaiser et al. 2019). Accordingly, the core aspects related to monitoring, that were provided in this module, involved quality management and change management. I understood the methods to be undertaken in order to establish a robust quality management framework, thus allowing the effectiveness of key project outcomes to be maintained (Liu et al. 2019). This in turn would ensure that a significant level of value is being maintained across respective project stages, thus allowing a higher degree of success to be achieved for the project.

Recommendations for enhancing knowledge and skills

Recommendations can be made to ensure that my areas of development are being addressed properly. Mitigating the gap in both theoretical and practical knowledge in project management is my main aim for constructing certain recommendations. As per the words of Mandi?ák et al. (2020), specific skill sets are required for project management in an efficient manner such as data analysis, risk analysis, communication, coordination, dynamic project development and so on. I have identified three specific skills and knowledge areas that require enhancement.

Enhancement of systematic management of tasks is an important skill that can be achieved by developing self-awareness as well as understanding the importance of task prioritization. According to Ahmed (2018), prioritizing various tasks and constructing a schedule for completion helps in meeting the agenda of the project within a given timeframe. Hence, enhancing time management is also recommended. Technological skills and knowledge are essential to conduct sustainable and digitally enhanced project management. As stated by Zaman et al. (2019), nowadays, various project management software is being used to reduce the stress of work management and enhance efficiency. Gathering knowledge regarding these latest and innovative project management software are thus recommended to enhance technological skills and increase efficiency.

Effective communication skills are important to ensure that each part of a large-scale project is coordinated efficiently. As stated by Lauren and Schreiber (2018), effective leadership cannot be achieved without effective communication. Thus, developing current communication skills is recommended that will help in creating balanced and healthy inter-relationships among various team members. It will further enhance my capacity as a leader as I will be able to gather innovative ideas from others as well mitigate any grievances. In essence, developing these three specific skills and knowledge will ensure that I am able to achieve personal and professional development.

Importance of reflective learning in the light of project management

Reflective learning aids in gaining a deep understanding regarding personal development, strengths, weaknesses, and requirements for development. According to Daniel and Daniel (2018), project management skills are multidimensional and require comprehensive knowledge and understanding. Reflecting upon my project management experience has helped me to understand my strengths that may aid my future development. It has also aided in identifying my areas of weaknesses, based on which recommendations and action plans have been made.

Reflective learning in project management is important for developing self-awareness. Self-awareness and critical thinking are two essential skills for development. As stated by Cicmil and Gaggiotti (2018), through reflective learning, self-awareness is enhanced that helps in developing a learner mindset. Continuous learning and applying critical thinking skills to newly gathered knowledge is important in successful project management. Through reflective learning, I have been able to develop a learner mindset that will help in continual growth. In essence, the importance of reflective learning is multifarious as through reflective learning, the practical aspects of individual learning can be assessed without judgement of others. Hence, as a subjective learning process, reflective learning is beneficial for developing practical project management skills and knowledge sustainably.

Conclusion

In view of this reflective account, I have provided the key aspects based on project management upon which an extensive degree of insight has been gained through the provided module. Accordingly, key focus has been presented upon implementation of appropriate project stakeholder management and ensuring a proper communication protocol for ensuring greater outcome effectiveness. Accordingly, a reflective account based on the learnings related to core aspects of team management has also been provided. A definite learning related to work performance development and various related aspects has also been gained. In comparison with my existing knowledge regarding project management, I provided a reflective discussion regarding the core module learning that was provided. Through my participation in this module, I was also able to gain insight regarding the ways in which my personal learning objectives were fulfilled. Furthermore, based on the learnings that were received, I was also able to develop an acute understanding of the core factors to consider while undertaking respective procedures related to project management. This allowed me to develop a number of effective recommendations for further enhancing the project management procedures that can be ensured during future project ventures.

Reference list

PROJ6003 Risk and Communication Management Assignment Sample

Learning Outcomes The Subject Learning Outcomes demonstrated by successful completion of the task below include:

a) Critically analyse and assess project risks and develop strategies using theoretical frameworks to justify decision making for successful project outcomes.
b) Critically evaluate and develop communication strategies to engage diverse stakeholders.

Assessment Task

This assessment consists of a Group Report to demonstrate your understanding of risk and communication management. In groups, you will critically reflect and identify the risks in the Case Study provided using a probability and impact matrix for assessment of these risks. You will also assess and evaluate the impacts, propose response strategies and actions, and indicate how communication with stakeholders will be conducted regarding the risk management strategy. A complete Risk register should be provided as a Team output.

The rationale of this assessment is that you undertake a practical and value adding approach by considering that this risk report will be presented to key stakeholders. Team responsibilities and negotiation skills within the group are an important part of this assessment.

Solution

A. Risk Identification and Impact Assessment

Introduction

Risk is an unknown occurrence that, when it does, may have a positive or negative impact on the goals of a project. It consists of three parts: 1. the likelihood of occurrence; 2. the effect on the project; and 3. the potential time frame if risk is not reduced. Any type of task or project for assignment help is vulnerable to a variety of dangers. Without careful planning, Project will inevitably get overwhelmed when various threats are presented (Project Management Institute, 2017). Project management includes risk management as a key component. In the current task, risk management is carried out by considering case study of The Boeing Dreamliner that is facing some of the risk and is required to be managed.

a) Identify possible risks for the Case Study and critically analyse the impact of these risks.

Technological risks: The 787 Dreamliner used cutting-edge and untested technology. Instead of increasing its involvement in the technology's design and testing, Boeing outsourced the majority of the work without the necessary coordination.

Security issue: Since various unresolved and dangerous issues, like as the stability of the composite material, the interchangeability of the engines, and the security of the flight computer systems, were uncovered much later, the actual launch date had to be rescheduled (Calleam Consulting, 2013).

Supply Risks: Boeing used a programme named Exostar to synchronise the efforts and advancements of numerous suppliers. However, this approach assumed that the providers would enter the required information on time and accurately. However, this didn't happen. As an example, Vought, a Tier 1 supplier, worked with its Tier 2 and Tier 3 suppliers using AIT as a system integrator. Due to cultural differences and a lack of control from Boeing, several of the lower Tier suppliers frequently failed to submit accurate and timely information, which ultimately led to a breakdown in the supply chain (Gregory, 2013).

Labor Risks: Since Boeing had a significant outsourcing policy, a walkout by about 25000 employees in 2008 delayed production. This showed how clearly Boeing had understated the effects of their outsourcing practises.

Management Risks: Despite the complexity of the project, the leadership team at Boeing lacked subject-matter experts in SCM. This was a risky move that didn't work out in the end.

Absence of monitoring team: the project observed the lack of absence of attention of the project manager and deputy manager that slowed down the decision making.

b) Use a Risk Probability and Impact (P&I) matrix to rate and prioritise risks.

1. Considering the likelihood of needing more workforce hours (Labour issue)
2. Possibility of wrong design (technological risk)
3. A delay as a result of judgments that were approved too slowly (Management risk)
4. No project manager and sole deputy manager missing due to illness (Absence of monitoring team)
5. Supply chain problems
6. Security issue

As per the risk analysis, the probability of different risk occurence is as follows:

Figure 1: Criteria for risk analysis
(Source: ProjectManager, 2018)

c) Develop appropriate response strategies, including a proposed course of action, to effectively manage each identified risk.

Analysis has identified six challenges that Boeing is currently facing as a result of the case study: (1) an unexpected fastener shortage; (2) an underestimate of the work involved in producing the flight codes; Problem of design (3); a management issue; (4) a need for immediate supply chain revival; and (5) labour issues (P6).

Lean, Six Sigma, and the Supply Chain Operation Reference Model are the three main approaches that are frequently employed in the industry to solve challenges (SCOR). The examination of how well each of the six concerns are resolved using the aforementioned models, analysis discover that none of them, by themselves, are sufficient.

As can be observed from the table above, Lean approach cannot resolve problems P2 and P6, Six Sigma cannot resolve problems P2, P4, and P6, and SCOR cannot resolve problems P1, P3, and P6. However, the Convergence model, which combines these three strategies, is effective in resolving all six problems. For instance, implementing six sigma standards at the supplier's facility or effective lean production procedures could very well alleviate the issue of a fastener shortage during the assembly phase. SCOR, which provides a top down analysis and incorporates the well-known concepts of business, process, and benchmarking into a cross functional framework, can address the issue of underestimating of the work content in the flight codes (Shenhar et al., 2016). Lean and Six Sigma can both help with the body structure issue by assuring improved production methods and higher quality requirements at the supplier end. The SCOR method would address the issue of Management expertise (Slayton & Spinardi, 2016). Boeing were guilty of using the three strategies inconsistently to address the labour issue, which ultimately resulted in employee dissatisfaction. Therefore, in this instance, the converging model that creates better synergy would be successful.

Strategies for managing risk in context of case study

In order to reduce the cost of the 787 project from $10 billion to $ billion and the timeline from 6 years to 4 years, Boeing devised an unconventional supply chain where approximately 70% of the whole work was outsourced. The objective was to maintain low manufacturing and assembly costs while dividing the financial risks associated with advances among the suppliers. Some of the primary traits of the unconventional supply chain include the following:

Outsourcing: Boeing developed ties with 50 crucial Tier-1 vendors as part of the establishment of a tier-based supply chain system. These vendors then acted as integrators, assembling various parts and component parts produced by Tier 2 and Tier 3 suppliers. Boeing reasoned that by doing this, the development period would be cut in half because numerous vendors would build parts simultaneously, reducing lead time and cost (Moll & Harrigan, 2018). In order to collaborate with the suppliers, Boeing used Exostar, a web-based platform created to improve supply chain visibility and bring all the key business functions together.

Reduced Financial Risks: As part of a risk-sharing agreement that Boeing mandated, suppliers consented to withhold payment until the first 787 was shipped to customers. The purpose of this clause was to support the Tier-1 suppliers who were awarded larger contracts for the production of aircraft and to improve relations between Boeing and the suppliers (Paul, 2018).

• Increasing Production Capacity without Increasing Costs: Due to Boeing's decentralized production strategy, 787 projects didn't necessitate additional capital investment, and the Dreamliner could be assembled at the factory in a world-record-breaking 3 days (Paul, 2018). The manufacturing capacity will rise as a result of the large cycle time reduction.

d) Create a complete Risk Register for the Case Study.

On the basis of risk register, suitable explanation is given below:

1. Potential for extra man hours: Preventing this danger from happening is the greatest line of action to take. This risk must be reduced from the start because it is one of the biggest dangers. The chance requiring more man hours should be considered from the start of the project, and cash should be allocated in case it happens (Project Management Institute, 2021).

Additional work should be done, such as double-checking all variables and periodically updating project information, to stay up to date on the project's development. This can give a head start on the requirement for more man hours and give time to take the necessary measures. Since the event in the case study has already occurred, a mitigation strategy must be employed to weigh all available options and select the best course of action to minimize the risk's potential effects.

2. Incorrect Design: The case study also raised the issue of incorrect design. Unfortunately, it seems that the main reason for this was that the design team wasn't included in earlier stages of Dreamliner project. This type of risk only frequently materializes if the team is not responsive from the beginning of the project. Although the risk is categorised as "may occur," if it does, it might lead to high cost overruns and schedule delays, which would not be appropriate for the organisation in charge of the project (Association for Project Management, 2020). The wisest line of action in this situation is to be avoided.
With reference to the case study, no option is available than to adhere to the Accept method. In addition, accept that it has occurred, and manage this risk.

3. Approval was time consuming: This risk can be easily addressed by utilizing the Transfer technique. A contingency provision can be introduced to the contract to ensure that the client offers their approval immediately or to provide compensation for delays that have a detrimental impact on the project since the client's consent is essential to the success of this project.

4. In the case study, the project was overseen by an assistant project manager because the project manager was not available. Workforce might become ill, leave their employment, or be unable to work, all of which are possibilities (Leroux, 2019). In any case, it could impede the project but is not expected to really hurt it. They should have a backup strategy in place though, just in case.

5. A policy of acceptance should be utilised if there are no supplies or equipment available, even though this is a rare occurrence. Project managers employ this technique when they are aware of the threat and wait to act until it manifests. It is necessary to take steps to make up the difference if this risk comes to pass.

6. The security risk is required to be avoided by having the technical expert that will handle down the issues in the system if it occurs. Investment is required to be made on the advanced system that has less threat of technical errors

Conclusion

Project management entails risk by nature. Risk can either be beneficial or harmful. Negative risks and their effects might hurt a project even as positive risks are beneficial for projects. For this reason, the project's risk management should be handled very seriously. Steps should be taken to limit or avoid negative risks and to develop plans for dealing with positive risk occurrences.

Negative risks were not adequately monitored in the case study. Because of this, they were surprised when it occurred, which caused stakeholder unhappiness and further slowed down the project. The situation would be very different if appropriate risk management measures had been taken from the start and these risks had been effectively disclosed among stakeholders. This instance demonstrated the value of risk management and gave project managers the chance to plan risk management procedures.

References

PRJM6003 Project Risk Management Assignment Sample

Aim of Assessment

General - To apply risk analysis quantitative techniques to projects

Learning Outcome

Apply quantitative risk analysis using specialist software to create a cost model, and evaluate and analyse the results Select a project. The project can be from your work experience, or a soci project (could be the same project as Part A of Assessment 1, but best for learning purposes if the project should be a real future project. Students may use the project from Time Management or Cost Management units). Produce a Budget Report: The document is designed to be given to the Project Sponsor for approval. The sponsor is not knowledgeable about the cost estimating process or Monte Carlo simulation. The report must contain the following five sections:

1. Introduction (25%)

a. Executive Summary: This section establishes the key elements within the report, including project scope, budget, recommendations, and any other relevant information. Appropriate context must be provided when describing the project, this includes background information on the organization, the intended goals/benefits of the project, and the project and product scope.

b. Recommended Baseline Budget: Provide a baseline budget composed of 10-30 cost variables (This is a deterministic estimate based on the most likely value for each cost variable, excluding risk events and contingency). You must structure the budget in a manner consistent with industry best practices. Furthermore, you must explain the source of information used to produce the estimate for each item in the budget (i.e. suppliers, subcontractors, historical costs, etc.).
i. Justification of Probability Distribution for One Cost Variable – Explain and justify the selected values (minimum, most likely, and maximum) in the probability distributions for at least one of the cost variables in your Table

NOTE: Once you have completed the above deterministic baseline budget, then conduct Monte

Carlo Simulation (including correlations). In your cost model for Monte Carlo Simulation you will:

• Replace deterministic values in the Recommended Baseline Budget with probability distributions; and • Add two (2) specific risk events to the model.

2. Explanation of Two Risk Events (20%): Provide a brief paragraph or two for each risk event that covers the following key points:

-briefly explain what the risk event is and what are the risk key causes.
- justify the Probability and Consequences of the risk event in terms of your selected probability distribution values for minimum, most likely, and maximum.

3. Contingency & Risk Management (35%)

a. Recommendation for Contingency: Recommend a contingency amount. Explain why you are recommending the contingency that you have selected.

b. Risk Management: based on the Tornado Chart, explain to the sponsor how you will control and minimise the following to ensure that your contingency is sufficient:

i. Most sensitive cost variable (use sensitivity analysis to determine)
ii. Most sensitive risk event (use sensitivity analysis to determine)

c. Correlation Matrix: Select two correlated variables (i.e. one correlation) from your cost model. Explain why they might be correlated. And the likely nature and strength of this correlation

4. Organisational Policy (15%): Compare and comment on your cost results against the organisational policy that states “it is expected that the Baseline Budget (i.e. excluding contingency) should have an 80% probability of being with a range of -5/+10%.”

Solution

1. Introduction:

a. Executive Summary

This section of the report for online assignment help is going to include the project scope, budget and recommendation for the risk management of marriage functions in the specific country. After this, it will also justify and recommend a budget and the probability distribution for one cost variable in the marriage function. This has further described the two risk events and the consequences of the risk in the wedding function, and initially, it is also going to provide information about the project. The risk can impact the overall structure of the wedding functions. The management has also created an estimated value to control the risks. These values can give the idea for event management (VanDerhei, 2019). At last, this will evaluate the wedding policy. There can be several risk managements associated with the wedding ceremony, such as the travelling of wedding guests, the best way of food and catering services, accommodation for the guests, selecting a unique venue, etc.

b. Recommended Baseline Budget

The baseline budget could be estimated on each of the cost variables associated with the wedding function, which is done by the event management. A certain amount of $750,000 can establish the budget line for the wedding function in the country. For wedding venues, the budget could be set by $80,000; for resources required at $30,000, wedding decor could be developed by $25,000. For food and catering services it could be charged with $40,000, accommodation for the wedding guests is $30,000, transportation such as $10,000, and for wedding planner cost it should be done with $20,000, and at last for venue lighting and wedding attire cost, it could be done within $540,000.

i. Justification of Probability Distribution for One Cost Variable

The assumptions do the justification of probability distribution for wedding venues. Sometimes, the justified probability distributions can be done in a theoretical way which is related to wedding functions. This will assume and simulate the expected guests in the wedding performance. The event manager manages the probability distribution for the wedding venue to estimate the number of guests who are able to attend the wedding function. After this, it simulates the correct probability to create a decision for the event. This could be related to the cost variable of an event. For each simulation, the event management set the record of the guest. For example, the total number of guests has been estimated as 10,000, which will help the event organisers or management to plot the seating arrangement.

2. Explanation of Two Risk Events

Primarily a risk event in marriage function is the probability of an unforeseen event that can affect the process and so on. Risk events can cause unexpected consequences to family members linked with the marriage, and these can become individual moments or circumstances and quickly impact the operation's marriage function (Chiappori, 2020). For example, a supplier is late for delivering some goods that are needed on an urgent basis or a key supplier is unavailable in an emergency situation. These risks can adversely affect the management of the marriage function in the United Kingdom. Hence, these two risk events will be evaluated in terms of the selected probability distribution values for minimum, most likely or maximum.

Performance Risk: This is a potential limitation that a marriage program fails to deliver. This possible limit is often less than expected (Prakken, 2018). This is called performance risk, which can be applied to outsourced & internal situations. Performance risk has some illustrative examples, which are:

• Requirements shortfall: The probability of failure of a marriage ceremony or program by failing to meet the requirement (Fenoaltea et al., 2021). Any requirement in scope can be identified as a risk if there is a probability of not completing it.

• Product Value: Suppose a seating arrangement supplier claims that it will reduce the overall cost by 25% by utilising their service. But the decoration team identifies that this particular supply will have usability issues or durability problems that can increase the price rather than decrease it.

Marriage function is dependent on the decorators, furniture suppliers, event management teams, catering services and many more (Chen, Zhang and Wu, 2020). All of these departments should be competent enough to execute the function effectively, and the effectiveness of their services and offerings are based on their performances. Moreover, managing guests and arranging proper transport service for them is another challenge that is equally dependent on the management team's performance.

Market Risk: When the marriage functions fail to meet the fixed results, the market risk is most likely to occur. Market risk events affect the performance of the whole market altogether (Shephard, 2019). The word market risk is also defined as the systematic risk, which refers to the variability which is associated with any financial decision of any marriage function in the country. The risk management process can include the evaluation of several ways to identify the marriage function related risks, such as the religious background of an individual. Market risk in marriage function has initially had an impact on the financial risk. The consequences of the market risk in the marriage function in the country (Zhang and Zou, 2021)). These factors have affected the overall performance of the financial market of marriage function. The exchanging of money can also be an emerging factor in marriage functions. The budget for venues has put stiff competition on market risk, but it can also increase the revenue of the events. The marketing of the wedding venue needs to be targeted.

The consequences of risk events in marriage functions

Both the consequences have effectively impacted the marriage functions in the specific society (Nie and Xing, 2019). These consequences can bring risks to the overall management system, such as insufficient facilities for the wedding guests. The performance risk in marriage functions is most likely to affect the process. The probability of failure in a marriage function or program in the country by being unable to meet the requirements of the process. This creates competition in the overall structure of the ceremony.

On the other hand, the marketing risk has also had an impact on the marriage function. Market risk in marriage function initially impacted the financial risk (Xing et al., 2020). It can be affected in the marriage ceremony such as lack of travelling facilities, improper food and catering services, wasting of money that is miscellaneous and so on.

Performance and market risks must be adequately assessed to avoid unexpected consequences during the marriage function. Requirements for accommodation, hotel rooms and so on are essential for executing a marriage function (Klonecki, 2020). If the wedding planner fails to deliver appropriate rooms and comfortable accommodation for the guests, the overall outcome will be terrible. As marriage is a significant activity, everyone will remember the malfunction for a long time. It is imperative for every department to work accordingly as per the requirements. Every cost variable should be adequate for delivering efficient services to the guests.

3. Contingency & Risk Management

a. Recommendation for Contingency:

The total amount that is allocated for the contingency plan regarding marriage function is €800,000. The total contingency amount is divided into two divisions, a performance-related project has been earmarked with $400,000, and the other half of $400,00 has been reserved for market-oriented risk events (Hazée et al., 2020).

From the context of the marriage function, performance-related risk events can hamper the program's overall structure, such as poor transportation service for guests, improper seating arrangement, low quality of foods that are served, and so on (Allison, 2018). Event management related to the marriage program needs to spend a sufficient amount of money on the improvement of transportation services (ex- $85000). A certain amount of money should be allocated to the overall arrangement for seating (ex $50000). The event team can give $85000 on safety measures for all people who will be present at the marriage ceremony (Hazée et al., 2020). For providing quality food to guests, $75000 is more than enough. Decoration should be efficient and durable for preventing damage in case of a storm or heavy rainfall; a sum of $50000 can be allocated for supporting this. An additional sum of $55000 can be saved for future emergencies.

The marketing management of a marriage function estimates an overall amount of $400,000 in the performance. In marriage functions or ceremonies in the country, the contingency plan has been initiated to overcome the possibilities in terms of market risk. Eventually, based on the marriage function, the marketing management can be done in several ways in terms of various categories of the venue, such as it could be a destination, any high profile wedding, etc. The market risk in marriage events can help understand the clients' money mindset (Pan et al., 2020). The event management should fix an appropriate amount for the program, which includes an approx amount for fixing up the venue that, is $80,000 for a local wedding, to create an attractive wedding card that is $25,000, the booking of the hotel can be estimated that is $30,000 and the overall transportation system for the wedding guests can be done in $55,000 and the remaining $210,000 for the miscellaneous purpose.

b. Risk Management:

The risk management could be evaluated based on the overall ceremony of the wedding in the country. This risk can be estimated on a specific value by the event management. This risk management system is the process of identifying and controlling the issues associated with a wedding ceremony. The event manager needs to modify the proper management system (Shortland, and Perkins, 2019). There can be several issues which can be most sensitive in the wedding function, such risks which are related to the cost of wedding venue charge, resources that are required, wedding decor, food and catering, accommodations for the wedding guest, transportation system, invitation cards and miscellaneous cost and so on.

i. Most sensitive cost variable

The most significant and sensitive cost variable in the marriage ceremony could be wedding attire cost, wedding venue charge and lastly, resources required. This risk has an impact on the overall event, where it will affect the attractiveness of the event. These three cost variables could adversely affect the management as well as the wedding functions. The risk management of the wedding function could be controlled by estimating an approx amount for the event. There can be several activities which are somewhere related to the cost variable (Barman and Potsangbam, 2018). The amount has to be set by the event management, such as approx $7,00,000. The amount could justify the cost variable of an event.

ii. Most sensitive risk event

The most sensitive risk event in the wedding ceremony, moreover both the risk has a practical impact on the event, but eventually most likely to occur is the marketing risk. Numerous costs of estimation have been identified during the process. Hence, without setting a market price for the wedding, the performance would not happen. The risk or event management needs to provide essential and productive equipment to control the market risks in wedding functions. There can be numerous miscellaneous activities that indirectly impact the wedding function's cost variable. To overcome the chance, they can also provide sufficient resources for the clients to understand the wedding cost.

c. Correlation Matrix:

Food catering and accommodation for guests are correlated. Guests will only enjoy the food when they are able to rest appropriately. Though the food distribution will be based on the buffet method, the guests are likely to enjoy the food only when they are sitting in a comfortable position. The food services provide an impact on the guest. Proper seating positions can increase the overall satisfaction while eating food. Catering should divide their food offerings into both pure veg, veg and non-veg segments. Healthier alternatives should be present for health-conscious people. If fragmented flowers surround the seating arrangement, the experience will be more satisfying. Marriage function will be more excellent if food catering members serve the old people who are unable to walk correctly. A special seating arrangement for kids will be great. All of the above conditions will definitely strengthen the correlation between food catering and accommodation. This correlation defines that food catering and accommodation can be improved if these two departments work collaboratively.

4. Organisational Policy

Several cost results have been found based on the marriage function. Food catering and accommodation are correlated with each other. It is pretty hard to estimate the budget of a marriage ceremony without a decent idea. The costs associated with marriage function come from different places. The overall cost for the marriage function is $750,000. The on-site expenses for the resources required are enormous. It is the most expensive segment of the process. These include the overall costs that are charged by event venues and wedding planners. It is worth identifying that the cost variables can be changed based on the total attendance of the guests (Pedersen et al., 2021). Food catering is an example of variable expenses as the number of food guests need is subsequently changed according to the number of guests, which costs around one-sixth of the total budget. On-site fees for the marriage function include a security deposit for venue booking, insurance coverage for the venue, room rental for relatives and parking lots for vehicles. Food and catering include costs of beverages, meals, labour fees, gratuity fees and so on.

As per the cost results, accommodation of guests carried more cost than wedding venue decoration. Naturally, guests' accommodation should be comfortable, clean and spacious. This is more important than the decoration, so the price allocated for the housing is justified. Several resources like doctors' support and emergency transport support are arranged and cost more than wedding attire costs (VanDerhei, 2019). This is also justified considering the safety and reliability of the marriage function. Transportation cost is entirely above the bar considering the current rates of the private rental cars. The car service provider charged 30% more than the regular rate. It is unethical and results in a fall in the overall budget. The wedding planner's cost is justified as they provided a perfect catering service that complies with the accommodation of the guests. This also created a perfect correlation between these two cost variables. Venue lighting and wedding attire cost are quite the same. But the attire cost should be less as per their worth. Lighting design and usage of various kinds of lighting are appropriate for creating a vibe in the marriage function.

Venue acquisition and invitation costs are inevitable because these costs can not be avoided. These two types of fees are the base of the whole marriage function. To maintain a respective formal form of invitation, invitation cards are much better than today's digital invitation process. There are many other miscellaneous costs associated with this marriage function. It is expected that the baseline budget should have an 80% probability with a range of -5/+10%.

Reference List

MBA642 Project Initiation, Planning and Execution Assignment Sample

Assessment Type:
Length: 2000 words (+/- 10% allowable range)

Your task

Individually, you are required to prepare a 2000-word report in which you are to analyse the success and failure factors of a major Australian project by considering its ethical compromises.

Assessment Description.

In this individual assessment, students will be given an opportunity to analyse the organisational factors that promote effective project management. The success and failure factors and ethical considerations for each of the 5 IPECC phases will need to be considered.

Assessment Instructions

Please choose one of the following projects as the basis for your research (Based on your choice, you are to focus on the construction and implementation of the project, following the IPECC phases, and not its current operations beyond what is required in closure).

Melbourne Metro Tunnel Project
(https://bigbuild.vic.gov.au/projects/metro-tunnel)

Hornsdale Power Reserve and Upgrade
(https://arena.gov.au/projects/hornsdale-power-reserve-upgrade/)

Adelaide Oval Upgrade
(https://www.adelaideoval.com.au/news/multi-million-dollar-upgrade-for-adelaide-oval/)

Please note that the above links give only an initial outline of the project’s delivery, and substantial additional research will be required to complete your assessment successfully.

Once you have conducted thorough research about your chosen project, you are then required to prepare a 2000-word report in which you are to:

• Analyse in detail both the steps critical for your chosen project’s success and the critical pitfalls that could have led to its failure. Relate the specific success and fail factors to your nominated project, and do not just describe a generic theory or simple definitions.

• For each of the 5 IPECC stages, you are to analyse the success and failure factors for each of those stages. You are required to analyse at least one success criteria and at least one failure criteria for each stage. If you are unable to identify success or failure criteria for a particular stage, you are required to postulate at least one criteria. Still, it must be based on sound theory and your knowledge of the case study.

• Integrate the ethical considerations into each of these steps and show how ethical considerations may impact the success or failure of the chosen project.
In preparing this report, you will need to use at least 10 sources of information and reference these in accordance with the Kaplan Harvard Referencing Style. These may include websites, government publications, industry reports, census data, journal articles, and newspaper articles. These references should be presented as in-text citations and a reference list at the end of your proposal. Wikipedia and other ‘popular’ sites are not to be used.

Solution

Introduction

The Melbourne Tunnel Project is an underground project in Australia and is also considered the biggest project of Melbourne railways. This metro project is regarded as one of the most important railways projects that are responsible for more suburbs with more train line services as well as reducing travel times for the citizens.
This assignment talks about the 5 stages of IPECC phases: initiation, planning, executing, controlling, and closing along with at least one success and failure criteria as well as some ethical approach towards the ethical consideration. This assignment is fully responsible for showing these approaches along with an analytical point of view for assignment help.
Main Body

Initiating

The initiation phase refers to the starting time of the project when the ideas regarding the project are designed and defined as well as evaluating the project getting permission from the authorization along with deciding on the project sponsor and the other important works. Thus the initiation phase can be considered one of the important phases of a project. The Melbourne Metro Tunnel project is built by John Holland, AECOM, and CPB Contractors in partnership with Rail Project Victoria and the Metro Train Melbourne.

Success factor

Regarding the success factor of the Metro Tunnel project initiation phase in Australia, several factors can be counted in this case. The approach of getting the statutory assessment and approval along with taking a serious attempt towards the environment that are effected statement, environment management framework along with sufficient planning scheme amendment. Other success factors lead to the success of the project such as giving sufficient effort towards making the project area along with the proper alignment, making proper development plans as well as the designing and development overlay (Melo Zurita 2020). The Metro Tunnel project focuses on sustainability strategies along with the approach towards the heritage permit which gives a huge benefit regarding the success factor of the project. Overall it can be said that the Metro Tunnel project of Australia has been assessed through a well-tested method along with the robust and transparent planning that gives it the related boost that is needed for success factor.

Failure factor

There are failure factors regarding this initiation project that can be recognized. However, this can be assumed that if the project does not follow the statutory assessment and criteria and also does not maintain the sustainability approach as well as the environmental effort statement the project could have been a failure (Victoria's big build 2022). There is also an approach towards the planning scheme management that can be found regarding this Metro Tunnel project that also can be considered as the crucial factor regarding the initiation process.

Ethical consideration

Regarding ethical consideration, the approach of sustainability regarding the initiation process and making it one of the parts of the project can be considered as one. There is also the approach of saving the heritage along with making the metro tunnel that also shows its ethical approach.

Figure 1: Metro Tunnel
(Source: Victoria's big build 2022)

Planning

Through the help of the planning process, it helps to easily manage this plan that helps to achieve all those goals of these projects. It also identifies all the scopes of this project plan and also makes a proper schedule that helps to identify all the resources such as time management, roles and responsibility, performance measurements, and also other risks and resources that impact the planning process of these projects (Manawadu 2021). It also helps to make a strong communication plan to increase this project's effectiveness and helps to develop the planning process.

Success factor

Through the help of this proper planning, these projects try to make 5 new underground stations their planning and this team of Metro Tunnel also takes more initiative for this project. AS their proper planning with sufficient team, resources, and time management, they easily increase this planning process as success. The help of all these resources properly also impacts this project and makes it more successful in this stage and helps to move further steps on completion.

Failure factor

If the team of Melbourne metro tunnel does not manage their plan properly at the time and also use all their resources to achieve their set goals accurately, then it also hits their planning process. It also negatively impacts these projects and also makes failure in this stage. So, all those factors that are essential for making a potential plan for this project and the lack of any one fact easily reduce this stage's impact on this project.

Ethical consideration

Some ethics are maintained for completing this stage of planning according to these projects. Those ensure all the facts about the planning that easily make a proper alignment and through the help of these ethics, it also increases the project's importance and also the value (Ozcelik & Aydemir 2021). For this reason, all the team members also take it seriously that they easily increase their performance. It also helps to manage the truth and honest relations among the team members by managing their communication so that they can easily lead this project in a professional view that helps to make success.

Executing

After making proper planning of these projects it comes to the next step which is executing. This stage also reflects the plan that comes into action and helps to start this project enthusiastically among all the members. It also maintains all the tasks according to the plan that make them properly deliverable. Through the help of this stage, also makes communication among all the stakeholders that helps to increase the initiative and also maintain the budget and resources that are planned for completing this project.

Success factor

As per this project of the Metro tunnel in Melbourne, this execution process also completes with success and this project also goes positively. This project of the metro tunnel will open soon in 2025 and for this reason; the team executes the plan more encouragingly. This stage also comes as a success because there is strong communication among the stakeholders and also they easily manage and use all the resources as per their budget that cannot hurt or make any barriers to its completion process.

Failure factor

There is also a chance for this project to become a failure of this management team and other members of this project cannot manage all the facts that are essential to complete it. They break their communication with stakeholders, use all those resources without any planning and also lack decision-making skills to use innovative ideas in this project (Ninan et al. 2019). For this reason, it also increases their expenses as per their planning budget that needs for completing this. It also negatively impacts this project and also makes it a failure process.

Ethical consideration

In this process of completing this stage positively, some ethics helps the management team to easily complete these projects. Those factors are always making a decision after discussion with other members and stakeholders that helps to maintain a strong bonding in the team (Drouin et al. 2021). Always plan for further steps and then take any steps that help to maintain all the risk factors about this plan. Through the help of all those ethics, they easily reflect a positive outcome from these projects and make them successful.

Figure 2: Project execution according Planning
(Source: Victoria's big build 2022)

Controlling

The controlling phase of a project is mainly regarded as the time when the project is managed appropriately and also on track according to the project plan. There are also some other areas in the controlling phase that can be identified such as the on-schedule program along with the monitoring approach regarding plan and adjustment (Mottee et al. 2020). Regarding the Melbourne Metro project, the controlling factors are also considered as successful as it specifies some areas that are also crucial areas regarding the project. At present, the project is one the way and the 9 km tunnel is being made and the others are also in the scope of the construction process.
Success factor

Regarding the success factors the main thing that can be identified is the speed of completing the tunnel-making process without any mistakes or casualties. The completion of the 9 KM tunnel along with the high-quality signaling system that enables the passengers to turn up and go services can be counted as one of the success factors. There are also several scopes apart from these that enable this phase to be successful in the whole project such as the up gradation of the suburban rail lines as well as proving safety features and the work is going well regarding these categories.

Failure factor

Regarding the failure factors, it is generally not identified such failures this in phase. However, there are also some approaches such as making delays in the construction process that may cause some casualties that put the project in an ultimately negative way. It not only slows the overall process of the project but also there are also some losses of funds can also be noticed (Murakami et al. 2021). There is also the approach of high-quality capacity signaling that can also be regarded as the vulnerable factor that can make the project to its failure because the whole base of the metro tunnel is dependent on the signaling system.

Ethical consideration

As for the ethical consideration part, the approach of this project towards joining several underground stations and also providing several signaling capacities along with the interchange of the stations and domain interchange can be considered as the ethical consideration.

Closing

After completing all those stages, this stage comes as the last one that is closing, and through the help of this stage, it maintains all the processes of these projects and also helps to come into the last stage of completion (Olugbenga et al. 2019). It also easily describes the final point of this project that comes after the completion of all the stages successfully also delivers the project as their commitment and also releases all the staff and resources that reflects it as a complete one throughout this project.

Success factor

This stage also reflects as a success factor after completing all the stages of this complete planning project for making these stage as a success on there are some basic facts are without cancelation of any contract, make a proper and final budget as per the start project budget, after completion handover this project to the authority and make a complete view that easily make it as a deliverable. The help of this procedure easily reflects this project as a success at this stage.

Failure factor

After completion of all those stages of this project, it comes on this stage and it also reflects some basic factors that make it a failure. If the team management cannot control all the processes such as the exact budget, and resources such as employee involvement, and cancel any contract in a way that easily impacts this project negatively. This team is unable to deliver this project completely to the authority and has issues with this metro tunnel project. Then, this project was presented as a failure after the completion of all the stages.

Ethical consideration

Throughout the process of this stage, some ethics also helps to increase its importance and also make it a much more positive stage. They always try to manage a healthy workplace culture in the project that also helps all those employees to easily maintain an encouraging culture through the project (Qiu et al. 2022). Always try to maintain the health and safety of the employees and workers who take part in this project and also contribute to the project and also take responsibility to complete this as a success.

Conclusion

From the above assignment, the discussion is based on the Metro tunnel in Melbourne and through the help of this metro tunnel; it implements five new stations in the twin 9 km rain tunnel that is new Sunbury to Cranbourne. In this assignment, the discussion is based on this project and also discusses the 5 initial stages of this project that helps to make this project complete as a successful one. After that explain all the stages with their success and failure factor and also discuss the ethical consideration to maintain through completing this project. All those impact this project to make it a successful project.

Reference list

PROJ6018 Project, Portfolio and Program management Assignment Sample

Background:

Ecological Solutions Pty Ltd (ES) commenced business in 2006 as the initiative of brothers Simon and John Benard. ES delivers an environment friendly wastewater management system, treating sewage effluent to advanced secondary levels certified by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF). The advantage of ES systems is that, in purifying domestic or indeed community waste water, it has no mechanical parts involved, no electricity needed for gravity fed systems and no chemicals added, the system is midrange cost, however with no or little maintenance once installed. ES is currently servicing domestic, communal and commercial systems to clients across the Australian and Asia-Pacific region. Globally, (wastewater management) governing bodies, installers and consumers alike, are realising the benefits of ES, as a great solution to an industry-wide challenge, meaning that the prospects for global expansion for the company are immense and eminent. Rather than limit the company with a small minded approach, ES wants to take the opportunity to expand into these new and challenging markets, which will require consolidation and reconstitution of the current operations in a way that will appease differing international regularity bodies and markets, and allow an adaptive structure that incorporates the complexities of the expansion. Simply put, ES is involved in a growing and expanding process that will take on new markets, countries and opportunities.

The ES system components are manufactured in China where ES has entered a joint venture with a Chinese manufacturing organization. After production, the system components are then transported to its warehouses in the Australasian and pacific countries that ES currently operates in, ready for distribution and installation for local clients.

The Opportunity

Wastewater management in the African nations is a regional problem, magnified by cost factors of installation, ongoing maintenance and complexity of current systems on the market. With the ability to supply a simplistic and cost-effective wastewater management technique, ES can take advantage of this extensive market opportunity through Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) in these countries. Although headquarters is in Melbourne Australia, each Asian Pacific country also has its own sales, administration and installation offices and teams. ES operations currently have a financial turnover of 25 million dollars per annum with 230 full time staff members.

The Objectives:

Objective 1 – Organisational Structure

Currently ES operating structure includes departments for each function and administrative branch of the organisation. The project managers are given responsibility to run their projects according to their own experience (being the PM experts) under the direction of the departments involved, and upper management. In order to expand into these new markets ES will need to restructure their internal organisational operations including ensuring that the current Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) and technological systems have the capacity to implement such expansion on a major scale while at the same time being able to organise the myriad of projects it knows will result from this international expansion. This will require specific human skillsets from across many of the locations in which they currently operate. Additionally, the initial restructuring project will require the assessment and update of the current organisational framework, policies, procedures, and processes. For example, the accounting, invoicing and administrations of the new organizational structure has to accommodate the expanded need to monitor and cater for exchange rates, bills of shipping, importing and exporting documentation across the new FDI nations.

Current Project Management

Currently all projects need to be governed and operated by ES, in terms of specific engineer requirements for soil types, excavation pit sizes and materials used, while also following strict installation guidelines for the product itself, these must be governed meticulously, meaning ES will be required to run multiple projects in each international market that it infiltrates. At times projects overlap in resource use and at other times are short on resources, which can cause delays and capacity problems. However, currently these issues are seen as the responsibility of the Project Managers and overseen by the managers of various departments (which often frustrates the PMs due to their misconceived renditions of project management principles). Considering this perception and attitude, the Project Managers are concerned at how the departmental management will respond to the upcoming changes, let alone the general staff in the organisation. Management is a little concerned about the magnitude of the expansion in terms of keeping track of the influx of project across the globe, it is difficult enough presently to determine if efficiency is maximised in every project.

Objective 2 – Supply Chain - Sustainability

Furthermore, new supply chains systems will need to be investigated and procured, including the processes of procuring, such as, tendering, negotiating and implementing contracts with transportation companies. In line with ES mandate for environmental operations management wants to ensure that the current, and future, manufacturing and shipping processes are consistent with their objective of corporate, social and environmental responsibility. The company’s goal is to persuade stakeholders, partners, and critics that its growth strategy includes plans for long-term sustainability. The team knows that delivering social responsibility and focusing on sustainability will deliver shareholder and strategic benefits. Although the ES system itself is considered very environmentally friendly, there is concern with regard to the actual manufacturing, the ES team is looking closely at environmental factors, such as pollutants, manufacturing materials, and safety, as well as energy usage. Therefore, ES leadership team is interested in learning about alternative materials, with an eye on both the environment and the safety of employees using those products in the manufacturing process. In addition, shipping the system components around the world will use gas and oil, releasing pollutants into the environment, so management also desires to include environmental consultants on potentially utilising alternative fuels and procedures for transportation and shipping processes.

Objective 3 - Legalities

From a legal perspective there are several factors that must be researched for compliance with the target nations legal systems, policies and regulations. For example, each countries laws on foreign direct investment (FDI), importing and operations is different and must be comprehended. Furthermore, the wastewater management industry is highly regulated, if not by the country itself then by international law. These legal factors must be clearly understood and complied with. Alongside this is the cultural aspects of the target countries, including local labour expectations, management style and health and safety practices.
Over the course of the (estimated 36 month) international project/projects, marketing is a vital component of which ES leadership wants to take advantage of social media networking in its marketing strategy.

Pre-Project Research

The leadership team also examined what other organisations had done in similar projects to avoid loss of revenue during their projects. From the research, the team identified three potential risks that could occur during this project of upgrading the IT systems and processes:

• Loss of business due to inability to process orders in a timely fashion
• Loss of credibility because of a lack of quality in the shipping process
• Loss of sales as competitors took advantage of any down time

While strategizing these changes on an organisation wide scale ES must consider the disruption to employees and ongoing operations. Current projects must run seamlessly to ensure no disruption to clients, and that targets are still met across the business. Consequently, the leadership team wants to monitor employee satisfaction to ensure minimal disruption and maintain employee satisfaction and continuous motivation of the upcoming expansion. Employee feedback will from part of this monitoring. It is important to ES portfolio management to focus on a continued level of the efficient delivery of quality products and services. This means ES must consider each of the following elements:

• Any constant and continued improvement to processes of order, billing, and shipping efficiencies.
• Any changes that may occur due to the current multiple projects; and
• New initiatives that may be created by the current multiple projects.

The Project Teams:

The projects that address the above goals require management of the complexity of the various project teams which incorporate multiple backgrounds, experiences, and even time zones. These individuals currently are located in Australia, China, Japan, and Vietnam and will soon expand to many other nations as well as include representatives from the ES Information Technology, Human Resources, Manufacturing, Sales, Marketing, Accounting,Finance, and Legal departments. ES’ external stakeholders include their existing and potential customers, suppliers, and
investors.

Solution

Introduction

This particular study would shed light on the project portfolio management maturity of Ecological Solutions Pty Ltd in detail focusing on necessary PPM needs for the organization in detail. Furthermore, the focus will be given to highlighting necessary tools used in the PPM software, relevant techniques utilized for implementing PPM with assessing the maturity level of the organization for impeding the software. In addition to that, emphasis will be given to enlisting the benefits that PPM will provide to the organization with a manager of change that might be caused due to PPM implementation and a list of challenges that the organization might face while impeding PPM. Furthermore necessary recommendations would be provided for making PPM more successful in the ES organization to function project management activity in the future smoothly.

PPM Needs

In general terms, Project Portfolio Management for assignment help indicates a specific process utilized by project managers as well as project management organizations popularly known as PMOs for analyzing the potential return to undertaking a particular project (Patrício et al. 2021). In this regard, it would be necessary for the Ecological Solutions Pty Ltd organization, especially the project managers, to utilize the necessary needs of PPM software for the successful completion of project management activities for the organization. Below are listed the necessary PPM needs in detail:

Risk management

It is considered to be a vital component of PPM software for the ES organization in the sense that all involved project managers will need to make out the ways through which the project activity would make a considerable impact on the portfolio (Jamshidnejad, 2021).

Financial management

Project activities appear to be notorious for project managers due to a couple of aspects such as taking too much time than planned, and making an analysis of the overall budget activity. In this respect, the project managers of ES organizations can use Dashboards for keeping an eye on the financial status for smooth pollution of project activity (Kostalova & McGRATH, 2021).

Pipeline management

In this case, it would be imperative for the project managements of the organization to maintain an effective balance in the form of generating a strategic number of proposals associated with the project to manage the pipeline or flow of project activity to running smoothly. It ensures that all the necessary aspects will make an eventful contribution to the smooth completion of the project activity (Ojiako et al. 2021).

Figure 1: PPM Needs
(Source: Created by the learner)

Resource management

A sufficient number of people are required for ES to carry on with help project management activities. For this reason, the project management authority of ES would have to manage its resources in an efficacious manner so that they can be able to conduct the necessary tasks and activities of project management in an effective manner.

Change management

It is the last fundamental aspect for project managers of ES organizations that will help in maintaining a smooth flow of organizational communication related to any change activity (Vanhanen, 2021). Since PPM software renders a central repository, therefore, the members of the organization will be able to manage requests rather than endeavoring to keep track of them.

Tools Used in PPM

Effective usage of relevant tools aid project managers to accomplish project activities accordingly. More importantly, it provides a steadfast approach for executing the necessary activities. There are several well-known tools which can be used in PPM such as:

Clarity PPM

It is a cloud-based solution which is easily accessible through SaaS applications. It assists users in transitioning to relevant digital project management for effectively managing enterprise resources, countering market disruptions and understanding customer demands effectively (Wang et al. 2022).

Planisware

Known to be a SaaS-based suite, Planisware conducts management of project portfolios and necessary programs. It does integration of necessary resources, budgets, schedules and many others.

Planview

It is a well-known resource management solution that aids businesses in optimizing project portfolios, managing capacity, related to market demands and combining plans as well as resources for achieving proper execution of project activities (Villamil & Hallstedt, 2021).

Figure 2: PPM Tools
(Source: Created by the learner)

Asana

It is a cloud-based tool which is utilized for handling multiple projects at one time. This tool renders an effective scope for generating task management solutions based on which the project managers can provide a high-level overview related to their progress activities.

Clarizen

This tool helps in workflow automation for generating an enhanced collaborative approach for the smooth completion of project activities. It earners automation in recurring tasks resulting in reducing the lament of risks associated with the project.

Techniques used to implement PPM

The project management authority of Ecological Solutions Pty Ltd will have to follow five distinguished steps in the form of techniques for prolific implantation of PPM:

Defining approach of project portfolio management

Effective determination of the goals of the business organization, the establishment of a suitable framework, with analysis of the willingness of organizational members will be important for the ES organization to define a specific approach for project portfolio management (Bai et al. 2022).
Securing executive support for the portfolio plan

It has been observed that at present the operating structure of ES involves specific departments which look after necessary functions of the organization. It is the project managers on whom the entire responsibility is provided in running their project according to their skills and expertise (Kock & Gemünden, 2021).
Securing support from the team members for the project portfolio plan

Relevant support from team members also is vital for the ES organization to generate clear strategic goals and objectives associated with the project management activity. It helps in meeting new standards for the successful implementation of PPM within the organization.

Gathering portfolio data

The act of creating a list of present and potential projects of Ecological Solutions Pty Ltd is also necessary for generating relevant data on project timelines, project milestones, and necessary potential risks so that there should not be any problem in carrying out the activity through PPM software (Fabbro & Tonchia, 2021).

Prioritizing project portfolio

Prioritization of the project is required from the PM experts of the ES organization. In that case, they can select projects having increased ROI (or Return on Investment) or they can go to specific risk-averse methods (Ershadi et al. 2021).

Maturity Level of the organization in its ability to implement PPM

It is necessary for the ES organization to conduct a maturity assessment which makes an evaluation of the organization’s process in determining the ability of the process for continuously contributing to the achievement of organizational objectives. In this regard, the CS organization can follow the following steps to conduct a maturity assessment such as:
Understanding the business

In this aspect, the project managers of ES organization will need to understand the relevance of maturity assessment in its project m agent activities based on which they will be able to conduct regulatory requirements on a regular basis (Von Solms & Langerman, 2022).
Selecting the assessment methodology

In this regard, the organization can choose CMMI, COBIT etc models for identifying the relevant approach to proper implementation of PPM software within the organization.

Setting the scope

It is necessary for the project managers not to hurry too much rather they should wait for having enough time for getting a prominent picture of an end-to-end process with funding out relevant opportunities for mang any development (Aagaard et al. 2021).

Figure 3: Maturity Assessment of ES organization
(Source: Created by the learner)

Conducting stakeholder mapping

Stakeholders of the ES organization will include managers, customers, and senior management authorities who would play a vital role in the prolific implementation of PPM software within the organization. At the same time based on the necessary guidance and advice coming from the stakeholders, Ecological Solutions Pty Ltd can formulate relevant decisions in its project management activities.

Using the chunk approach

It is the last step of maturity assessments of the ES organization where the focus needs to be given to breaking the work into small doable chunks so that they can be performed quite easily by the members of the organization.

Benefits to the organisation of implementing PPM

Considering the current PM approach, Ecological Solutions Pty Ltd (ES) commenced its business in the year 2006. This company is committed to delivering a wastewater management system that is environmentally friendly. This treats the sewage effluent to secondary advanced levels which are certified by the NSF (National Sanitation Foundation). Globally, installers, governing bodies as well as customers have realised the benefits that Ecological Solutions can provide with its services(NSF, 2022). It can provide excellent solutions to industry-wide challenges that can aid in global expansion. This is the reason why Ecological solutions want to grab the opportunity to expand its business instead of opting for a small-minded approach. Moreover, from the case study, it could be found that ES has several opportunities as it can grab the opportunity from the extensive market via FDI (foreign direct investment)(Stretton, 2022). In such a situation, ES is likely to get the following benefits if it opts to implement PPM:

1. Better use of the resources

As could be seen from the case study, each of the projects governed by ES needs adequate resources such as raw materials, engineering works, and so on. Resource dependency is one such factor that can lead to project failure. Demand management and resource planning therefore can be a daunting task(Sarbazhosseini, 2020). However, with PPM, the work becomes more manageable. The portfolio view allows for a more rounded approach. With PPM, ES can consider resource availability from the beginning while it will choose any project and thereby go on reviewing it periodically. This way it can provide better clarity to optimally use its resources across its projects.

2. Focus better on business goals and objectives

From the case study, it could be seen that ES has set its overall objectives to be focusing on organisational structure, enhance supply chain and sustainability and make the legalities stronger. From a legal perspective, there are ample factors that need to be emphasised for compliance with the legal system of the targeted nations. For instance, each country has different FDI, operations, and importing(Müller et al., 2019).

3. Enhance communication and alignment among the business leaders and different department

With PPM, ES can enhance internal communication while looking at the portfolio of the projects and thereby strike a balance while selecting, prioritising as well as sustaining the projects. By talking about the projects and portfolios, ES can improve overall communication within its corporate management by breaking the existing barriers among the sub-portfolios(Volk & Zerfass, 2018).

Managing the change that PPM creates

With PPM, many changes could be brought in the way each project is being handled and implemented. However, ES needs to manage those changes that PPM would create. The way it could do so are as follows:

1. Establish governance: ES can establish a governance model that can help it to maintain its PPM solution, such as any changes. The governance strategy will not only help in maintaining the PPM solution; however, it also will show the user that it is not always necessary to emphasise all aspects of implementation(Lock, 2018). It will guide ES to accept more changes.

2. Opt for a change management approach: PPM tools that could be used in the projects of ES include Clarity PPM, Asana, Planview, Clarizen, and so on and there are certain approaches that could be adopted to implement the tool(Volk & Zerfass, 2018).

ES could make sure that there is a senior and active sponsor who can master implementing the tool as a part of the change management tool.

• ES require to create a need to change for all the stakeholders of PPM.

• ES must explain the process of the business and projects to all the stakeholders and make them understand the benefits of using the new tools(Martinsuo&Hoverfält, 2018).

Challenges faced in implementing PPM

Among the common widespread business problems that ES may face while implementing project portfolio management, there can be productivity gaps, because ES has engineers, however, lacks managers and a workforce which can lead to insufficient automation of tasks(Saeed et al., 2021). As per the case study of ES, the following are the main challenges that ES might face while implementing PPM:

1. Internal culture and politics: ES is likely to face the barrier of internal culture and politics. PPM has a nature that demands change within any business and change will bring resistance.

2. Project management maturity: At ES, the project management maturity of the business is likely to play a key role. ES thereby needs to have a mature organisation's project management capability so that it can adapt to PPMreadily.

3. Management commitment: At ES, the top management committee may act as a hindrance to the value and purpose of the PMO.

Recommendations on how to make PPM more successful

Based on the above discussion, recommendations can be made to make PPM more successful for ES.

1. To ensure that ES is selecting the right projects for organisational investments, it is recommended to make use of benefit measurement methods. This would be an effective project selection technique for ES which is primarily based upon the estimated cash inflow and outflow as well as present value.

2. It is recommended to adopt GSCM (green supply chain management) to improve the maturity level of ES. Here, ES is recommended to adopt CMM (capability maturity model) because it can help in continuous process improvement. CMM moreover will provide frameworks that can help to organise maturity levels that can grab evolutionary steps and lay successive foundations for ES to maintain continuous process improvement.

3. ES uses a project portfolio management process to evaluate the project portfolio which aids in better decision making. To improve the current state, it is recommended to use portfolio management that can monetise the current as well as digital assets of Ecological Solutions.

4. To improve management and realisation of the ongoing and sustained benefits,it is recommended to roll out the PPM in order to improve management and grab more sustained benefits. ES can create a roll-out program by working with the manatees. It is recommended to focus on one department at a time and expand to other departments later (Chofreh et al., 2021).

5. ES is recommendedto consider certain basic factors while PPM and planning such as cost, duration of implementation,measuring the functions, and opt for solutions that are backed by SaaS. For ES, it is recommended that the PMO must be placed with alignment with the CFO, specifically since the IT will report to the CFO.

6. Based on the scope and scale of the project, ES needs to consider opting for a change management plan orapproach that can guide it to overcome the above-discussed resistance or obstacles. Moreover, it is recommended to set expectations that are realistic with the end users and emphasise communication regularly so that ES can address unexpected problems as fast as possible and address stakeholder acceptance regarding the changes.

7. PMO can improve the current maturity level by helping in developing a roadmap. Regarding the change management approach, ES is recommended to opt for active portfolio management for its waste management business.

Figure 4: Roadmap for implementing the PMO
(Source: Developed by the author)

8. To increase the success of this portfolio or program management,it is recommended to emphasise continuous lifecycle, for example, focusing on operational efficiency. Moreover, it is important to stay connected with stakeholders at all levels that can help ES to avoid disconnection between operations and strategy during the change within the organisation and overcome the challenges that have been identified in this study such as internal politics, management commitment and so on.

Conclusion

The report has discussed the PPM needs for Ecological Solutions that deliver wastewater management systems including treating sewage which plays an important role in today's world where sustainability is given importance. The report has thereby discussed the tools and techniques that ES can use to implement PPM. Thereafter, the maturity level of Ecological Solutions has been assessed along with defining its ability in implementing PPM. As it could be known from the study, PPM has several benefits to ES and the study has thereby discussed how ES can manage the changes brought about by PPM. Thereafter, the challenges that may come forth while implementing PPM were discussed. Based on the study, recommendations have been made which can help to make PPM more successful.
 

References

PROJ6002 Project Planning and Budgeting Assignment Sample

TOPIC: OPERATING SYSTEMS AND THE FUTURE OF OS

Brief:

These assessments are designed to allow you to:

• Demonstrate your capability to carry out a thorough and reliable search for facts regarding a topic in Applied Research Project II where the knowledge is dispersed.

• Clarify what the problem or opportunity actually is and specify the question that must be answered in order to resolve the problem.

• Identify and then develop critical research tools that have the potential to solicit required data to support the analysis of your problem, issue or opportunity. Create and present an ethical and achievable research design based on justifiable and evidence- based methods.

• Demonstrate your capability to test your proposed research method/s by carrying out a pilot and reporting the results of that pilot.

You must tailor the format/layout of your Research Proposal Report according to your target reader/s, research approach and context i.e. whether you are making a business/professional report or an academic paper. You will be guided by your Unit Assessor, Lecturer or Tutor as to the format/layout that achieves the best communication. Do not fail to have timely discussions with your Unit assessor or Tutor.

Solution

Introduction

The Operating System (OS) refers to the program that, after loaded initially into the computer through boot programs, manages other application programs in the computer. It is found that the application programs make effective use of the operating system through the request for services by the "Application Program interface" (API) (Zhang & Huang, 2019). Additionally, the users can communicate with the operating system directly with the help of “Graphical UI” (GUI) and “Command-line-interface” (CLI).

According to the view of Hamdani et al., (2021), cyber threats have been emerging rapidly over the past few years and there are notable advancement can be observed in the threat space. It has led towards the essential requirements for improving digital infrastructure security. The operating system tends to bring significant benefits to software development and computer software. Without the operating system, the application would require to include its UI along with other comprehensive codes to manage low-level functions such as network interfaces, disk storage, and others.

Tsvetkov (2020) have stated that with the development of technologies the future of operating system has been improved. For instance, introduction of Artificial Intelligence acts as the guidance in the operating system. Organisations such as, Google, IBM, Microsoft, Alibaba, Orcale and others are working actively towards this direction.

On the other hand, Kouhoué et al., (2021) have stated that in the contemporary era the operating systems are upside down conceptually. It developed in a hard way which is struggling upwards gradually from machineries such as memory, processors, display, and disk towards the users. It is estimated that in the future, both the information management tools and operating systems will grow top-down and provide better services to users.

Research problem

Rasheed et al., (2021) have stated that operating system failure can be caused through software crashes and hardware malfunctions. It has resulted in the ineffectiveness of the operating system to boot. It is found that the operating system tends to freeze and reboot repeatedly with the error messages displayed on the monitor. Additionally, it can also stop running completely with no notifications.

On the other hand, Zhang & Huang (2019) have analyzed that the problems related to Operating Systems can be attributed to software, hardware, networks, and other combinations of the three. This type of system error is also known as the "Blue Screen of Death" (BSOD). Considering the issues in the operating system, it is important to focus on the future of the operating system that ensures security and will continue to support the users simultaneously.

Research aim and objectives for online assignment help:

Aim

The study will aim to evaluate the operating systems along with the future of operating systems through secondary research

Objectives

To evaluate the role of the Operating System

To identify the challenges in Operating System

To analyze the potential of future Operating Systems in fashion retail in terms of improving communication

Research questions

What is the role of Operating Systems in businesses?

What are the key challenges associated with the Operating System?

How does the development of Operating Systems help to improve communication issues in the fashion retail industry?

Significance of the study

This study will shed light on the key aspects of the Operating System including its major benefits, opportunities, and challenges that are associated with the businesses (Rasheed et al., 2021). Additionally, the study will provide deeper insight into the future of Operating Systems that can help organizations to improve their performances in the context of improving communication and business performances.

It is found that the key purpose of the Operating System is to offer security to the users along with support to restrict any kind of unauthorized visit. Zhang & Huang (2019) have analyzed that the basic roles of the operating system are ubiquitous and multiple operating systems serve several user and hardware needs. Therefore, it is important to develop the potential of the Operating System in the future to avoid any kind of miscommunication and other unauthorized activities that can cause harm to the businesses.

Literature review

The critical role of the Operating System

According to the view of Kulkarni (2020), the Operating System can be considered as one of the most “intricate software” since the time of its existence. It can be simple incredibly as well as easy-to-use at the level of users. It mainly acts as the communication bridge in terms of the interface between the computer hardware and users. The key purpose of the operating system is to offer an effective platform based on which the user can execute their programs efficiently and conveniently.

Rathor & Saxena (2020) have stated that it manages the allocation of hardware and the coordination of the hardware must be effective to ensure the correct function of the computer. Besides, it presents the user programs from unauthorized activities with the effective function of the system. It is found that the operating system utilizes password protection to provide protection to the information of users along with similar techniques.

Tottadi & Mehar (2022) have analyzed that with the help of an Operating System; the user can monitor the entire health of the system and enhance performance. It is also used to keep track of the resources and time used through several users and activities and detects errors to avoid malfunctions in the system. It is found that the operating system manages the main or primary memory that consists of an array of words and bytes. Therefore, it acts as one of the effective tools for memory management.

Challenges associated with the Operating System

The key challenges that are associated with the Operating System are as follows:

Transparency

Transparency is one of the key issues that are significantly associated with the Operating System. It is found that operating systems are used by multiple computers; however, the users get only the view of a single system that is being used. It makes the network invisible to the applications or users. The flexible and distinct features of Internet of Things offer the requirements of portable, efficient and lightweight operating system (Patel & Shah, 2022).

Reliability

Reliability can be considered one of the significant aspects by the end users. It is undeniable that not every organization makes operating systems have similar standards and where reliability is given priority; there is a wide range of quality. In order to improve the efficacy of the operating system it is important to provide design characteristics (Patel & Shah, 2022). Therefore, the operating system can be reliable for specific kinds of tasks and can be unreliable for others. It is found that existing Operating Systems have two features that make them insecure and unreliable for the end users.

Flexibility

Zikria et al., (2018) have stated that new operating systems, frameworks, application programming interfaces along with middleware must be designed with Internet of Things to offer flexibility. Flexible Operating Systems are considered to be those, whose designs have been encouraged to some degree. It allows the system to be tailored either dynamically or statically to the needs of certain application domains or applications.

Technology Acceptance Model

The "Technology Acceptance Model" (TAM) emphasizes the two factors that help to determine whether the computer system will be accepted by potential users such as, "perceived usefulness" and "perceived ease of use" (Sagnier et al., 2020). It is found that one of the significant characteristics of this model is that it greatly relies upon the perspectives of the potential users. Additionally, it helps to improve predictions of the use of resources such as information. Salloum et al., (2019) have stated that confidence in the use of advanced technologies in the form of an Operating System can lead to flexibility, transparency, reliability, and scalability in the system. It further improves the productivity and profitability of the organizations. Therefore, it is required of the organization to evaluate the perceived usefulness of the users in terms of challenges and make changes in its characteristics that can help the users to ease of use and improve performances.
Additionally, it helps organizations to make effective decisions regarding the future development of the Operating system. For instance, fashion retailers used operating systems to make waves in the entire "fashion design zone" which helps them to minimize the demands for manual sketches. It is found that based on the attitude, behavioural, and intentions of the users the organizations have implemented TAM and integrated advanced software programs to minimize manual errors.

Figure 1: Technology Acceptance Model
(Source: Sagnier et al., 2020)

Research method

Research philosophy, approach, and design

The study will be conducted using the "positivism research philosophy". It helps to attain factual information regarding the research phenomenon such as, Operating System and the future of the Operating System. On the other hand, the inclusion of realism and interpretivism philosophy will be avoided as per the requirements of the study. Realism emphasizes the immediate reality and ignores the significance of the ultimate reality of the research phenomenon (Park et al., 2020). Additionally, due to the subjective nature of interpretivism, this research philosophy will be excluded from the study.

“Deductive research approach” will be used in the study as it helps to move from a broader perspective to a specific research area and helps to generate desired findings. On the other hand, the inclusion of an inductive approach will be avoided as it may reach inaccurate conclusions.

Apart from that, the study will be conducted using an "explanatory design" that helps to attain deeper insight into the operating system and the associated challenges of OS along with the future context of the Operating System.

Data collection methods and data analysis

The study will be conducted using “secondary data collection methods”. It will help to evaluate the diversified perspectives about the operating system and help to answer the research questions (Sherif, 2018). The secondary data will be collected from existing and authentic sources such as peer-reviewed articles and journals.

The collected secondary data will be analyzed using the "thematic analysis technique”. Different themes will be developed from the keywords to interpret the collected data and generate research findings (Sherif, 2018).
 

References

PRJ5108 Project Delivery and Procurement Assignment Sample

Assessment Brief

Group assignment
Word count: 3000 words
Weighting: 30% (20% and 10%)
Unit Learning Outcomes: ULO1, ULO2, ULO3, ULO4

Assessment Details:

Design of Project Delivery System and contract management influence the success or failure of the Implementation phase of projects. It is not just about selecting a contract model; it provides a framework for procurement of goods and services needed to implement the project. This assessment task is based on the delivery system, procurement and contract management of the “Case project”, where students use real-life project as the vehicle for learning and developing their competencies in this unit of study. The case project should be selected by students in their field of interest. The selected project can be a proposed or an initiated project, but it must not be in the construction phase nor a completed project. Each group should be finalised by 3-4 members within the second week of the Trimester. One member for each group should inform their details (names, Ids and project title) to the class teacher through an email or by using the Discussion Forum .

This assessment task includes the following components:

1. The background and the objectives of the case project.

2. High level WBS and the Statement of Work of the case project.

3. Literature review on the case project, including the typical delivery models, contracting methods and contexts.

4. A brief state of why a particular delivery method is selected for the case project. Provide SWOT analysis of the selected project delivery method.

5. Students will also discuss about suggested implementation plan for the case project. In the implementation plan:

a. Students are required to discuss about the preparation of Request for Proposal (RFP) and biding processes for selecting the contractor.

b. Student is required to discuss about the preferred contract types for the design and construction of the case project.

c. Students are required to discuss about the risk management plan related to the selected project delivery method and contracting.

d. Students are also required to discuss about the administration of the construction management of the case project to ensure that all the deliverables are achieved within the estimated time and cost.

e. Students are required to discuss about the plan of continuous monitoring of seller performance, and the management plan of all changes to the seller’s authorised baseline.

Solution

PROJECT MANAGEMENT METHOD ANALYSIS OF HAWSONS IRON PROJECT IN AUSTRALIA

1. Introduction

Project management is an essential part of the development phase of a particular project. The main aim of the report is to discuss the various project management steps undertaken by an ongoing project. The project under consideration is Hawson’s Iron Project with an estimated “Bankable Feasibility Study” rate of nearly $12.4 million dollar for additional works and available additional funding of $200 million.

2. Background and Objectives of Case Project

The main aim of developing the project is to make it the producer of the world’s highest-grade iron product. Based on the reports published by the company, it can be stated that the “. Prefeasibility Study (PFS)” has shown that the areas chosen for the project are the world’s leading undeveloped high-quality iron ore concentrate (Hawsons.com.au, 2022). From a report, it has been observed that since the iron ore industry ponders its “green steel future” hence the demand for iron ore is on the rise (Parker, 2022). The Hawsons Iron is recognized as a “state-significant development” by the New South Wales government.
The major objectives of the project have been identified to be as follows:

? To provide premium rates for high-grade products and hence reward the shareholders.
? To expand access to skilled mining workers.
? To focus on rewarding the shareholders and also deliver jobs for Broken Hill, Australia.
? To focus on the development of a 20 million tonne per annum (Mtpa) project for delivering superior economics.
? To improve the existing infrastructure of the planned 20Mtpa production of iron ore by the highly skilled miners of Broken Hill.

3. High-Level WBS and Statement of Work of The Case Project

From the studies of Huda and Berawi (2021), it can be mentioned that the development of a high-level work breakdown structure helps in increasing the accuracy of the project. In the case of the mentioned project, the work breakdown structure has been designed in a manner that helps in identifying the ways in which the project can have a better deliverable. The chronological order of work for the mentioned project is as follows:

? Identification of the regional geology
? Analysis of the property geology
? Implementation of the Mining Lease Application (MLA 460)
? Identification of the reasons for a premium pricing of the iron ore
? Gathering investors and shareholders for funding the project

Based on the identified work breakdown structure it can be mentioned that the mining. The image below has helped in showing the Gantt chart along with the timeline for the project. A detailed digital work breakdown structure has been provided below as well.

The statement of work for the mentioned project involves an important cautionary statement that helps in the development of low-level geological confidence that is associated with the mineral resources (Hawsons.com.au, 2022). A detailed classification of the resources has also been done that helps in the development of an open pit operation. Based on the studies of Gorman and Dzombak (2018), it can be mentioned that the development of the combined total mineral resources helps in extending the mining life in a better manner.

Figure 1: Gantt chart Timeline
(Source: Created by the Author)

Figure 2: Gantt chart
(Source: Derived from Libre)

Figure 3: Work-Breakdown Structure
(Source: Created by the learner)

From the WBS and the statement of work, it can be stated that the PFS has helped in allowing the modification of the mineral resources in a better manner. From the above work breakdown structure, it can be stated that the development of the iron project can be divided into five steps. The work breakdown structure has helped in signifying that the identification of the regional geology as one of the first tasks. This is mainly because identification of the regional geology helps in identifying the minerals present in the area. For the area under consideration the image below has helped in showing the probable reserves that have been found in the
Broken Hill Region.

Figure 4: The Probable Resources in the Broken Hill Hawson’s Iron Project
(Source: Hawsons.com.au, 2022)

4. Literature review
4.1 Delivery Models

Hawson iron project is a project located in the West Part of New South Wales. In order to accomplish the project as a part of project deliverables, the EPCM model has been recognised as the most suitable project deliverable. Therefore the SWOT analysis of EPCM is as follows:

Table 1: SWOT analysis
(Source: Self-developed)

4.2 Contracting methods and context

In order to accomplish the project, the application of the Lump-Sum contract will be more accurate as it provides the contractors with easier and enough time to secure funds for a project. As per the views of Baek et al. (2022), a project manager or a project contractor can easily identify how much amount of funds will be required to accomplish the project. With the help of this project, before initiating the project, Government Australia and the project contractor calculated information such as Positive Equity Returns and the Net present value of the project. The Positive equity return of the project is 1.1 billion whereas the Net present value of the project is £1.1 billion. The project will give 30% IRR or Internal Rate of return and 14.7% DTR (Farrell et al. 2022). Despite this Lump Sum offers an easier assessment of soil conditions which was quintessential for the project. Despite this, the contract model makes the selection process less tedious. Therefore, the adoption of the Lump sum model helped the contract and the Government of Australia to reduce the overhead expenses of the Hawsons iron project and also allowed the contractors to make stable cash flow.

5. Suggested Implementation Plan of Project

5.1 Preparation of Request for proposal (RFP) and bidding process for selecting a contractor

Based on the studies of Khaderiet al., (2019), it can be mentioned that a “Request for Proposal (RFP)” is referred to as a business document that helps in announcing the project. Furthermore, an RFP helps in soliciting bids from the contractors. From the studies provided, it has been identified that an RFP is a final document that is provided to the prospective suppliers for major complexity procurements. The major components of RFP include the following:

? A proposed “Statement of Work (SOW)”
? All the technical specifications

The RFP of the mentioned project has been provided in the table below:

Table 2: RFP for Project
(Source: Created by the Author)

5.2. Preferred contract types for the design and contract of the project

The most common type of contract employed in the project management process involves the “Firm-fixed-price contracts”. From the studies of Roestamyet al., (2022), it can be stated that the main reason behind the widespread use of the project involves the process of fixing the budget at a certain amount. Moreover, from the studies of Tijan et al., (2019), it has been identified that the implementation of the said contract helps is advantageous since it offers benefits to the company on terminating early. The contracting laws of the country also play an important role in deciding the terms of the contract.
Based on the laws of the contract it is important to focus on the negotiation objectives. It is always suggested that when incorporating the said contract method, it is important to obtain a fair and reasonable price for the deal. The image below has helped in portraying the different forms of the agreement in negotiation.

Figure 5: Contract Negotiation forms
(Source: Provided)

Furthermore, it is highly suggested that while setting the terms of the contract, it is important to focus on the possible areas of conflict in the project life cycle. The possible areas of conflict have been illustrated below.

Figure 6: Areas of conflict in a contract
(Source: Provided)

Based on the above image it can be mentioned that the conflict areas in a project development life cycle include mainly the technical and financial areas. However, the implementation of the said contract method helps in better completion of the project in comparison to the others. As per the research of Polzin et al., (2019), it has been mentioned that a fixed-price contract is most beneficial since it comes with a pricing guarantee. In the case of the mentioned project, since the goal of the project is evolutionary, implementation of the mentioned contract would mean greater areas of funding and hence offer the best solution for the completion of the project. However, it has been observed that the biggest disadvantage of the said method is that it is the least flexible method of contracting. However, this disadvantage seems small in comparison to the strict scope of work that can be predefined with the help of the said contracting method.

5.3 Risk Management Plan of the project delivery method and contracting

Risk Management plan for contracting

Table 3: Risk factors in Contract
(Source: Self-developed)

Risk factors in Project delivery

Table 4: Risk factors in project delivery
(Source: Self-developed)

5.4. Administration of the construction management of the case project

The most important factor behind the implementation of the construction management practice in the mentioned project is the better accuracy of the deliverable. From the studies of Calzada Olvera (2022), it has been seen that mining projects such as the mentioned one have certain problems such as the planning and designing phase. In the case of the mentioned project, a possible roadblock in the budgeting system has also been identified. Hence, from the studies of Araba et al., (2021), it can be mentioned that the process of construction management helps in the proper evaluation of the budget for a particular project. Furthermore, taking into account the aspects of construction management it can be stated that the methods of budgeting and project management become quite easy. In a construction project, there are various steps and workforce involved in the development of the project and hence implementing the steps of construction management in the mining project would lead to a better decision-making process.

Thus, it can be mentioned that administering the processes of construction management in the mining project would help in increasing the accuracy of the said deliverable. From the studies of Fobiriet al., (2022), it can be opined that the implementation of various cloud-based systems for construction management helps in gaining real-time insight into various project management sites. Thus, being a mining project, the cloud-management system if incorporated into the mentioned system would lead to tracking the onsite progress of the project as well. Overall, it can be mentioned that the administration of the construction management process in the mining project helps in increasing the success of the project.

5.5. Continuous monitoring of the seller's performance, and management plan of all changes to the seller’s authorized baseline

A constant monitoring of the seller’s performance is important in identifying the areas lacking proper vendor management. From the research of Dutta et al., (2020), it can be mentioned that the development of a proper seller monitoring system is important in a project since it helps in the proper maintenance of the supply chain process as well. From the studies of Koke and Moehler (2019), it can be stated that the principles of value management are the most critical path of time phasing each task. Hence, for the betterment of this phase, it can be mentioned that the process of monitoring the changes to the authorized baseline is important. Moreover, it helps in identifying slippages in the scope of work and helps in the overall management of the project. In other words, it can be stated that the implementation of the seller monitoring process helps in the continuous monitoring of the supply chain aspect of the project management in detail.

6. Conclusion

Therefore from the above discussion it can be said that project management is an integral part of a project as it helps in creating well-defined goals to improve team effectiveness. The report highlights RPF for the project work where the project discusses various factors such as current roadblocks and barriers of the project and the scope of the project work. Despite this, the project also depicted an in-depth SWOT analysis of the EPCM method where strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats of the EPCM model in the context of the case study have been delineated in the brief. Notwithstanding it, the project also delineated various risk factors in contract and project deliveries in the context of a given case study.

References

BSV11101 Project Management and Construction Assignment Sample

Coursework Scenario

Construction projects are difficult but not impossible to manage!

Construction Project Management is the art of managing projects so that they are delivered successfully. It has been described as the overall control and coordination of all activities necessary, from inception to completion, towards the realisation of a completed asset that meets a clients expectations with respect to function, utility, schedule and budget.

The track record of project management in fulfilling this description, in the case of construction projects, is significantly less than perfect. Empirical evidence suggests that construction projects in the UK have approximately a 50% chance of being completed in accordance with their targeted objectives. Outside the UK it has been reported that approximately 65% of all infrastructure projects it supports encounter budget and schedule overruns. Despite this, it is clear that SOME construction projects are managed and delivered successfully.

Academics, theorists and practitioners have debated the causes of project failure and various recipe’s for success. Since some projects are delivered successfully while others aren’t, it is reasonable to suppose that there could be some ‘ingredients’ that can be found within the successful projects that are missing from the unsuccessful projects. On the other hand, construction projects are inherently uncertain, complex and extremely varied one from another, so it could be countered that success or failure may not be directly within the direct control of individual project managers or project management teams, rather being determined by certain factors within the projects themselves.

However, if true, this second position would substantially undermine much project management thinking and would certainly cause significant problems for the project management profession! For this coursework, you are to assume that you work within a large project management practice and you have been invited by a leading UK Project Management Institute to be a keynote speaker at a national conference that has as its theme: “Project Management for successful Construction Project delivery”.
As the basis for your keynote presentation you have been asked to produce a research paper that will be included within the Conference Proceedings. These Proceedings will be published by the conference organisers and will be made available to the delegates.

The title of the conference paper that you have been invited to submit is:- “Evaluating construction project success; investigating the PM role in delivering success and appraising the propensity for PM success”.

Coursework Tasks

“Examining construction project success; investigating the PM role in delivering success and appraising the propensity for PM success”.

Your coursework task is to prepare and submit this conference paper. To do this you will need to research ideas on the subjects of project management success; this should include examining what criteria should be used to determine whether or not a construction project has been delivered successfully and why these criteria valid. You will also need to investigate the project management role in relation to delivering a successful project; this requires examining literature on the expectations that can be reasonably demanded of those discharging the project management role. Lastly, to complete this conference paper you will need to appraise the things within the construction project management process that may aid the project manager in delivering successful projects and those which hinder the same and in so doing understand those things upon which the project manager may need to place greatest attention on - this is likely to include factors related to the project managers skills and abilities and organisational aspects within the PM process.

It is expected that your research paper will be predominantly literature review based, however, you may also introduce empirical evidence from your own experience of a project or projects if appropriate. (It may be appropriate to introduce evidence from your experience within the paper, however, it would be inappropriate to ONLY discuss personal experience with no reference to published literature. Therefore, some consideration of experience is optional, whereas review of literature is compulsory).

Because your paper will be published in the conference proceedings it must adhere to a prescribed template (please note that the publication is hypothetical, but the template is not!). This template is included in Appendix 1. Please note that marks will be deducted if the template is not followed. As well as adhering to the template, your conference paper should be structured in a logical way.

A suggested structure for the discussion section would be: An Introduction; in which the purpose, aims and objectives of the paper are explained: An Examination of Project Success; in which you examine the various criteria and/or indicators that can be used to estimate how a construction project has performed: An investigation of the role of the project manager in delivering project success; in which you assess the project manager’s role in relation to project success and the expectations demanded of the PM: An appraisal of the propensity for PM success; in which you appraise the things that can aid or hinder project success and therefore the areas that might demand the PM’s greatest attention. Finally, a Conclusion in which you sum up the main findings and the contribution that your paper has made.

Note: Your paper must not exceed 6 printed pages (sides) of A4 paper - this applies for all the content of the paper from the Abstract to the Conclusion, but it excludes the list of references. Any text exceeding the 6 page limit WILL NOT be read or marked.

Solution

Introduction

Project management is a significant element of the construction industry, and the construction industry of the United Kingdom is associated with multiple projects of high budgets and value. However, approximately 50% of the construction projects in the United Kingdom are completed by delivering quality to satisfy project objectives, while 65% deal with budget and schedule overruns. Urba?ski, Haque and Oino (2019) identified project success as dependent on the efficiency of a project manager's leadership capability, making them one of the most significant stakeholders required for improving the quality of construction projects in the United Kingdom. This study aims to evaluate the role of a project manager in satisfying different requirements for project success.

Examining the project success

A range of factors can indicate a construction project's quality, and help leaders understand whether a project is successful or not. Some significant indicators for evaluating project success include time, cost, project environment, stakeholder satisfaction, quality of the project, the functionality of a project and more (Unegbu, Yawas and Dan-Asabe, 2020). Among the indicators mentioned above, project quality holds the most significant amount of significance in the success of a project, and the project quality is further related to the cost, time and scope (Refer to figure 1). According to the concepts of triple constraint in a project and its quality, cost, time and scope are regarded as the most crucial elements. A project leader's inefficiency in managing these three elements can undermine the quality of a project (Guo, 2019). Therefore, to examine the success of a project, one must evaluate these three indicators (time, cost and scope) and the efficiency of the project leaders in managing these through the project. It will not only highlight the project's efficiency in managing potential constraints but can also highlight another indicator, which is project quality (Pollack, Helm and Adler, 2018).

Figure 1: Project triangle
(Source: Self-developed)

On the other hand, evaluating the functionality of the outcomes of a project and their alignment with the primary set objectives or performance indicators can be an efficient way of examining project success (Pirotti et al., 2020). If one finds the functionality of a project to be aligned with the expected outcomes by reviewing the notion of a project, the project can be successful. However, a project failing to deliver expected functionality and outcomes can indicate the failure of a project (Pirotti et al., 2020). For instance, in the case of the Crossrail construction project of the United Kingdom, the project was aimed at minimising the disruptions encountered by the residents and business owners of the UK by improving the transport networking system in the UK utilising the power of the railway (Crossrail UK, 2022). However, the project failed to deliver this, and its functionality was not as expected due to the stakeholders' poor decision-making and the lack of proper project execution (GCR Staff, 2019). Moreover, these factors have enhanced the project's cost and time, which is another indicator of an unsuccessful or inefficient construction project.

In addition to the criteria mentioned earlier, the efficient management of project stakeholders and the project management environment is essential for proper project management (Irfan and Hassan, 2019). Therefore, the leaders can also evaluate these factors to understand the degree of success of a project. For instance, a project with positive relations among stakeholders and an efficient environment that can foster stakeholder participation can promote the efficiency of project management and lead the project towards success (Irfan and Hassan, 2019). Hence, evaluating these factors and their effectiveness can indicate the possible chances of project success. These indicators and their positive outcomes are majorly dependent on factors including project manager competency, project team competency, project team efficiency of project teams' needs management, managers' focus on risk management and more (Unegbu, Yawas and Dan-Asabe, 2020). Therefore, one can say that the project manager is one of the essential stakeholders. They should be competent enough to appraise other associated factors required for a project's success, along with ensuring project evaluation of project success and its compliance with the project objectives.
Role of the project manager in delivering project success

As previously discussed, multiple indicators and factors determine the success of a project, and most of them are managed by the project manager. A project manager holds the most important and crucial position in the construction project management process for assignment help which determines the degree of project success (Daniel and Daniel, 2018). Nevertheless, one can regard the project managers as responsible for project outcomes, whether success or failure. Specifically, the projects manager's role should include the following:

Project planning: Project planning is one of the essential parts of a construction project in the United Kingdom which determines the efficiency of project execution. The phase of project planning includes a project breakdown into different tasks, scheduling the tasks, communication between different teams working together on a project, and forming a budget for the entire construction project in the United Kingdom (Armenia et al., 2019). A gap in efficiency of this phase can create a gap in the execution phase and eventually result in overrunning time and budget and compromising the project quality. Therefore, project leaders must ensure the project planning phase efficiently and make proper plans that the leaders can execute properly without overrunning the budget and time or disrupting communication.

Decision-making: Decision-making is also a significant responsibility of a project manager. For instance, in the case of the Crossrail project in the United Kingdom, the gap in the efficient decision-making by project managers influenced the project outcomes and eventually delayed the project. Along with delaying the Construction project, the wrong decisions of the project manager have also resulted in budget overruns (GCR Staff, 2019). To be specific, one can say that decision-making is a crucial part of construction project planning and its execution with harmony (Erdogan, Šaparauskas, and Turskis, 2019). Therefore, the leaders of a construction project in the United Kingdom must possess the capacity to make proper decisions to enhance the chances for a construction project to succeed on par with its objectives.

Arranging resources: Arrangement and delivering proper resources enhance the efficiency of the construction project team and their performance in the construction project. Resource allocation improves the alignment of construction project team members with the leader's vision by reducing potential constraints associated with the stress triggered by a lack of resources (Yu et al., 2018). Moreover, it contributes to the appraisal of a construction project's scope and potential to succeed in the United Kingdom. Nevertheless, the over-allocation of resources can also be implicative in the over-utilisation of the resource. Therefore, project managers should focus on arranging and allocating required and appropriate resources to avoid stress due to a lack of resources and over-utilisation.

Quality management: As previously discussed, the quality of a construction project is one of the critical indicators for project success, which makes it essential for the construction project managers of the United Kingdom to manage the project quality to ensure success (Guo, 2019). A construction quality management process can be defined as the methods that continuously measure the quality of every project activity and identify the flaws to mitigate them with appropriate action (Pollack, Helm and Adler, 2018). Specifically, managing cost, time and project scope are the fundamental elements that can hinder the project quality. Therefore, the project leaders must focus on managing cost, scope and time management activities and ensure they do not exceed. For instance, the exceeding budget and time of the Crossrail construction project of the United Kingdom have undermined the quality of the project, which is a lesson for the UK-based construction project leaders for their roles to manage these aspects of a project to deliver a project with expected quality.

Stakeholder management: Stakeholders and their performance are crucial for project success. Specifically, effective collaboration among project stakeholders can induce innovation, better risk management performance, and better decision-making. Moreover, it can also contribute to developing a positive project management environment (Ewurum, Egolum and Ogbuefi, 2019). In contradiction, stakeholder management gaps can create a hostile project environment and poor decision-making. Therefore, project managers should appraise better stakeholder management strategies and manage the project stakeholders successfully to ensure project success.

Appraisal of the propensity for Project Success

The personalities of construction project managers can be different, which results in their utilisation of different project management approaches. A project manager's propensity refers to the project manager's specific inclination, tendency and behavioural traits. Multiple factors influence the propensity of project managers (Górecki et al., 2019). Some of the significant factors that influence the character and behaviour of project leaders include confidence in the leaders, project management experience, knowledge, management skills and more (Noor and Mehar, 2021). The factors mentioned above can regulate the propensity of project managers to support project success and lead the project towards failure. Therefore, the leaders should ensure the management of the propensity positively. The leader's propensity or behavioural traits play a critical role in the success of construction projects globally, along with the UK markets. For instance, the leader's emotional intelligence is one of the significant facilitators for stakeholder collaboration, satisfaction and management of a positive project management environment (Rezvani, Ashkanasy and Khosravi, 2020). It can reflect project managers' commitment to regulate project team members' commitment successfully.

On the other hand, Fareed, Su and Awan (2020) have found that transformational leadership behaviours work best while managing a construction project. The emotional intelligence of project managers is also a part of transformational leadership and intellectual intelligence, which contributes to the efficiency of the leaders in managing the competency of leaders in decision-making and managing project teams strategically. These factors are responsible for the management of project success, and one can say that the project leaders should work to promote these propensities to ensure project success. In addition, leaders' propensity plays a crucial role in managing a project towards success and competency in project management (Górecki et al., 2019). Thus, one can say that the management of the propensity of a project can be effective in ensuring project success.

Conclusion

Conclusively, one can say that project managers are the most crucial personnel for ensuring project success. They are responsible for managing project quality, effective decision-making, project planning, stakeholder management and resource allocation. Therefore, their competency and interpersonal skills determine the project's success, and the project managers need to align their skills and propensity with the success criteria of a project.

Reference list

PROJ6009 Business Process Management and System Assignment Sample

• Business Process Analytical Plan: “As-Is & To-Be” mapping.

Words limits Part A: 1500 words per report

Learning Outcomes:

1. Critically analyse the role of management information systems in sustaining successful organisations.

2. Critically evaluate approaches to business process management and systems, their associated risks and implementation processes.

3. Establish and justify governance processes for business process management change to ensure that all stakeholders are considered in technology change decisions

Instructions for best online assignment help:

In this assessment, the students will begin with identifying a process case in a professional working environment. The case can be from an organisation or a project the students participated in before.

To prepare for this assessment:

• Review Modules 1, 2 and 3
• Identify a case from any industrial sector (production or service industry) you experienced.

Business Process Analytical Plan

Choose a realistic and detailed organisation or project, and analyse the Business Process Management (BPM) methods and techniques taught in the first three modules.

Students are required to work on a process analytical plan (including As-Is and To-Be process mapping). In your analysis, consider and include the following:

• Critically analyse the role of business process management in your chosen case study

• Critically evaluate approaches to business process management and systems, their associated risked and implementation processes

Output:

The Business process analytical plan contains:

• Business or project process briefing
• Case based business or project process mappings (As-Is and To-Be)
• Critical analysis on two mappings where are applicable: Good Bad and Ugly; Costs and

Benefits; Advantages and Disadvantages; Feasibility and Sensitivity etc.

Solution

Introduction

Global digitalization has influenced businesses such as healthcare to develop their system into digital technology. This is based on information system technology and business processing. Different organizations have already developed their own information system, for business management and operation. Royal Perth Hospital or RPH is one of the largest hospitals in Western Australia. They have a huge consumer base in the Australian healthcare system. Approximately 42% of whole healthcare in Australia, is spending for hospitals (Industrial Automation Asia, 2022). The organization is planning to adopt advanced digital technology into their business. In this report, different business processes mapping is discussed with critical analysis. On the other hand, the “as is & to be” model will present a better visual structure of new organizational development plan.

Business or Project Process Briefing

Royal Perth Hospital has developed an efficient system of healthcare in Western Australia. They have implemented four major business processes. These are, customer service, operations processes, management process, and Human resource process. It includes all the essential and secondary stakeholders into the system. They have appointed efficient and experienced engineers to maintain the IT infrastructure. The efficiency and business growth must satisfy that structure through maintenance of infrastructure and IT solutions (Leignel et al., 2016). In Australia, digitalization investments have a grown itself in last few years. The business process with efficient management system will improve overall business growth and sustainability. This has a clear objective of building efficient system with smooth functioning.

Like any business process transformation, Royal Perth Hospital will go through specific risks like poor time and cost efficiency. It can also show further resource requirements as well. In that case the organizational authorities such as project manager must build a proper risk mitigation plan to follow.

Essential most Important Process

Most essential process is operations process. The whole management system in healthcare depends on different operations such as accounting, admitting procedure, etc. It includes different operations to accomplish. By accomplishing those through automation will be effective in further business improvement.

Process Identification

The mentioned process is tasks-based process. It includes different phases like listing all patient details. After that, all the operations and medication procedures are managed accordingly. The major tasks are, listing all operational details, managing operations and organisations, accounting all finances into the system, etc. (Nelson, 2017)

Process Category

This process is basically included in business management process, that is based on different tasks. That will improve the practical application. In that case, project manager, resource manager and finance managers, are the most essential stakeholders to the project. They will also get better results in terms of project and stakeholders’ engagement with task-based management procedure.

The actual issue is system and business operations. It also maintains the management structure. The main objective of choosing this process, is the significance of healthcare management through updated information system. BPM or busines process management will help in developing an automated business system. This will also imprpve the clrarity into the whole system. This will be profitable and sustainable for the organization.

The major KPI or Key Performance Indicators

These are basically some measuring scales or categories that can determine project progress and success. It also helps to determine the places to improve into the project.

• Time and cost efficiency
• Lower man power
• Accuracy
• Better risk management

The IT or technical tea will not only develop the system, but also will help in maintain the whole business system.

Business process Mapping

AS-IS

This section of this report consists the current business idea any procedure of Royal Perth Hospital. The current process involves manual systems and procedures. As the largest and longest-serving hospital in Western Australia, Royal Perth Hospital maintains their healthcare structure for nearly 2 centuries. Primarily, the patient information is listed into existing database. After that, all the reports from the patient are received for further analysis and implementation. This analysis will be evaluated and examined by possessional medical practitioner. Finally, the doctor will prescribe essential medication and further instructions.
The major issue with this procedure is poor management and lack of technology application. In that case, more than required efforts and cost are invested into the project. On the other hand, this process consumes more time. Overall, this procedure is not efficient enough to handle huge management and business system.

Image 1: Current business process
(Source: Developed by Author)

TO-BE

The next phase of digitalization into information management system will go through specific steps and planning call. Primarily, the panel of PCs Will run the Phillips Intellivue XDS application that is totally designed with visual portal. Overall, the visual application in practical cases will be efficient enough (Harmon, 2019). By accessing different records and reports, the application will it organize them for further display via Hospital network. Microsoft Windows 7 OS will be connected to different data networks and system equipment. All IT hardware and software will be integrated to deliver world class healthcare solution to hospital patients. The business automation will help in developing the whole system.

In this new system, the information will go directly to the system database from reception. That will lead to automated doctors’ allotment for the patients. This will not only build and time efficient system, but also will improve the efficiency (Paquette et al., 2016). On the other hand, all the previous reports will automatically be assigned to the specific doctor.

The process is automated and more organized than before. In spite of that, it creates some risks such as cybersecurity. It can affect all the personal and sensitive data of the stakeholders. Proper management and system changes can easily handle or resolve these risks.

Image 2: Proposed business process with Information system
(Source: Developed by author)

Critical Analysis

Advantages and Disadvantages

In early 2016, 27 Advanced POC-W212 systems were installed into the hospital management process. This is also efficient enough to maintain and analyse all the data into the organisation. In modern healthcare, the hospital is going to adopt new system technology to develop their healthcare system. The new software is more efficient in terms of time management, business sustainability, operational management and other primary and secondary activities (Galletta et al., 2014). On the other hand, the system will allow physicians and medical staff to access updated payment information with patient details such as vital reports and results. This will improve the analysis from the certified medical practitioner.

Another severe advantage is accuracy and financial management. When the whole procedure of management is automated through the information management system, the chances of errors decrease its sales. Overall, the billing procedure and accounts management will be operated and maintained by the system.

Every information system has its own advantages and disadvantages. Their efficiency and appropriateness are calculated through the effective advantages against possible risks. In this case, beside all of the advantages, the system provides a food complexity to the business procedure. This makes it difficult to be operated by all the stakeholders such as business staffs, nurses, doctors and management team members (Urquhart et al., 2018).

It also increases the security issue of sensitive and personal information of patients or management stakeholders. All the information is stored into the system database that can face cyber-attacks and sudden data leaks. In that case, the system will be encrypted through popular planning. In spite of that, the security issue will affect the whole business procedure.

Cost and Benefits

The cost depends on maintenance and technical support in case of information management systems. In this technology, Royal Perth Hospital or RPH must develop a technical team of developers to support and maintain the whole system. This will decrease the overall costing of the hospital in manual processing of admission, organizing reports and other similar activities. On the other hand, the automated process will improve the accuracy of the business system. This will eventually improve the cost efficiency and management into the organisation. Another benefit is financial system which also influences the cost efficiency of the organisation. Starting from billing to tax calculation, all the financial activities will be automated through the hospital management system. IT team will be most significant in this case. They are responsible to develop efficient information system, for the organization. Even in this case study, the new proposed system will be implemented by IT team of RPH. Overall, the organisation will experience cost efficient business procedure and effective finance benefits.

Sensitivity and Feasibility

Sensitivity of a Projects or a business model presents the significance of business procedure steps. On the other hand, feasibility presents the organizational implementation or practicality of the project plan. Overall, Royal Perth Hospital or RPH must develop the advanced digitalization planning by following sensitivity and feasibility of the project.

Primarily, the system will organize and manage all the business procedures and spaces such as finance, accounting, management, report analysis, etc. The whole project is effective in practical scenario. This will not only improve the cost efficiency and time efficiency of the organisation, but also will improve the overall growth and sustainability. On the other hand, the system presents different business automation (Berman, 2014). This will improve the overall service quality and effectiveness of Royal Perth Hospital or RPH.

Conclusion

In this whole report, new development plan and present organizational scenario of Royal Perth Hospital or RPH is evaluated and discussed accordingly. It includes an overview of the organisation and the scenario. In the part of critical analysis, the new project plan or business structure is evaluated in terms of practical application. The project manager and other business stakeholders of Royal Perth Hospital will be able to measure the significance and practicality of advanced information system technology

References

PRJ6001 Applied Project Assignment Sample

Group/individual: Individual
Word count/Time provided: 3500 Words
Weighting: 40%
Unit Learning Outcomes: ULO1, ULO2, ULO3, ULO4

Assessment Detail for best assignment help – Students prepare a final report, model, or artefact of the research study.

The final report will incorporate key aspects of the applied research and will be presented in a structured and coherent manner which is appropriate for a research report or publication. This will include abstract, introduction, methods, analysis, results, discussion, recommendations, conclusion and appropriate referencing.

The assessment will be marked out of 100 and will be weighted 40% of the total unit mark. The marking criteria and rubric are shown on the following page.

Solution

Introduction

Background

The evolution of digital media platforms is one of the easiest ways for improving the market share globally. Present-day customers are increasingly using the digital platform to stay in connection with brands and enhance their knowledge and stay informed. It offers diverse opportunities to reach potential customers. The use of effective digital marketing strategies enhances awareness and opens opportunities for many businesses to establish their brands. In the restaurant business in Australia, it helps companies to gain brand recognition and generate increased revenue. The market size in terms of revenue generated in the restaurant business in Australia is 13.9 Billion Dollars estimated in 2022 (Marketshare, 2022). The annual revenue amounts to 45 billion dollars from the cafe, restaurants and so on in Australia and it is believed that social media platforms will enhance its growth. The picture and posts of the food products and services can be uploaded by the business and the reviews provided by the customers and food vloggers provide insight into the customers. The increased engagement enhances the brand's capabilities and provides an opportunity to expand the brand and increase the relevant market share of the company. It also helps businesses in building a loyal client base. In addition to this, it helps to target the customers effectively and helps in promoting the businesses.

Research Aim

Social media platforms are emerging platforms to increase connectivity and enhance brand recognition. It is one of the marketing tools for businesses to improve their market share and build a loyal customer base. This study aims to discuss the use of social media platforms to improve the market share of the restaurant business in Australia.

Research Questions

? What are the factors that can be considered by the restaurant business for marketing?
? How social media marketing tools are used to promote restaurant businesses in Australia?
? How growth in market share stimulates the performance of the restaurant business in Australia?
? How does an increase in market share related to the sustainability of the Australian restaurant business?

Research Objectives

? To understand the factors that can be considered by the restaurant business in Australia for marketing.
? To assess the use of the social media marketing tools needed for the restaurant business in Australia.
? To understand how the increase in market share affects the performance of the business.
? To understand the relationship between the growth of market share and the sustainability of the business.

Problem Statement

The major problem is that it does not engage the followers properly. People can interact with others freely through social media platforms and come to know about different interesting offers of the organisation. This study is prepared based on an Australian restaurant company and their market shares and brand awareness that have been influenced by social media marketing. The biggest problems faced by the restaurant business are improper business strategy, deficiency of proper business resources, tracking data and establishment of stable followers to increase brand awareness (Javed et al., 2022). Social networking sites allow the progress of real-time monitoring including interaction with people. Identification of target customers and strategic business changes are allowed by digital marketing.

Research Significance

The importance of research incorporates the growing trend of digital marketing. The research is significant in this regard as it provides an elaborate view of restaurant business activities for using social media marketing to increase existing market share in Australia. It is also essential to understand and analyze the existing products for determining the market share (Bartelt and Hommel, 2021). The determination of the existing market share of Australia helps to understand the business performance of restaurants. The research also focuses on the methodology and the collected data that help to understand the perspective of participants. Further, the research also incorporated a recommendation provided to the restaurant business in Australia to increase the existing market share.

Methodology

Research Philosophy

In this research, the positivism research philosophy has been used. Positivism research philosophy adheres to the actual knowledge obtained from the research such as the measurement of research data is trustworthy. Positivism research philosophy ultimately resulted in foundationalism and empiricism (Ryan, 2018). The term “positivism” can be determined as a research approach that relies particularly on the evidence of scientific and empirical research including statistics and controlled experiments (Park, Konge and Artino, 2020). This is considered a belief that the people in the community should not cross the boundaries of the observation of the research. This research provides a significant approach to the community regarding the use of online platforms in increasing brand awareness of an Australian restaurant. The main characteristics of this research philosophy are clear, brief and concise discussion from the subjective interpretation and feelings of the people. Positivism philosophy does not describe the topic more.

Research Design

Explanatory research has been identified as a research design that is used to identify the reason behind the availability of little data regarding the research topic (Goffin et al., 2019). This research design will help an individual to build a better understanding of the topic of the research. Explanatory design is considered the first or primary stage in the entire process of the research. The explanation involves observations as well as focusing on the generalisations and predictions of a particular circumstance (Okpotor, 2021). This also helps to predict further research on this topic. Here, the use of it in raising awareness of the brand of the Australian restaurant business has been discussed. To conduct this research, an explanatory research design has been selected. The main motive of this research design is to explain the reason behind the occurrence of a particular phenomenon that has been identified by the hypothesis of the research. The research hypothesis specifies the direction and nature of the relationships between the research variables.

Research Approach

A deductive research approach explores a known phenomenon and examines its validity in the given circumstances. With the help of a deductive research approach, an individual can associate with scientific research (Patel and Patel, 2019). In this research deductive approach has been taken to research the effectiveness of digital marketing in increasing brand awareness and market share of a restaurant company in Australia. In this research approach, the individuals study others’ work on the same research topic and the existing phenomenon of those studies. A deductive research approach is appropriate for understanding the relationship between the dependent and independent variables of the research (HR and Aithal, 2022). The analysis of data in this research by following a deductive research approach generally means the application of the existing theories to the information to test the validity. This approach also has been identified as a top-down research approach to the analysis of data. This is applied in qualitative data analysis with the application of predetermined codes to the information.

Data Collection Method

This research collects data through quantitative methods of data collection. Quantitative data helps an individual to measure the data obtained from the research numerically. In the quantitative process, data have been collected by asking multiple-choice or close-ended questions to people in the community through polls or surveys (Omrani et al., 2019). If the restaurant business of Australia wants to improve its services, understand the motivations of the customers, recognise the potential products and raise the satisfaction level of the customers they should collect the data quantitatively. Surveys have been identified as the most common method in quantitative data collection. Quantitative surveys also collect the demographic data of the customers or people like qualitative data collection. This method of data collection is based on the instruments of structured data collection and random sampling. The findings obtained from qualitative data analysis are generally easy to summarise, generalise, present and compare.

Data Collection Source

In this study, primary data collection is selected to be taken as a source of the research. Primary data collection has been used as a procedure to collect information directly from the source. This process is applied in this research to collect first-hand data regarding the research topic. Therefore if the researcher gathers data from the scholars then they need to use the primary sources of data collection. Memoirs and autobiographies are the most identified primary data collection sources used by the researchers. Some common primary data collection methods are personal interviews, questionnaires, indirect interviews, focus groups and so on.

Ethical Consideration

The research was done following multiple ethical considerations. The participants who participated were not forced to divulge information regarding the Australian restaurant businesses. The participants were given ample time to gather and think about the answers and then give their opinions, any kind of pressure was not created.

Analysis and Findings

1. How far do you believe that social media marketing plays an important role in the growth of revenue?

The data that has been gathered on the behalf of the first question is analysed here effectively. The first question was whether social media marketing plays a significant role in the growth of organisational revenue. After analysing the response of participants, it can be concluded that 15 participants accepted the above-mentioned fact. The analysis also said that 26.7% of participants strongly believed in the intervention of social media marketing on the growth of revenue. In the context of the question, only two people provided a neutral response and one person neglected the fact. However, 13.3% of participants strongly disagreed with the above-mentioned statement. The overall result displayed that majority of the participants believe in the respective Fact and provide positive feedback.

2. How far do you agree that the inclusion of social media in marketing increases the engagement of customers in the restaurant business?

Now come to the second question of the research that focuses on the inclusion of social media that increases customer engagement. It is one of the most common aspects of the current landscape of the business industry. The data that has been collected from the research portrays the role of social media marketing in business scenarios. According to the research data, 7 people which indicates 22.6% of participants effectively agreed with the respective fact. Moreover, 35.5% of participants strongly believed in the fact. It indicated the preference of more than 50% of participants toward the positive impact of social media marketing that increases customer engagement in Australian restaurants. Besides positive feedback, 16.1% of people also provided neutral responses considering the second question of the research. The percentage remained the same for the participants who disagreed with the respective fact. However, 9.7% of the participants strongly disagreed that the inclusion of social media increased customer attraction to the restaurant business. The overall analysis of this pie chart explored that the majority of the participants provided positive feedback. It can ultimately prove the positive nature of social media marketing that will be beneficial for a restaurant business.

3. How far do you agree that a restaurant business enterprise does marketing for increasing market share?

The third question of the analysis portion says whether a restaurant organisation does market to increase its market share. The restaurants adopted many marketing strategies to attract new customers that stimulate the growth of market share (SevenRooms, 2022). The response mentioned on the pie chart effectively satisfies the scenario mentioned in the question. The analysis of information collected on behalf of the question is discussed here. According to the information collected by research, 30% of people believed that the restaurant businesses did marketing to maximise their market share. 46.7% of the participants strongly agreed with the above-mentioned statement. The percentage already displayed that the majority of the participants delivered positive feedback. However, 4 people out of 30 participants provided neutral responses. The pie chart also incorporated the percentage of people who disagree and strongly disagreed with the question. The percentage of the participants who neglected the above-mentioned fact was 6.7%. Furthermore, 1 person also strongly disagreed with the statement mentioned in the third question analysis. Ultimately the overall result indicated that more than 70% of the participants effectively provide positive feedback on the context of the question.

4. How far do you believe that social media marketing is essential for the increment of market share in Australia?

The next question of the analysis and findings section is whether social media marketing is essential for the increment of market share in Australia. Social media marketing for restaurants provides liberty that helps the entity to target the desired audience (Times, 2019). The overall responses and feedback were displayed in a form of a pie chart and table. Analysis of the pie chart mentioned that only 10% of people believed that social media marketing increased the market share in Australia. However, the people who strongly believed in this fact were also very few. The percentage that was gathered by collecting the data displayed that only 6.7% of people strongly believed in the fact. The pie chart showed the majority of participants provided neutral responses. The percentage of the participants who delivered neutral feedback was 43.3%. They are not sure about the impact of online marketing that is directly responsible for the growth of market share in Australia. The feedback of the people helped to understand that 23.3% of participants provide negative feedback. Moreover, 16.7% of participants strongly disagreed with the above-mentioned statement.

5. How far do you agree that the use of digital platforms in marketing influences the existing market share?

The fifth question that was used during the collection of data focuses on the role of digital platforms in marketing. The question was whether digital platforms in marketing stimulate existing market share. The data which was collected on the behalf of the question was displayed here in the form of a pie chart and table. The finding said that only one person believed in the above-mentioned statement. On the other hand, 30% of the participants strongly believed that digital platforms in marketing impacted existing market share. However, 6.7% of participants also provide neutral responses. The pie chart simultaneously displayed the people who neglected the fact. It incorporated 26.7% of participants who disagreed with the statement. Besides that, 33.3% of the participants strongly disagreed with the above-mentioned fact.

Discussion

In the first question, an analysis was made of the belief of people relating to the social media platform and its role in the growth of the revenue. Social media platforms help in raising brand awareness and building effective communication for restaurant firms (Li, Kim and Choi, 2021). The responses received a focus that the majority of people agreed with the fact. 50% of the total members which is 15 members are in favour of the mentioned fact and believe that social media play a crucial role in the increase in revenue of the firm. According to the response, 8 members are strong believers of the fact while 13.3% of members that is 4 members strongly disagree. 2 members remain neutral and 1 member provided a negative response to the fact. After a complete analysis of the first question, it is evidenced that the majority of people believe that social media platforms contribute to the growth of the revenue of the business. There are a few members who strongly disagree and only one member opposes the fact. In this context, they feel other factors are also present that contribute to an increase in revenue and thus they disagree with the question.

Social media has undoubtedly improved customer engagement in businesses, especially in the restaurant business. In this context, the second question focuses on whether the inclusiveness of social media marketing increases customer involvement and engagement. Many companies and brands are actively using social media to message customers and offer promises and let them know about the offers and schemes. This improves their engagements and customers are communicating with the brands (Moran, Muzellec and Johnson, 2019). The responses of the data evidenced that 23.3% which is 7 members agree on the respective fact. In addition to this, 36.7% of members that is 11 participants strongly agree on using social media to improve customer engagement. Collectively, it shows that more than 50% of participants are in favour of the fact. It also shows that they believe that social media marketing will put a positive impact on customer engagement in the Australian restaurant business. However, 5 members which are in terms of percentage 16.7% remain neutral and the other 16.5% of participants disagreed. Although there also 10% of participants strongly disagreed with the respective fact. The analysis of the pie chart shows that the majority of participants believe that the inclusion of social media will positively improve customer engagement in the restaurant business in Australia.

Advanced technology has leveraged the management process and provided direction to customer behaviour (Campbell et al., 2020). This also helped businesses in implementing marketing strategies and improving their share in the market. The third question focuses on analysing whether marketing in restaurants improves share in the respective market. The responses show that majority of participants which is 46.7% of members strongly agree with the fact. Further 30% of participants agreed that marketing in the restaurant business will improve the market share. Only 2 members in terms of percentage 6.7% of participants disagree and 4 members remain neutral. 3.3% of participants which is only 1 member disagreed on the respective fact. Thus, it is seen from the finding that the majority of members are in favour of adopting marketing strategies to improve the market share in the restaurant business in Australia.

The fourth question discussed in the finding section focuses on whether it is necessary for the growth of the market share of the Australian restaurant business. The success of a restaurant highly depends on its response to the competitive environment, planning, resource availability and use of marketing strategies (Lepkowska-White, Parsons and Berg, 2019). According to the responses received the majority of members remain neutral in numbers it is 13 members. While only 10% of participants agree with the fact and 2 members which are 6.7 % of participants strongly agree with the fact. However, 7 that is 23.3% of members disagreed and 16.6% of participants disagreed. Thus, it is evidenced that using social media marketing platforms is not a necessary factor for improving the market share rather it supports improving the market share to a wider extent.

The use of the digital platform in marketing the business is emerging and evolving. The fifth question focused on the use of the digital platform in marketing and its influences. Marketing activities are transforming and making businesses dynamic (Bala and Verma, 2018). The analysis of the pie chart and responses noted that only 1 member believe in the fact while 30% of participants strongly believe in the respective statements. Further 2 members remain neutral and 26.7% of participants disagree with the fact. In addition to these 10 participants strongly disagreed and the responses indicate that majority of participants believe that the digital platform is just a platform to market but there is no connection with it to improve the market share of any restaurant business in Australia.

Recommendation

? Checking the present business trends: At the time of product selling, the managers of the restaurant company should be aware of the present social media trends because the platform will project the organisation as well as the business effortlessly in front of millions of social media users.

? Application of multimedia: The videos or images of the food of the restaurant on social media should attract customers positively. The organisation should use the visuals of its products on social media platforms through interesting and simple conversations in the digital platform to engage the target audiences (Ryu and Moon, 2021). The authority of the organisation should choose a proper social media platform to promote its product.

? Show-off the business activities: At present, people who love restaurant food follow YouTube videos more, so the Australian restaurant company should share high-quality photos on social media of its prepared delicious dishes (Bluvstein Netter and Raghubir, 2021). This way they can easily attract customers to come into their restaurant and taste the food.

? Formation of consistent voice: The restaurant business of Australia should establish an iconic brand for their organisation on sustainable and fresh food (Farny, Kibler and Down, 2019). The modern and clean aesthetic of the restaurant company should be consistent in all their activities on social media platforms.

? Response to the online reviews: With the appreciation of positive reviews and identification of negative reviews the working team of the Australian restaurant company can create a friendly and transparent persona on social platforms. Negative reviews should be used by the managers of the Australian restaurant as a new opportunity to observe its customers.

Conclusion

In conclusion, it can be said that online marketing is one of the most common aspects of the business industry. Many business Enterprises including restaurant businesses also use this marketing strategy to increase the share market. In this context, the task deals with the research in question and its objective. Furthermore, it also focuses on the problem faced by Australian restaurants while dealing with social media marketing. Research philosophy, approach, design, data collection method and sources are also considered. Ethical considerations are also mentioned in the respective task. The data which was collected through interviews or surveys are displayed in pie charts and tables. The research data are further analysed elaborately in the discussion section. Primary data analysis sources are used in this task to analyse those research data. The task also deals with a recommendation that helps Australian restaurants increase their existing market share.

Reference

PRO100 Information System Project Management Assignment Sample

Individual/Group - Individual
Length - 1500 words (+/- 10%)

Learning Outcomes - The Subject Learning Outcomes demonstrated by successful completion of the task below include:

a) Describe and analyse PM knowledge areas and process groups
b) Differentiate between PM methodologies and discuss relevance for Information Systems (IS)

Instructions for assignment help ?online ?

1. Please read the PRO100_Real-World-Scenario-Project case study provided.
2. Complete the following assessment tasks:

Task 1

Develop a business case for this project in a Microsoft Word document using no more than 400 words. The business case should include a cost and benefit analysis using the Net Present Value (NPV) model over the next 10 years. Use 3% as the discounting factor. Apart from financial criteria, are there any other non-financial criteria to consider?

Please note that you are required to make reasonable assumptions about this project to develop a business case for it; for example, the initial investment of this project, the operating cost of the system, the cost the organisation would be able to save, etc.

Task 2

You are now appointed as the project manager for this project and your first task is to develop a project charter. The project charter (in a Microsoft Word document) must contain, as a minimum, the following:

• Title page
• Project purpose and justification
• Project objectives and product characteristics
• High-level requirements
• Project assumptions, constraints, high-level descriptions and boundaries
• Project success criteria
• High-level risks
• Summary schedule and key milestones
• Summary budget
• Stakeholder list and the type of each stakeholder
• Project approval requirements and approval authority
• Project manager assigned to project
• Signatory block

You are also required to identify key stakeholders in this project and compile a stakeholder register (in a Microsoft Excel document). The register must contain the following columns:

• ID
• Name
• Organisation
• Contact details
• Internal/External
• Unaware/Resistor/Neutral/Supportive/Leading
• Role in the project
• Interest level (1-5)
• Impact level (1-5)

Please note that some of the information has not been explicitly outlined in the hypothetical project case study. You will need to make reasonable assumptions about such information.

Task 3

Develop a Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) and the associated WBS dictionary. The WBS must have at least three layers. The WBS dictionary needs to contain the following information for each of the node in the WBS.

• WBS element ID
• WBS element name
• Work description

The Microsoft Word document should contain a graphical representation of WBS and the WBS dictionary entries for each element in the WBS.

Solution

Task 1

Business case

The project reflects on a business case owned by a family with practical and robust knowledge of management and beauty. The case study is " I AM Styled" and the founder of this business is Allyson who has developed experience in the makeup and hair industry and is rich with professional expertise in this field.

Financial Criteria

Cost-benefit analysis

The name of the project is a digital software implementation and this project is looking forward to delivering the scope to understand the project and represent a strategy of developing and growing the market digitally as a digital solution implemented for bookkeeping, accounting, and website. The budget sanctioned for this project is $80,000 for three months with the date of approval beginning on 1 June 2022 (I AM Styled | Business.gov.au, 2021).The strategy implemented in this project is to understand the digitalization process and manage the complete accounts which is an essential problem for the company and is looking forward to an effective solution that can also be managed later on its own. The factors which are impacting the overall analysis of cost and benefit is a discount factor which is 3% and the digital solution for bookkeeping accounting and website management is to be implemented for 10 years. There are some factors that are projecting the yearly net cash flow which is about $10,000 to $20,000. The project is based upon the requirement and the clients which are brought up by I am styled and initially attracts a variety of customers due to their situation and it can be reflected on the financial achievements besides keeping a security plan activated according to their good revenue services and University that focuses on multiple careers and has a cost for multiple activities required for Hardware and software. The cost which is being calculated in the cost-benefit analysis is about $86,614.67 which is comparatively very less than the benefits which are made $1,32,985.89 for the investment cost of about $80,000 by the complete project of digitalization. This project is completely feasible in terms of financial criteria as investment and cost-to-benefit analysis define positive NVP and make the project more feasible in terms of finances (Nurmi & Ahtiainen, 2018).

The non-financial criteria are also undertaken by understanding the implementation capability and available skills as per the requirement. All these activities and numbers define that non-financial are also feasible accepted and specified as per the demands met by the customers to sponsor us and specifications.

Figure 1: Screenshot of Cost-Benefit Analysis
(Source: Author) 

Task 2

Project charter

Title page

Digital Software implementation is describing the complete system of managing the digital solutions for accounting, bookkeeping, and website (About Us | I Am Styled, 2020).

Project purpose and justification

The main theme of the project is to develop and implement software digitally that is focused on managing and providing solutions for accounting, and bookkeeping, and also identifying the task to manage the web as per the requirement of the company (Stanitsas et al., 2021). The current system has some clashes based on the manual interference and inconvenience to manage all the activities at once which can be avoided by implementing the new Digital solution.

Project objectives and product characteristics

Objectives and scope which are required to be managed by the project are developed according to a specific and digitalized implementation for the solution that is easily accessible to the company users by managing at a competition the required task of bookkeeping and understanding the website requirements for multiple implementations. The product characteristics are described as follows:

? Helps in managing the business finances and personal finances separately
? Provide an internal control with effective policies and procedures to reduce the risk
? A variety of accounting methods are available to use as per the convenience
? Track of each and every expense accounting software

High-level requirements

Digital software implementation requires a specific function and non-functional category to be implemented as per the behaviour of the system and accounting services required by the organization.

Functional requirements

? The system should be able to perform multiple sets of duties and responsibilities
? Require a specific set of reporting rules as per the business strategy
? Authentication of accounting techniques
? The cancellation process should be scheduled as per the digital implementation of software

Non-functional requirements

? Regulatory and legal activities as per laws
? Reliability of the software
? Usability of the software with effective implementation
? Performance, maintenance, and stability of the product and service

Project Assumptions, Constraints, High-Level Description, and Boundaries

The project has multiple constraints based on its implementation, scope, time foundation, and cost. There are various constraints assumed according to the budget as per timeline and obligations that are responsible as per the software implementation and employ accessibility to the use of software and for the increase the diligent approach to determine transactions and maintain the banking statements (Guo & Zhang, 2022).

Project Constraints

Project constraints are implemented according to the scope and the cost of the project with the specific timeline.

High-level Description

The description is completely based upon the requirements which are specified on a high level by the project sponsor and the manager.

Boundaries

The boundaries of the project are restricted to the project scope and the timeline as per the software requirement and the management of different techniques for implementing digital software.

Project Success Criteria

The success criteria of the project depend upon the acceptance of stakeholders and implementation of software by customers and end-users who are satisfied with the user based on the benefits.

High-Level Risks

The risk associated with aspects and outcomes is based on positive and negative parts of risk management for the project. That is are as follows:

? Risk for improper implementation of digitalization
? Inaccurate time and cost estimates
? Delay with the projection
? Inactive working of team members
? Misunderstanding of software design
? Failures in supporting the project as an executive

Summary Schedule and Key Milestone

The project overall is scheduled according to the implementation of software on June 1st, 2022, where the system is implemented with the design software for managing accounting, bookkeeping, and website for I am styled and has a specific time to be implemented about 3 months for effective learning and implementation of software.

The key milestones can be described as effective system analysis, effective design system, integration between the services such as accounting and bookkeeping, and managing the website with effective targeted sales and services (San Cristóbal et al., 2018).

Summary Budget

The budget of a project is to be summarised based on a complex task and has a specific amount to be invested which is $80,000.

List of Stakeholders with Each and Every Type Specified

Figure 2 List of Stakeholders
(Source: Author)

Project Approval Requirements and Approval Authority

The project is fulfilled and approved by certain objectives and scope define to achieve the implementation of digital software for bookkeeping, accounting, and website services which are scheduled and planned as to the priorities of the investor and stakeholders that can be effectively responsible as the approval authority of the project.

The Project Manager Assigned To The Project

The project manager which is assigned to directly implement the project is a finance manager which has complete control over information, communication, And Technology with an experience of previous history working with some other organizations managing similar activities.

Signatory Block

Task 3

WBS graphical representation and dictionary
The work breakdown structure has a specific purpose which defines to work description with respective element name and provides complete information about the concerning project with effective implementations of the task which is to be managed.

Figure 3 WBS Graphical representation
(Source: Author)
 

The Work Breakdown Dictionary is as Follows:

Conclusion

This report concludes and defines the idea of strong leadership, planning, adequate positive work culture, essential and effective stakeholder meetings, discussions, and communication within the team and the stakeholders to improve the implementation and facilitate a smooth planning technique for the overall understanding and implementation of digital software which is feasible for financial and non-financial criteria. The project is also profitable which further helps in reducing the operation cost according to which feasibility. 

References

PMN610 Project Management Principles Assignment Sample

Description

This assessment requires you to conduct and write a “Business Case” report on a project concept. The report must analyse the Client or Project Sponsor Organisation’s vision, mission, strategic direction, corporate or business plan and determine if the project should proceed, based on the project’s benefits alignment with their vision, mission, strategic direction, corporate or business plan. As each organisation – and the projects they undertake – are unique, no pre-determined criteria have been provided to you. These criteria will be defined by you, based on information you glean from the organisation and/or your research. Please note that this assessment is not specifically about determining the technical feasibility of a project, although this could be one of the criteria included by you.

A Business Case (sometimes also called a feasibility study) describes the necessary information for justifying the need for a project – and any recommended or preferred option(s) – along with the description of key project management activities. It is often used as a basis for getting an approval or authorization from a project board, funding agency, etc. for initiating a project.

Assessment Objective and Your Tasks for assignment help online

The objective of this assignment is to prepare a “Business Case” for a project – a task that would be undertaken during the initiating phase of the project lifecycle. The Business Case must be based on how the intended benefits, gained from undertaking the project, will assist the organisation in achieving their strategic objectives. Project benefits, drivers and other criteria of success will generally be outlined by the Client Organisation and noted in the project brief, business plan, pre-feasibility study, etc. It is likely that you may not have full access to this information.

In this assessment, you will investigate a project proposal, or the terms of reference of a proposed project and prepare a “Business Case” report, which will address the proposed need for the project, describe and evaluate the options considered and recommend a preferred option. Once the preferred project option is determined, you will then provide a high-level project definition and approach, and detail the time frame, cost/budget analysis and the strategies for managing risk, quality, project completion and benefits realisation. You will use the Business Case Template provided for this assessment, to structure your report.

You will analyse the project using Project Management (PM) principles, concepts, processes, appropriate/relevant knowledge areas and best practices, that are discussed in the unit, as well as those that you glean from various other sources (e.g., books, journal articles, websites, news articles, reports).

This assessment requires you to work in a group. Each member of the group is expected to actively and regularly participate in the group/team meetings, make serious efforts to fulfill the assigned role and responsibilities on assignment tasks, make significant contribution to group work and cooperate. You will also evaluate each team member’s performance against the peer evaluation criteria. Your individual team evaluation score will then be used against the total marks of the group to arrive at your final adjusted mark.

Study (Report) Requirements (Strict adherence is required)

You are to write a 5,000-word report – excluding table of contents, appendices, tables, figures and references – in a professional format, with appropriate referencing. The report will record details of a Business Case for a proposed project concept. The chosen project concept should be a new project of your choice, one that has not obtained formal approval and is recognised and/or has significant details available within the public domain. The project can be a fictional project, but it must be based on a real-world environment.

You will follow the provided Business Case template and prepare the report. In preparing the Business Case, you should consider, but not be limited to, the following aspects:

• Project Need: Articulate and explain the reasons for developing this business case.

• Options Analysis:

• Describe different options, alternatives or solutions considered or available (type, methods, project features, delivery approach, etc.) to address the identified project need and their comparison and recommended best option. It is suggested a Multiple Criteria Assessment be used. It should be noted that ‘do nothing” option is equally possible for an organisation i.e. the project is not viable.

However, for the purpose of this assessment, you will identify a few plausible options and choose the best option, which will then form a basis for further analysis.

Do nothing option should not be considered in your option analysis!

• Project Definition: Define the scope of the recommended option (project) including the constraints, dependencies, deliverables, and performance measures.

• Project Approach: Detail the strategies for managing the project, project procurement, communication and stakeholders.

• Budget, Program, Risk, and Quality: Detail the time frame, cost and budget analysis, broad risk present or associated in the project environment and strategies to manage them, quality management, project completion strategy and benefits realisation plan.

Solution

Project need

Project requirements analysis, often known as a needs assessment, is a vital aspect of the planning process. The emergence of the demand may have been precipitated by the realisation of a problem or the discovery of an improvement possibility. The objective of each given undertaking is to better or otherwise take advantage of some existing circumstance (WYRED Consortium, 2017). The process of defining the project's needs may be used as a preliminary assessment of:

• Human resource required
• The time, money, and expertise needed to finish the project
• How long it will take to do the project,
• The amount of financial resources that should be set aside for the undertaking

Business will benefit from a mobile-friendly website design in terms of both sales and conversions. Users are more likely to connect with and engage with the events across devices if they know Global Treps website is mobile-friendly. It's important to put investment into this feature early on because of the impact it will have on customer loyalty and retention over the long run. With more and more consumers accessing site from mobile devices, it's crucial that website is optimised for these visitors and that they can access any part of the customer journey, regardless of the device they're using (Weblite, 2022).

Global trust may gain the trust of young entrepreneurs in a big manner by making the website accessible to them on their mobile devices. By continuously improving entrepreneur’s offerings to meet and even surpass your consumers' expectations, this can show both new and returning customers that firm can adapt to their needs and wants. The customer's experience is streamlined and enhanced by a feeling of genuineness and trust. Along with this more events like Shark Tank could be managed (Weblite, 2022).

Project objectives

The goals of a project are the outcomes desired. This may be physical things like projects completed and assets acquired, or it could be something less concrete like a rise in productivity or morale (Meredith et al., 2017).

• Strategic objectives for Global Treps include expanding operations and becoming a nonprofit.

• A mobile-friendly website and app will help the company reach its objectives by showcasing its knowledge to existing and new customers on the move.

• The product will give a streamlined system at a lower price.

• The project is to build a website to ensure continuing organising more pitch events and it would be ease for young entrepreneurs and investors to show interest.

Critical success factors (CSF)

Organization's purpose and goals serve as the inspiration for its most important success criteria. They lay out the steps necessary for success and are often consistent across all businesses (Kim et al., 2018). Items like as:

• Making more growth.
• Growing interest among workers.
• Facilitating the recruitment and retention of top personnel.
• Taking measures to reduce their impact on the planet.

CSFs for Global Trep website development project are explained below:

• The website would be having a responsive design, since it is recommended by Google and is a key way to make the website more accessible.

• The website will have template for providing guidelines to entrepreneurs to present their pitch in suitable manner.

• The website would be responsive to accept investor fund and also will lead investors to participate in the events

• Global Trep would hire an experienced technical team that will monitor the speed, responsiveness, performance and accessibility criteria of the website

• Global Trep would be able to have constant communication to the customers that might have raised query and also have submitted their application on the website.

With reference to the study of Alias, (2014) some additional success factors are related to management, planning and monitoring of the project. Current website building project would be strategic focus that means a leader would be responsible to managing the technical team and manager would be having responsibility to monitor the progress of the project. In addition, adequate personnel would be hired that would meet the utility of the project. Thus, Global Trep would further focus on website promotion and marketing of the business to attain success of the project. Further, finance team would be responsible for budget allocation and for arrangement of timely facilities and equipments.

Organisational change

Organizational change is the process through which a firm or business modifies a significant aspect of itself, such as its culture, underlying technology or infrastructure, or internal procedures. Managing organisational change effectively is the goal of change management. Dramatic shifts in strategy for the corporation (Macaya et al., 2016). Changes that affect a smaller portion of a company are less noticeable. To better understand change, it might be useful to visualise it as a spectrum. On other hand, adaptive change, this is indicative of those little tweaks. The other kind of change is called transformational change, and its goal is to bring about radical shifts. Organizations may adapt to changing demands by making gradual, incremental adjustments (Hornstein, 2015). It's common practise for managers to make modest tweaks and alterations as part of carrying out their companies' strategic plans. Processes may be added, removed, or improved upon as needed by leadership.

For instance, it is required to have the change request form by the project team that is offered to project manager and other stakeholder that can occur in any form of suggestion or sudden change in the project.

For example, the current change in the project could be reduction of online streaming of the show. Online streaming is not necessary as it will consume additional resources, time and costing of the project. This will affect on the infrastructural objects required to conduct live streaming of the shows for the entrepreneurs and other audiences. Therefore, the online streaming of the pitch show is excluded from the scope of the project. Thus, it would affect on reduction of the project budget. Thus, website would have less traffic and that will help young entrepreneurs to participate and also increase the attention of investors.

Thus, with reference to concept of change management it is necessary for the project manager to prepare for the change of the project along with the team. Thus, it will have weekly meetings and reporting to implement the change successfully in the project (Macaya et al., 2016)

Options Analysis

Options considered

Hosting events at which entrepreneurs may present their company ideas to a panel of investors in return for funding and guidance on how to establish or expand their firm is at the basis of Global Treps' operation. The firm is able to focus on its objectives and operations to establish a charitable organisation by developing a website and app that are compatible with mobile devices to assist communities in the organisation of meetings like these, which are guaranteed to attract entrepreneurs. Developing a website with a Shark Tank-inspired motif is included in the scope of this project. The website will provide entrepreneurs with rules and templates that they may use to present a pitch for their firm in a way that is appropriate.

In order to take advantage of the chance, there are three different choices accessible to you.
1 Do nothing: Because business is growing, there is no need for the company to embark on this new initiative.
2. The newly added mobile-friendly aspects of the website and apps may be planned and developed in-house using mostly hardware and software that is already in existence.

3 Make an investment in a website and application and reduce the amount of in-house product development as much as possible.

Options Evaluation Criteria

In situations when there are several potential solutions to a problem and the decision-maker must balance competing priorities, multi-criteria assessment (MCA) is a useful approach. MCA is both a framework for organising decision issues and a collection of techniques for determining which options are most desirable. In theory, MCA may concentrate less on the outcome and more on the decision-making process by openly considering the potentially competing, multifaceted, incommensurable, and unpredictable implications of any given choice (CIFOR, 2022).

Usually, a solution that maximises every criterion simultaneously does not exist, hence trade-offs must be made. To underline that firm is not simply looking for the 'best' answers, firm strive for 'compromise solutions,' which colloquially may be dubbed 'the least awful' options, since firm take into consideration several aspects. Because of their potential to be inter- or multi-disciplinary (taking into account the many dimensions at play), participatory (inviting input from all parties), and transparent, multi criteria methods have been proposed as a useful framework for policy analysis when considering sustainability issues (Munda, 2008). The MCA process as a whole—from ideation to weighing and evaluating possibilities to outcome discussion—may benefit from including stakeholder input.

Some of the criteria and weights have been considered for Global Treps project and that show the reason for the chosen project.

Table 1: Option Criteria

Options evaluation

An increase in sales and conversions is the primary benefit of a mobile-friendly website. For survival in today's cutthroat digital market, it's crucial to provide consumers with a frictionless mobile experience. This may be a game-changer in terms of income, plus it eliminates the hassle of keeping separate mobile and desktop versions of the site updated (Schubert, 2016).

People are more interested in mobile platforms. Even if individuals use desktop computers, whether for business or play, the odds are good that they also utilise mobile devices. People have become used to having all the same resources available at their fingertips at all times, and this has led them to anticipate the same level of accessibility from their mobile devices as they would from a desktop computer (Chan, 2013).

Recommended Option

Option 3 is the best course of action. Global Treps organise events in order to suggest new ideas for businesses, but doing so needs a significant amount of labour and organisation. The major responsibility is to organise an event, which include choosing a location, deciding who will attend, and making any other required preparations. Invitations will also need to be sent out. If the concept is implemented well, it might provide investors with a website that is compatible with mobile devices as well as applications that provide information on the most effective procedures for holding events such as shark tanks (Iwasaki, 2021).

The website that are now under development should be beneficial to Global Treps. It is necessary to have the support of both the current consultants and clients for the strategy, and the project must create sufficient cost reductions and new revenue within one year to pay its expenses. The manager of the company's Project Management Office is responsible for navigating the waters, and the project team must include personnel from a variety of departments as well as representation from the company's regular customers (Cahyadi et al., 2022). The new system has to include fully working versions of all standards and forms, and it should need only minimum amounts of technical support to use. It is necessary that it be resistant to cyber threats while at the same time being easily accessible by customers and consultants.

Project definition

Scope description

Establishing the parameters within which to define precisely what it is that the organisation intends to accomplish is the project scope (Moustafaev, 2014).

The benefits of having a website that is suited to mobile devices are as follows:

• DonorsChoose.org provides investors with the opportunity to make financial contributions to a particular school or charity organisation that is organising an event.

• The availability of a set of rules and models for the organisation of events in the form of a "shark tank."

• The firm need to be open to ideas for new goods and services that customers may have.

• Conceive a scheme whereby the Global Treps organisation would get a share of the revenues from any purchases or contributions made by contestants; implement this scheme.

• Via an online platform, show videos of the candidates and the real-time responses of the sharks, as well as receive real-time input and contributions from audience members.

• If organisations are given the opportunity to construct their very own websites from the ground up, they will be in a better position to reach out to regional competitors, investors, and "sharks," as well as to advertise both the achievements and the shortcomings of their respective undertakings.

Constraints and dependencies

Constraints

The constraints of a project are the broad limits that business needs to take into consideration throughout the life cycle of the project. For instance, if business has a cost restriction, it implies that firm have to stick to a certain budget for the project, and if project have a time constraint, it means that project have to finish the project within a certain amount of time. Because most project constraints interact with one another, managing constraints effectively is essential to the successful completion of a project (Sebestyen, 2017).

A project's limitations are the overarching restrictions that must be taken into account at all stages of the project's development. Constraints may be placed on a project in the form of monetary amounts (such as a set budget) or temporal frames (such as a deadline) that must be adhered to. Managing constraints correctly is crucial to the completion of a project since most limitations interact with one another. If project manager decide the project timeline has to be extended, it's likely that project also need extra money to see it through to completion. The breadth of Global Trep project will grow in tandem with the amount of resources project dedicate to it (Rani, 2013).

Figure 1: Considerations

Dependencies

The below image the dependencies of the activities that are required to be followed for managing the project of Global Treps.

Figure 2: Project dependencies

Scope management

1. Scope:

The project team's work will include the following deliverables in addition to any others that have been functioned by Global Trep, the requesting department, and the website's backend systems.

2. Specifications & Deliverables for a Website

Website Contents

• The first is an illuminating article on the evolution of accounting and IT.
• There should be a safe place for entrepreneurs to save their information online.
• 4Free-flowing dialogue is encouraged.
• Fifth, private online forums where only instructors, students, and staff may participate.

3. Public announcement online

A page with useful information on upcoming events of SHARK TANK

4. Managing website

• Brief overview of the website and the many backend systems that support it
• Second, explain the website's management features.
• Third, a Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)-style guide on fixing common issues.
• Access credentials for the web team's administrative areas.
• Security is offered for online registration

Graphic designers, project analysts, web developers, programme managers, and project supervisors will work together to set the specifications for the site design.
Features of the Website: Better the user's experience, Adding a search bar to the website will do two things: (a) make it easier for visitors to discover the content they're looking for (and (b) give users more agency in their experience. Optimization for Search Engines and Site visitors will have access to both internal site search functionality and third-party search engines like Google and Yahoo!

Project deliverables

Project related deliverable

• The project is estimated to be completed in 4 months (120 days) of the timeframe with the estimated budget of $130000.

• The project is expected to complete with the actual and new hired human resources.

• The project would also survey and clients and investors that have visited the website to test the performance.

Product related deliverable

Global Treps is planning to organise four SHARK TANK events within four month on international scale. The project will accept donations from the potential investors and also will organise webinars to welcome ideas for any kind of project. The project will help entrepreneurs to use of available templates on the website.

Project KPI

Key performance indicators (KPIs) give the information necessary for a company to determine whether its CSFs and objectives have been attained. Key performance indicators (KPIs) may be used at several tiers of a company, from the top down to the bottom up, and from broad, company-wide goals to more specific, team- and individual-level aims.

Figure 3: Following are KPIs for Global Trep website

Project approach

Project management strategy

The following is a summary of the key features of this approach.

STEP 1: Analysis

The process of formulating a web strategy in which a website helps business to take relevant actions. The major goal of this stage is to lessen the possibility of problems caused by a lack of support from upper management and confusion about what is needed from the system (Wilson, 2014). There are three stages to this portion of the process:

• Creating a plan for how to implement the online strategy, including a description of the current status of the company, its future goals, and the steps necessary to reach those goals.

• Establishing one's aim

• Analysis from an outside perspective, including examination of factors such as costs, benefits, risks, and benefits.

STEP 2: The next step is the planning stage.

The website should be built with the expectation that features and procedures will be added to it over time as needs and technology evolves (Wilson, 2014). There are 2 simple stages to it:

• Visual Communication Design
• Design Testing, since doing so at an early stage may help avoid future problems and malfunctions of the website and so make the overall development process more efficient.

STEP 3: The Generational Phase.

It involves the four procedures that move the project from the conceptualization stage to the production of the real website.
This includes steps I choosing appropriate resources, ii) reviewing designs, iii) developing and installing code, and iv) testing.

STEP 4: The last stage is actualization.

This stage continues even after the website has been built. Two parts to this process are 1) actual execution, and ii) ongoing care and feeding. iii. A Re-examination of Goals

The benefits of using this approach are substantial. It's organised, informative, and easy to grasp. It breaks down the process of creating a website from start to finish into manageable chunks, offering developers clear direction at every stage. Not only may tasks be arranged, but progress can also be closely monitored (Wilson, 2014). On the other hand, project management strategy provides a helpful but broad framework to aid with web development. Since their approach was not designed to be effective for Global Trep websites, it will need to be modified and changed to meet the criteria of this dissertation's project. In addition, their approach seems to be better suited to bigger projects with well defined responsibilities for developers (Mir & Pinnington, 2014).

Project structure

The WBS divides the project into large chunks called "major deliverables," smaller chunks called "sub deliverables," and even smaller chunks called "work packages." Work breakdown structure (WBS) is ideal for real-world tasks. This project (Website) is process-oriented, which makes it challenging to apply WBS. Process Breakdown Structure (PBS) is the ideal approach for this sort of undertaking. There, the work is broken down into several stages. Each stage of the project influences the next (Burghate, 2018).

The items on the PBS checklist include: Checkpoints to verify that deliverables are full and correct and deliverables that must be completed before moving on to the next phase.

Obtaining buy-in from key players that the current stage has reached completion and may proceed to the next stage.

Figure 4: Project structure

Project governance framework

Oversight role that is consistent with the organization's governance model and covers the whole project life cycle is about "project governance (Alie, 2015). Thus, below image shows the cycle through which the current project is completed.

Figure 5: Project governance framework
(Source: Alie, 2015)

The goals and requirements of each project and programme are unique. They include a wide variety of tasks, but the four most important ones are those of establishing, maintaining, and enforcing project governance. The perspectives of these many responsibilities on the project are complementary yet distinct (Alie, 2015).
The following are the four most important positions required for establishing, directing, implementing, and validating project governance:

• Sponsor,
• Steering committee,
• Project Management Officials and
• Project manager

Figure 6: Project governance framework followed for Global Treps project

Project Reporting Structure

A project's management organisational structure establishes the chain of command and the roles of each team member. Team members may refer to a chart outlining the structure, which specifies the roles of each team member and the reporting lines between them, as the project progresses (Sebestyen, 2017).

Figure 7: Project reporting

Procurement Strategy

Role of Cloudflare technology:

Hosting website on WPEngine (using an enterprise subscription) and having a content delivery network (CDN) that is enough for our day-to-day requirements. Following Cloudflare's business strategy in preparation for Shark Tank. The Always OnlineTM technology offered by Cloudflare was the primary factor in our decision to go with this package. Even though this protection is included with every subscription, only the Business plan allows for daily crawls.

Mobile friendly

The website is designed that could be adequately operated over the website

Contacting with host

Firm never fail to get in touch with the agency representative at WPEngine and advise them about the impending traffic surge as well as the preparations. Further, website performance, active users and website traffic would be regularly monitored

Improving traffic

Firm can send thousands of concurrent visitors across the website by using the virtual user agent testing provided by LoadImpact.com. Each user starts by seeing the homepage and the about page, and then they sign up for the email list using the form that's provided. This procedure might have bottlenecks on the website, which are locations of potential failure that might cause it to become inaccessible. Thus, these are to be considered.

Communication and stakeholder management strategy

Manager of a Project

The Project Manager must take the initiative in order to improve project communications. The necessary channels of communication are outlined in the Communications Matrix. The communication matrix will be used to decide what data should be presented. The matrix specifies what should be communicated, to whom, and when.

Chairman and Supervisor

The project's financing comes from the sponsor, who is named in section. The chairman and supervisor of the project are the highest-ranking officials who should be responsible for communicating with the public. Unless specifically requested, correspondence should be succinct and to the point (Eskerod & Vaagaasar, 2014). Sponsors are the only ones who should initiate contact with the project manager and team members.

Senior Web Developer

The senior web developer must supervise the completion of all technical aspects of the project and the reliable execution of all related tasks. Project gives detailed plans, blueprints, and specifications for construction and implementation. Web Developer keep the project manager and team in the loop at all times.

Accounting department

Since this is a project for the Accounting and Information Systems Department The website will be handed over to the Chairman, who will be kept up to date on the project's progress and given final approval before any modifications are made. He'll talk to the boss and the head of the project (Eskerod and Jepsen, 2016).

Data base specialist

It is assumed that the outsourced Database Specialist would stay in contact with his host department as necessary. Since the database will be used on a regular basis, he will also train the employees and selected faculty member to utilise it effectively.

Figure 8: Communication Matrix

Budget, program and risk

Timing / project readiness

The assumed Gantt Chart is being created for 104 (6 days are taken in meeting and decision making and two of them are holidays) days and with that it would be observed that the project is completed on time and thus resources are accordingly managed.

Budget/cost analysis and funding strategy

The preliminary cost estimate for the whole project comes to 130 000 dollars. This projection is based on the assumption that there will be a period of time of six months during which the project manager will put in an average of 20 hours per week of work and the internal team will put in an average of 60 hours per week of work.

It is inappropriate to provide financial compensation to client agents who are helpful.

The cost of the project manager is:

On-staff project managers would get $40 per hour in compensation. Because the project would need the use of resources that are normally paid for by customers, the hourly cost for these resources would be $60 given that it might be necessary to utilise them.

The preliminary estimate puts the cost of third-party software and services at close to ten thousand dollars. When the project is done, there will be ongoing maintenance costs of $30,000 per year, the majority of which will be allocated to the updating of content as well as the coordination of the Ask the Expert feature and online publications.

The anticipated benefits are the result of time savings that will be accomplished as a direct consequence of the reduced requirement for the consultants to perform research on a variety of subjects, including information on event planning, event venues, invitation templates, and investment prospects.

The benefit predictions also take into consideration a slight increase in bottom-line performance as a consequence of new business obtained as a result of this endeavour. This improvement is accounted for in the benefit projections.

If each of the 300 managers saves only 40 hours per year, which is less than one hour per week, and they are able to bill that time to projects that yield a conservative estimate of $10 per hour in revenues, then the benefit that is estimated to accrue is $120,000 per year.

Using data from previous years' earnings, we can determine that an extra $30,000 in yearly profits would be generated by a 1% increase in business as a direct consequence of launching the new app and website.

Donations may be given to non-governmental organisations (NGOs) by private people, corporations operating for profit, charity foundations, and governments at any level, including local, state, federal, and even international. Dues may be collected from members, and they can also sell products and services since they are non-profit organisations.

Risk analysis and management strategy

The top three high-risk and high-impact hazards are below:

Errors

Projects might suffer from misunderstanding. In meetings and other duties, every actions must be justified to achieve the intended outcome. A poorly done work might affect subsequent tasks. The following step must specify needs. Stakeholders might also be negatively impacted by misunderstanding (Edwards & Bowen, 2013).

Incompatible outputs might result from miscommunication. If somebody finds an issue, they should report it. It's likely to happen without excellent communication.

Reaction: Schedule meetings frequently. Allow all opinions. To explain, provide sufficient documentation. Give everyone a communications list so they may immediately connect.

Lack of stakeholder involvement

Since the website will be cutting edge, stakeholders must be included. The stakeholders must know the project's result to accept it. Thus, underestimating the result may prevent the project team from receiving sufficient support, resources, and time to complete the project (Edwards & Bowen, 2013).

Potential Response: Direct contact between sponsors and project team may avoid this danger. To improve communication and minimise misunderstandings, meetings will be organised.

Late-stage alterations

Late in the project, stakeholders may demand big adjustments. Changes like this may wreck a project. The project's phases are interconnected. Major modifications may need almost impossible revisions. For instance, modifying website functionality may affect visual design, web design, web programming, backend programming, and resources. The project team will suffer from these changes (Aven, 2016).

Reaction: Scopes and project requirements should be adequately written and signed by stakeholders. If large modifications are needed, there should be documentation. It should specify extra time and resources.

Figure 9: Risk Matrix

Project quality management strategy

Quality Control monitors project outputs to ensure they meet standards and eliminates poor performance. Stakeholders in the project rest easy knowing that all quality-related activities are being carried out as planned thanks to the proof provided by quality assurance. With these precautions in place, you can be certain that your outputs will always be of the highest quality. Both the outputs of a project and the methods and practises used in its management undergo quality assurance checks. A process checklist or a project audit help the team do this.

Project completion strategy

There are just around 4 months to get the project up and operating. The website's user base is notoriously picky. Finding sponsors for an website that large might be difficult for a department The website's security is of paramount importance to us as a division. Thankfully, Global Treps arranged for private server to host on. It can be challenging to train faculty and staff to use and update material, but it shouldn't take too much time. The website's upkeep is also a problem. Thankfully, project’s own private server is in the works. Project manager have complete command and can quickly reset it from anywhere in the globe if something goes wrong. Since he lacks a dedicated operation, he must rely on the host machine, which is not ideal.

Benefits realisation plan

“From” to “to” that have been achieved since management of the project. In the end, a mobile-friendly website is a solid investment that may provide actual returns with the right implementation strategy. Whether business thinking about the future or the present, it's apparent that mobile-friendly sites are where it's at in terms of web design, and that the companies who get on board with these developments early will be the ones to benefit (Chan, 2013).

These days, mobile-friendly websites aren't a nicety for a niche audience. Because of how often people use their smartphones now, it's crucial. Still, mobile device compatibility is just part of the option. In today's technological era, it's more important than ever to have a website that's accessible on mobile devices. Insight into these factors may help company see the advantages in adopting this strategy (Qian, 2015).

References

MKT101A Marketing Fundamentals Assignment Sample

Individual/Group - Individual
Length - 2000 words

Learning Outcomes Addressed

a) Describe the marketing concept

b) Outline and apply the elements of the marketing process.

c) Identify and explain the macro and micro environmental factors impacting the marketing of a business or industry.

d) Demonstrate an ability to incorporate new trends to solve marketing problems and apply communication skills.

Submission - By 11:55pm AEST/AEDT Sunday of Module 5.2 (Week 10)
Weighting - 40%
Total Marks - 100 marks

Instructions for Assignment Help

Develop a marketing report based on the following sections:

a. Cover Page including:

? Business name
? Student Identifier (name and number)
? Subject code and name
? Date of submission
? Facilitator name

b. Table of contents

c. Brief introduction

d. Target Market Profile. Develop a target market profile applying two (2) variables for each of the following segmentation elements: demographic, geographic, psychographic and behavioural elements. Note: Your business may target more than one market and if so, focus on what you think is the largest target market.

e. Positioning Statement. Develop a positioning statement for the client highlighting the values and benefits offered by the brand to consumers. This may be derived from evaluating the client’s website and marketing communications in order to complete the “Moore positioning statement” (template below):
For: (target customers)

Who must: (solve a specific problem or fulfil a need)

Our product is a: (describe product or solution)

That provides: (key breakthrough benefit which solves the problem and/or a reason to believe)
Unlike: (reference direct competitors)

Our product /solution offers: (describe the key point of competitive differentiation)

f. Analysis of the Current Marketing Mix. Analyse the variables that include
applications of:

i. Product strategy:

• Identification/suggestion of the three levels of product
• Product classification
• Identification/suggestion of the product portfolio (width, depth and lines)

ii. Pricing strategies

Application/suggestion of at least 2 (two) relevant pricing strategies that may be used by the business and associated terminologies/concepts.

iii. Placement

Identification/suggestion of at least 1 (one) marketing/distribution channel strategy used and apply associated terminologies/concepts.
iv. Promotions

Identification and description of at least 3 (Three) promotional tools used by the business including relevant application of associated terminologies /concepts.

g. Recommendations. Identify at least 4 (four) marketing recommendations based on the situational analysis and applying key concepts and marketing principles covered in the modules. These recommendations should relate to any/or all of the elements of the marketing mix (Product, Price, Place, Promotion). You may also include discussion of the targeting, positioning and branding if changes are recommended.
h. References

• A minimum of 4 credible and reliable sources should be used in your research
• As this is a report, appropriate headings and sub-headings should be used in your writing
• The reference list must be compiled using APA 7th ed.
• Please refer to the marking rubric at the end of this brief for grading details

Solution

Introduction

The Little Big Dairy Co., a dairy company, was launched in 2012. The family-run company strives to provide its customers with high-quality dairy products (Little Big Dairy, 2022). The company's main goal is to ethically produce milk and dairy products and get them from the farm to the market. The company owns a farm where the milk is produced. The company aspires to become Australia's leading single-source producer of dairy products. According to the family-owned business, family members work with other members of their supply chain to maintain the quality of their milk (Little Big Dairy, 2022).

(Source: Little Big Dairy, 2022)

The company only operates in New South Wales, Newcastle, and Sydney. The company now only sells its products in stores and cafés in the above localities, using offline distribution techniques. They provide a variety of milk products, including full cream, reduced cream, no cream, premium non-homogenized milk, lactose-free milk, fair trade coffee milk, fair trade chocolate milk, honey malt and vanilla milk, pure pouring cream, and pure double cream (García-Moreno et al., 2019).

Target market

Australia's milk products market is anticipated to raise substantially throughout the estimate period. The market is growing due to population growth, increasing disposable income, and increased public awareness of the benefits of nutritious meals. The domestic dairy market is frequently directly impacted by fluctuations in the price of raw milk, which causes the dairy products industry to be unstable.

Figure 1. Target Market Key Points
(Source: Author )

Demographic:

Income, age, work status, gender, and other indicators are used to categorise the market; because marketers value these demographic traits so highly, they typically tie them to the needs and desires of the consumer (Moore et al., 2019). Target market factors are simple to quantify. The demographic factors used to divide markets are listed below. Little Big Dairy Milk uses the following characteristics to classify its aim.

Age: Most clientele are young, urban, working professionals between the ages of 20 and 40 who value their time and desire to lead healthy lives.A person in their middle or late years. Although the willing tetra package of nourishing milk is incredibly suitable for elderly folks, this is not the target market. The Little Big Dairy hopes to win.

Gender: Gender-neutral beverage The Little Big Dairy Milk is designed for anybody who wants to maintain a healthy lifestyle.

Income: The Little Big Dairy targets a market group of high-income consumers due to their brand name's association with a particular luxury level. For instance, Australian I.T. experts.

(Source: Little Big Dairy, 2022)

Occupation: athletes, health enthusiasts,working professionals, Students sports enthusiasts,

Psychographic:

Psychographic target marketpurchasers are distributed in the following ways:

• Lifestyle: High profile class, student, working executives,
• Personality:diligent and health aware.
• Benefits:Feature and fitness
• Operator status: a regular user
• Operatorlevel:regular
• Reliability rank:regular Loyal
• Readiness stage:planning to purchase
• Approach toward invention:passionate and appreciative

Geographic:

A geographic target market categorizes the market based on spatial location. In geographic segmentation, there are numerous systems for the various geographical parts, such as positions, counties, and towns (Mbuthia et al., 2015). The majority of markets are located in distinct urban and rural areas. The following techniques have been used to divide markets based on the above:

Location: The Little Big Dairy Milk restrictions itself to semi-urban as well as urban Zones in India as that is their main customer base

Town: Class-A alsoClass-B cities, i.e., metro representative cities where people can not get milk easily

Section: Scattering is constant through urban zones

Social and economic groupings:They may be used by high-level employees with practical communication skills.

Behavioral:

Behvavioral targeting foucs on the milk compnay publics view or positiion in the mind of consumer:

• Website engagement
• Purchase management
• Campaign engagement

TARGETING

They focus their geographic efforts on regions that have a vibrant I.T. culture. Their target audience comprises young, working professionals (20 to 40 years). The socioeconomic classifications middle and high class people were the main focus of the psychographic classification (Lagrange et al., 2015). They were found to be striving for both new and loyal clients via behavioral segmentation. They target big-box stores, supermarkets, and hypermarkets where people easily access the milk of the target compnay.

Key Target Audience:

• Manufacturers and distributors of dairy products in Australia
• Institutions for research and advisory services
• Trade groups, forums, and alliances about the dairy industry
• Elected representatives who decide on laws and public policy.
• Associations for trade
• Research about the market and guidance a Small but Powerful Dairy

Positioning Statement

The dairy products market in Australia may be segmented on manufactured goods type, the network of distribution, and regional exploration (Key & Czaplewski,2017). Based on the kind of product, the market may be classified into divisions for dairy milk, ghee and butter,cheese, ice cream, milk powder,yogurts, spread, and other goods. Australia routinely consumes more milk than other countries in the industrialized world. Australia's "coffee culture" and the appeal of flavor-enhanced milk products will also be expected to grow during the forecasted period. Cheddar cheese is the most widely consumed variety in Australia, one of the nations where cheese consumption is rising.

Analysis of the Existing Marketing Mix

Create marketing mix strategies to achieve the targeted market outcomes. It will be possible to implement its whole marketing strategy by creating plans that target the varied aspects of each category (Dadzie et al., 2017 ).

The following examines the four components of the marketing mix and suggests methods for each:
Products Strategies

It offers nine major product categories, each of which connects to a variety of items it sells. Under the trade name The Little Big Dairy, the company sells all of its goods.

(Source: Little Big Dairy, 2022)

Offers a wide range of items for sale, allowing clients to choose the best that best meets their needs.

(Source: Little Big Dairy, 2022)

Offers customers a variety of features that its rivals do not by selling products that are highly different from one another (Capriotti et al., 2016). As a result, its products are considered as distinctive.

(Source: Little Big Dairy, 2022)

Its goods are regarded as being of a better caliber than those of competitors. As a result, customers are willing to pay extra for these.

Provides products that are recognized for their timeless designs and customer usefulness.

Price strategies

The pricing strategy is based on competition to choose the price level that will be adhered to. This is because there are several competitors in the industry, making information about them readily available (Kotler et al., 2015).

Expenses are also included in determining the price for a chosen few commodities for which information about competitors is either unavailable or their manufacture is more expensive.

Compared to competitors, it charges more for its items. This results from the additional features, which make up for the high cost.

Currently, it also uses product-bundle pricing, in which related items are packaged together and offered for a discounted price compared to the total of their costs.

It also uses an optional pricing model for some products, where the primary product is sold for one price. However, the accessories are priced differently (Aguirre-Villegas & Larson., 2017).

It requests a greater charge for the products it provides for online purchases. This is so because the cost of delivery is already included in the price of the items.

Prices for the finished goods have been decided. Members of the channel, such as wholesalers and retailers, pay less for the product and make money off their margins.

Place Strategies

Employs two marketing platforms to promote its products. The first scenario involves an online direct sale to the customer. The second is the sale to wholesalers, who then sell to a wide variety of retailers dispersed around the country. The customers are then sold these.

Has more than 500 outlets around the country where it distributes its products. It has a thorough marketing strategy to distribute its goods to as many retailers as possible. This ensures that customers may quickly obtain its products around the country.

Normally websites receive a significant quantity of traffic and online revenue. The firm has collaborated with several delivery service providers to handle its online operations and guarantees on-time deliveries.

It makes its products readily available to clients by utilizing an integrated online and offline retail approach known as omni-channel distribution.

Acquires the raw materials it needs to make its goods from a network of more than 500 vendors (Tamime& Thomas, 2018). Due to the close working relationship the company has built with its suppliers, it can work with them to develop and include new, enticing features in its products.

Promotions Strategies

Uses a range of mediums to promote its products. It employs traditional media, such as radio and television commercials. Due to its widespread appeal and ability to gather a huge audience, this is useful. The use of online and social media advertising, which is beneficial and less expensive, is made possible by the increase in internet usage.

It primarily advertises on YouTube, Facebook, and Twitter because of its high monthly usage rates (Cornelsen et al., 2015). It has more than 100,000 likes or followers on various websites, and these users are often exposed to updated material.

Participates in various trade fairs and events throughout the year, conducting various sales campaigns.
Personal selling uses a huge sales crew to increase its awareness at retail locations.
A percentage of sales method is used to establish the annual budget for promotions.

Recommendation

The targeting positiong and branding there no need to change and recommendation needed. The recommendation for The Little Big co. The Marketing mix is below:

Recommendation for product strategy

It should provide consumers who purchase its products with extra benefits, including warranties, delivery choices, credit, after-sales assistance, help lines, and other things.

It should introduce new products that reflect current market trends. It must identify market opportunities and release new products that capitalize on them.

It should test newly provided goods in test markets before ultimately commercializing them.

It should introduce new product lines to satisfy customer needs and broaden its product offering.

It should improve the packaging of its products to make them more straightforward to use and transport. Its packaging should also be visually appealing to attract customers.

Recommended Price Strategy

Reductions and allowances, whereby prices are temporarily lowered in an effort to entice customers and increase market share (Pirro et al., 2017). It may do this by deducting a set sum from the price of its items.

Should use psychological pricing, which makes items look more expensive than they are actually. For example, a product worth $100 may be priced at $99, so customers will view it as less expensive.

A price penetration strategy should be used when introducing new products, providing an initial price lower than competitors to gain market share. This will ensure that newly released goods are used by customers and become more well-liked than the rivals.
Recommended Place Strategy

It should open corporate-run retail locations to sell all of its products. The company could cut costs because retailer and wholesaler margins would not exist.

It should create a social media storefront where it may sell its products through posts on numerous social media platforms. As a consequence, the company will be able to boost sales. Its social media profiles and online shops should be linked to make user navigation simple.

It should put its attention into improving its online presence so that it becomes more accessible and user-friendly.

Ensure that personal selling is employed to offer its products to significant retailers. These enormous establishments have recently grown and garnered a considerable customer base. This would ensure that it increases sales.

Recommended Promotions Strategy

Should post on social media more content that is relevant to its target audience. The postings must also be crafted such that viewers are inspired to take further action, such as sharing them with others or leaving comments (Lokhorst et al., 2019). These should incorporate the newest hashtags, memes, and other social media trends.

Should begin gathering consumer information and contacting them via SMS or email, which may eventually result in repeat business from clients.

It should utilize social media influencers, such as well-known T.V./movie stars and bloggers, and highlight them in its advertisements. Bloggers may advertise by providing content on their social media accounts. T.V. and movie personalities may be utilized in advertisements to encourage customer acceptance of the products.

Should launch a marketing plan in which customers receive a unified message through all media. This will help the brand become more well-known to consumers.

Should be put into practice many digital marketing techniques to boost website traffic. Some of these include the development of its blog, SEO, and banner advertising.
 

Reference

PRJ5105 Project Integration and Change Management Assignment Sample

Due date: Week 11
Group/individual: Individual
Word count/Time provided: 3,000 words report (excluding references)
Weighting: 40%
Unit Learning Outcomes: ULO-1, ULO-2, ULO-3, ULO-4 ULO-5

Assessment Detail for Assignment Help

This task will give students an opportunity to practice the subject topics in a real project environment and demonstrate their competencies in using integration management methods. This assessment requires students to analyse a real-life project (either ongoing or completed) to develop and write the Project Plans for Integration Management, Change Management and Configuration Management tailored to the selected real-life project. Student can select project in their field of interest, but project must be aligned with the discipline of project management. This assessment also requires student present their plan using a presentation file (max. 10 mins with no restriction on word count or number of slides in the PowerPoint file). For this purpose, student will need to create Power point presentation slides and use them during “live” delivery. The components of the assessment (word file and PowerPoint file) must be submitted in Canvas using assignment submission link for final marking as per due date specified in Canvas. Word file and PowerPoint file needs to be separately submitted in Canvas.

Solution

Introduction

Sydney metro northwest is a transportation project having a separate car parking that provides transportation across the city that makes it easier for people to travel and transport all the materials easily and effectively. The presented report here discussed the real-life project and hence developed and discussed the plans for the project being made for integration management, change management as well as performing configuration management. This helped in learning about the real-life project in a much better way

Case Project Identification

A project is associated with a certain amount of effort that could lead to the creation of values by using some unique products, processes as well as services associated. It is being seen that certain projects could be used for resolving problems associated. The use of the Sydney metro is one of them that could help people to travel easily from one place to another while leading them to go to places more easily and effectively. Making of Sydney metro project would also lead to providing parking to people and hence parking their cars easily so that they could easily find them whenever required.

The project being selected is the Sydney Metro northwest. This project is known as a transportation-related project that has delivered about 8 railway stations having a large amount of car parking passages that is located in Sydney. The project presented is known to be having great scope for the transportation associated with railways that could make it easier for users to travel and have availability of trains for them. Trains that are associated with the project could be available in 4 minutes maximum while there are about 15 trains present that could be used within an hour. The Sydney metro northwest project is known to be delivering the automated railway system that is present across Australia and the cost is associated to be about $7.3 billion.

Several phases could be associated with the making of the Sydney metro project that includes, including strategic assessment, concept design, making detained design, assessing the environment and making approvals, procurement management, construction and hence the operation. To assess the plan being made for the project and its integration, change management as well as configuration management use of this project is being done while considering different phases associated with it that include, initiation to finalization in the end. The phases that are being included in the strategic assessment could lead to making some of the relevant strategies for the project, making a design for the concept, making a detailed design for the infrastructure as well as making the structure for the entire project, environment and hence making relevant approvals that could ensure an environment being made for the project. This also includes making some legal and governmental-related approvals to make an effective construction. It is also seen that the last phase which is the procurement phase is could be used to plan as well as manage all the materials, equipment and resources associated. The last phase is associated is the construction phase which would include the construction of the entire railway station and hence the operations related to the railway station are being performed.

Integration Management

Project integration management is known as making the coordination of all the elements of a project. Integration management is associated with one that includes several activities like coordinating tasks, stakeholders of the project as well as resources and other related elements of the project that could lead to the making of the project easily. It is being seen that the use of integration management could lead to management of all the conflicts that could arrive while making the project., making the trade-offs to complete the requests and hence evaluation of the resources associated. Integration management is associated as one that could lead to assessing the situation and hence making an informed decision. Integrated project management could lead to ensuring the project is not being managed in isolation. It could take into account all the aspects of the project that are related to each other while considering other parts of the project. Project integration management is associated as a crucial while is success factor that can be associated with project managers. Project integration management is required to be managed by looking at several factors that include, including scheduling, the cost associated, the scope of the project, changes being done, stakeholders associated, quality, resources and risks associated with the project. It is being seen that keeping a track of the project and knowing all the factors could be associated as a challenging aspect to managing a project while if it not being done then it could lead to failure of the project. Integration management is associated as one that could lead to making an increased chance of cutting off people not being required for the job, not going over the budget making the delivery of the project late too. Making an effective decision associated with the project could also lead to an impact on the other projects that are associated with it and the areas of business being associated with it (Arbabi, et.al, 2020).

It is seen that certain processes could be followed to make successful integration management possible that includes, including developing the project charter, making a project management plan, managing the project knowledge, performing the integrated change control and hence managing the knowledge gained from the project. The integration management process that is being associated with is known to occur in the entire lifecycle of the project. This could be associated with this as it could lead to making management of the integration management process an ongoing task which is required to take place continually. It is being seen that project integration management is known as a project management knowledge area that could help any team to work together seamlessly. Integration management could lead to bringing together several processes, methods as well as systems that could lead to making a cohesive kind of strategy indeed (Arbabi, et.al, 2020).

Integration management is associated with making an effective plan for any project that involves knowing the scope of the project, making an effective plan for the project and hence managing the project-related activities. The scope of the project is to make a fully automatic train for the metro which would require a cost of about 7.3 million dollars. The operation of the project and moving of the train would be in a lesser amount of time while the integration being done for the project is being done by making integration of the design while making 8 railway stations as well as using about 15 trains every hour. The entire project is being integrated by making new stations and hence the parking space for several cars too. The plan made for the project management is known to be having several phases associated with it that includes, strategic management, designing of the concept, detaining the design, assessing the environment, procurement, construction as well as lastly considering the operations that could lead to integration the entire project in the end. It is also seen that tools and techniques that could be used for the integrated management of the project include, the process of brainstorming while leading to collecting the data that is associated with the project, monitoring it and hence controlling the entire project in the end.

Integration management is associated with the Sydney metro northwest project is being associated while making integration with all the associated elements that could be used to assign the tasks and hence manage the resources or the equipment that could be used for communication with the associated project stakeholders. The use of this project could lead to making some relevant changes to par the cars easily while making an automated system that could work efficiently (Arbabi, et.al, 2020). Making use of the integration management requires making a specific plan for the management that includes:

• Scope: The Sydney metro project is being planned to make deliveries to about 8 railway stations while could easily provide about 4 thousand car parking passages that are growing in the northwest suburbs of Sydney. The project is known to be having a broader scope associated with the metro system that could lead to integrating the availability of trains within 4 minutes while providing a minimum of 5 trains indeed. The project is known to be having a budget of about $7.3 billion that could be used for delivering an automated railway system for Sydney indeed (Hidalgo, 2019).

• Project management plan: The plan that is being made for the project includes a particular project management lifecycle that includes making the strategic assessments, performing the concept designing, detaining designs, assessing the environment and making approval procurements, making effective construction and hence operations that could help in managing the metro project more easily.

• Managing the project activities: It is being seen that making effective and regular communication and hence making some involvement of the stakeholders of the project could lead to helping the metro project to manage the activities associated with the project.

• Tools and techniques: There are some tools and techniques involved in integration management planning that includes, performing data collection using the brainstorming process and effectively performing meetings for the project (Abyad, 2019).

Change Management Plan

Change management is associated as a process that could be associated with a business and is being used by the business that could help in implementing changes being performed across the organization. Change management plans are known as ones that could typically be used to make a significant or complex change to an organization which requires a strategic-based approach. Change management is associated with one that could lead affect the assets that are essential to the project (Daniel and Daniel, 2018). It is required that an organisational change management plan must be made that is being done sustainably. A change management plan is associated with a basic outline that could serve as a roadmap in defining some of the concrete steps taken by the company to make implementation and execution the change management process. The plans associated with the change management could be adopted by the organization that could embrace and hence encounter changes to achieve their flow of work. It could help in using the tool and processes that are being required to manage people to change the environment indeed. (Dinnik, et.al, 2019).

It could be associated with a basic process that could lead to implementing the change or changes that are being done in a project or across an organization indeed. Thinking of the change management plan is associated with a roadmap that could show up the steps that are being required to process including the identification of change and hence realizing the change in the end. The plan of change management being used could lead to the execution of the change while lead to asking about the impacts being laid by the project or any organization indeed, it could also lead to affecting the workflow and hence alter the relationship with the client or the team associated (Kerzner, 2022).

It is observed that there are some of the best practices that could be used for making the change management process to be implemented easily include:

• Performance of open communication: This kind of communication is performed when people involved in the communication process could easily express all their thoughts as well as associated ideas to each other (Arbabi, et.al, 2020). This could lead to boost productivity and hence perform the work more easily and effectively. This could lead to an increment of engagement that makes an increment of productivity in the end and all the involved people get the right kind of information at right time.

• Engaging and integrating the project management changes: The project management changes involve the management associated with the project that includes changes being done in the entire process, resources associated with the change, a process considered for the change and hence the people being involved in the change management. It is required that the changes that are being made in a project must be engaged and hence integrated so that project could work easily.

• Aligning the resources of change management: When any kind of change management is being processed, it requires some resources that could be used to process that change management. All the resources that are required for the change management must be aligned in a sequenced way that could lead to the use of those resources easily. The use of these resources could be done for change management that could lead to making an effective change to occur (Lee, et. al, 2018).

There is also a requirement for some tools as well as techniques that could be used for making an effective implementation of the project change that includes:

• Process maps: A process map is known as planning as well as a management-related tool that could be used for describing the basic flow of work visually. Process map that could be used effectively includes a flowchart, use of the process chart, functional process chart, process model as well as workflow diagram. This tool could be used for knowing who and what is being involved in the entire process while how this could be used within an organization or business that could lead to revel the areas associated with which process could be improved in an effective way (Kerzner, 2019).

• Lewis change model: Lewis change model is known as a simpler model as well as an easily understandable framework that could lead to making the change management process easily processed. 3 different distinct stages are involved in this process that includes, unfreezing, performing the change and then refreezing. These steps that are being involved could help in planning and hence implementing all the changes that are required to be done. Use of some combination of changes that are being processed while that are associated with change models as well as change management tools could be used to drive employees to make necessary changes in the end.

• Kottler’s 8-step changing model: This changing model is associated with one that could lead to use 8 steps that could be used for bringing a significant change while initiating the change-making process for the project. The eight steps that are being included in the change management process include, an increment in the urgency of the changes, building a team that could help in guiding people, development of a vision for making relevant changes, making relevant communication to make a buy-in, empowering the actions being proposed, creation of the wins that are based on short term only, trying not to give up at the end, while the last change is sticking to the changes being made (So?ta-Dr?czkowska, et.al, 2020).

Configuration Management Plan

Configuration management is known as an application or some set of characteristics that could lead to defining the product that is required to be delivered at the end of the deliverables associated with the project. The specifications that are being included in the configuration management planning include all the functional, as well as physical specifications, use of physical specifications, could include, size, colour, materials and other aspects too. The use of project configuration management is associated with one that could lead to managing the configuration being associated with the products and assets of the project. This could include the end products that are being delivered to the client (Kerzner, 2018).

There are some of the best processes that could be used for making the best configuration management for the project Sydney metro include:

• Initiation of a plan: It is required that a plan must be executed that could lead to making the configuration easier and hence effective to be used in a project. This requires conveying the entire plan to the associated people including the stakeholders, use of relevant technology and use of certain processes indeed.

• Monitoring using the project: It is required that the entire project must be monitored from the start to the end so that its configuration could be done more easily and effectively indeed.

• Covering each project area: It is required that each of the areas of the project must be covered so that configuration could be done more easily and effectively for the project.

Configuration management is known to be consisting of some functions that could be included in it so that configuration of a project could be done more easily and effectively. The functions that could be included in configuration management include, planning and management, configuration identification process, change management process, use of configuration status accounting and making verification and audit of the configuration process (Portny and Portny, 2022).

Conclusion

Project management is associated with using some kind of specified knowledge, skills and techniques that could help in making the delivery of some aspects that could provide value to people. The presented report here discussed the integration management that uses project resources, the timeline being used for making the project, the budget associated with the project and hence the stakeholders of the project. It also discussed the change management that is being processed for the project by considering several factors associated including, risks associated with the project, failures of the project, threats associated with the project and other associated changes required to be present in the project-making process. In the end is also led to know the configuration management being done for the project so that its configuration could be achieved more easily while using the techniques, strategies and resources of the project can then be utilized effectively.

References

PPMP2008 Initiating and Planning Projects Assignment Sample

Word limit: 2500 words +- 10%
Due date: Week 9 Friday (13 May 2022) 11:45 pm AEST
Weighting: 30%

Overview

The objective of this assessment is to help students learn about a range of trending topics in project management, especially throughout initiating and planning stages of projects - through conducting research. You are required to analyse two cases such as a failed project, and distil lessons learnt through answering a range of questions. The lessons learnt will inform the development process of the project plan for a new project of a similar nature (e.g. Assessment 3). Several questions will be asked in relation to the topics discussed in the unit. The questions address different knowledge areas covered in the unit (e.g. scope management, cost management, stakeholder management and risk management) in relation to project initiation and planning. Therefore, for students, it is essential to acquire a good understanding of the topics covered during the unit.

Assessment Details

Two case studies are considered for this assessment. The case descriptions are provided as an attachment to this document. You must carefully read the cases and questions and answer to each question logically by using quality references from academic journals, books, PM standards (e.g. PMBOK and other authenticated sources (such as PMI and APM websites). You must clearly link theory to the case throughout your discussions.

This assignment must be delivered in a report format containing:

• Executive summary – overview of the purpose of report, findings and lessons learned,
• Table of content,
• Introduction - purpose of the report, cases summaries, and the structure of the report,
• Body – Answer to the questions by referring to relevant project management knowledge
and use of techniques. Cite high quality and relevant references,
• Conclusion – concluding each case finding and lessons learned,
• Reference list – Harvard style,
• Appendices (if any).

Case Study for Assignment Help

Case 1: Transurban’s West Gate Tunnel pushed back to 2024!

The Victorian government has signalled a breakthrough in its long-running dispute with Transurban over the $6.7 billion West Gate Tunnel project, with a potential site selected to move toxic soil and tunnel boring expected later this year for a new deadline of late 2024.The dispute over toxic soil disposal has meant tunnelling on the project has stopped for more than a year. Transurban and its builders said last month they would not meet the revised delivery date of 2023 for the Melbourne tunnel, which was originally expected in 2022. The blowout in timelines and budget is expected to flow onto other major projects including the $15.8 billion North East Link, the $11 billion Melbourne Metro Tunnel (already blown out by nearly $3 billion), the $10 billion Melbourne Airport Rail (designs for which were released on Monday) and the suburban rail loop, which is expected to cost at least $100 billion. Opposition spokesman for transport infrastructure David Davis said that because the government failed to provide a breakdown of the projects in last year’s budget, taxpayers remained in the dark. The opposition estimated that costs for major projects had already blown out by more than $25 billion, ahead of the May state budget. The government has urged a national strategy to co-ordinate a pipeline of more than $400 billion in state-based infrastructure projects, amid fears a shortage of bidders, skills and raw materials will lead to further cost blowouts and delays. Infrastructure Australia is working on a dashboard for national cabinet by mid-year to help co-ordinate the national supply-side constraints. “Infrastructure Australia is undertaking research to provide comprehensive demand and supply-side analysis of market capacity and capability, with a focus on increasing transparency of key risks for infrastructure delivery,” the body’s chief of policy, Peter Colacino, said on Tuesday. Corey Hannett, director-general of Victoria’s Major Transport Infrastructure Authority, told a media briefing on Tuesday that the approval of a site at Bulla, which received planning and environmental approval on Monday, would help kick-start the troubled West Gate Tunnel. He said the project should be completed within three years of starting later this year, leaving a deadline for late 2024. Transurban declined to comment. “We are hoping a site will be chosen shortly [for the toxic soil],” Mr Hannett said. “We are in daily conversation with Transurban and their builders John Holland CPB. We need the joint venture and Transurban to choose a site, the site needs to be constructed ... if it takes about six months ... we are anticipating to see tunnel boring starting later this year, then it’s about a three year process from there. “Originally, the tunnel boring was starting in 2019, it’s now a couple of years later ... Transurban said a couple of weeks ago they can’t make 2023, so we’ll provide further advice once they provide a date for tunnel boring.” Please carefully explore the following material before attempting to answer the questions:

? West Gate Tunnel: Another Case of Tunnel Vision?

? West Gate Tunnel - Ministers Assessment Final

? 'A fundamental betrayal': City council attacks plan to pump more cars into CBD

There are more resources to explore – Do your own research.

1. What are the potential risk events which could impact the project ? (Some risk events may have happened)?. Make your argument based on risk management theory and provide examples from the case (at least three risk events should be identified and linked to the case).

2. How does the West Gate Tunnel project authority handle the project's risks? Were they the appropriate approaches to handling risks?

3. Suggest the appropriate risk response strategy for each risk event identified and discuss your rationale.

Case 2:

Myki was poorly planned and overly ambitious: Auditor-general In 2005, the Victorian government invested almost AU$1 billion into the state's Myki smart card ticketing system, which was introduced to replace the ageing Metcard system. A report published on Wednesday by the Victorian auditor-general's office, titled Operational Effectiveness of the Myki Ticketing System, has examined Myki to determine whether the expected benefits and outcomes are being achieved. In his report, Victorian Auditor-General John Doyle pointed the finger at Myki's "poor initial planning in its original scope" as one of the underlying reasons behind its lack of success. "The time taken to develop and implement Myki more than quadrupled from the initial expectation of two years, to in excess of nine years," Doyle said in his report. The auditor-general said that the original contract was "vaguely specified and overly ambitious", and that the state has incurred "significant, additional, unanticipated costs", as Myki's budget blew out by 55 percent -- AU$550 million more than its initial AU$1 billion commitment. In December 2012, Public Transport Victoria (PTV) assumed responsibility for Myki once the rollout had been completed and Metcard switched off; according to the report, PTV expected that Myki would deliver around AU$6.3 million to AU$10.8 million per year in economic benefits to Victoria and Victorians when they took on the responsibility. Doyle said he is concerned that PTV does not yet possess a complete and reliable picture of Myki's operational performance, due to shortcomings in performance monitoring. "PTV needs to urgently address these issues and assess the residual benefits achievable from Myki going forward, to optimise value from the state's significant and ongoing expenditure," he said. With PTV planning to re-tender the contract once its 2016 expiry date is reached, the auditor-general suggested that the transport authority needs to urgently address current issues to avoid perpetuating past mistakes. The report also found that between July 2010 and June 2014, the Public Transport Ombudsman received more than 5,450 complaints about Myki. Additionally, as of December 2014, more than 13.4 million Myki cards had been issued, with the system processing around 7.8 million "touch on" transactions per week from 9.9 million active cards. In FY2013-14, the total fares collected by Myki across all transport modes was around AU$800 million.

Please carefully explore the following material before attempting to answer the questions:

• Operational Effectiveness of the myki Ticketing System

? Major eGovernment Projects in Health, Education and Transport in Victoria

There are more resources to explore – Do your own research.

Questions

1. Why did the Victorian Auditor-General point to “poor initial planning in its original scope” as one of the main reasons for the Myki project’s failure? Make your argument based on project management theory and provide examples from the case (a minimum of 2 pieces of evidence should be identified and linked to the case).

2. Provide at least 2 recommendations that could help avoid poor project scope planning of the project. Support your arguments with evidence and reference linked to the project.

3. Identify at least 4 stakeholders of the project. Perform stakeholder analysis and develop a stakeholder engagement strategy to engages these stateholders. Discuss your rationale based on stakeholder management theory.

Solution

Introduction

In this report, the project management system of two case studies is briefly discussed. In the case study 1, it includes the potential risks, impacts, and risk management theory, appropriate approaches in risk handling and risk response strategies to overview the risk mitigation and business management processes of West Gate Tunnel Project in Melbourne, Australia. An alternative in the business model is implementation.

In terms case study 2, it demonstrates the reasons of Myki’s project failure, recommendation, stakeholders’ identification, stakeholders’ analysis and stakeholders’ management theory to provide efficient project management procedure and planning. In this case study, it analyzes the areas the organization requires to make improvement in terms of MYki’s Project. Overall, the report suggests an efficient project management system to improve the implementation procedure.

Purpose of the Report

The purpose of the report is to promote an efficient project management system and suggest a development process of the project plan. On the other hand, to implement basic knowledge in terms of project management techniques and processes. It visualizes the uses of stakeholders’ in the business project management system, their responsibilities and impacts. It provides knowledge of choosing the business management procedures and stakeholders’ required for the particular field. The report also considered a description on the needs and requirement for better project management system and implementation procedures.

Case Summaries

• In case study 1, it includes the stoppage of business project implementation process due to soil toxicity. It can lead to human health disposal and environmental impacts.

• In case study 2, it includes the project failure of Myki’s ticketing system. It is due to poor project planning procedure and project management system.

Case Study 1

Potential Risks

The potential risk analyzed in terms of West Gate Tunnel is toxic soil, time and cost efficiency. In this report, it is analysed it impacts a major effectiveness in the project. Due to the purpose the toxic soil disposal may cause disrupt and stop the implementation practices as well. The discovery of toxic soil may disrupt the human inhabitant as it consists of chemical such as pollutants, and contaminants in soil. The concentration of the chemicals may present in a high concentration that result in leading risk in human health and stability (Prenger-Berninghoff et al., 2014). Before the initiation of the project, the project manager, risk management team and other stakeholders’ must have a discussion regarding the effective outcome of the project.

Before the initiation of the project, Transurban must focus on the project planning procedures and strategies. The stoppage of the West Gate Tunnel project has led the organization to face wastage of time and cost effectiveness. Due to toxic soil disposal, the organization has to stop working on West Gate Tunnel Project that leads Transurban to face gradual loss in business management system. Along with, the project was also linked with the other major project as well such as North East Link, Melbourne Metro Tunnel, Melbourne Airport Rail and Suburban Rail Loop. Due to the purpose of disrupt, it is time-wasting and influences the cost system effectively. For this, the organization has to implement an appropriate plan to manage disrupts analyzed in the project implementation process. The project leaders must focuses on the supply chain management system , human resources management system, project management system and implementation procedures. It requires stakeholders’ engagement and effective communication between the stakeholders to control the situation and improve the project management procedures.
Impacts of the Project

For effective impact on the project outcome, Transurban requires to focus on the few key elements, implementation processes, inquiry, scope management and requirement, stakeholders’ communication and engagement plan, environmental impacts and project outline.

Key Elements

Table 1: Key Elements and Explanation on the impact of the project
(Source: Developed by the author)

Implementation process

Planning Scheme Amendment

The implementation of the project requires amendment documentations and the planning scheme amendment must be approved by the minister (Maclennan, 2017). It requires approval on the planning and environmental impacts visualizes the effectiveness on the West Gate Tunnel Project.

Planning Assessment

It includes the processes of the project implementation and the approval decisions such as planning scheme amendment and EPA approval. The assessment includes the process of reducing the environment effects. Moreover, the planning assessment improves the waste project management system as well.

Inquiry

The organization has to pass through an inquiry regarding the environmental effects.

Scopes management and requirement

The organization focuses on scopes on managing the project implementation. The organization must provide a documentation and research material for project management and approval.

Stakeholders’ engagement and communication

For appropriate planning of the West Gate Tunnel Project, it requires stakeholders’ engagement during the implementation of the project. It results in better analysis, innovations and outcomes of the project. Moreover, it requires better communication with the stakeholders as well.

Table 2: Implementation Process and Impacts
(Source: Developed by Author)

Risk Management Theory

The West Gate Tunnel Project disposal is caused due to soil toxicity. The toxicity is made by per-and poly-fluoroalkyl substances. The risk management team should focus on the environmental impacts for better project outcome. The team must implement an alternative change in the business management system and implementation procedure (Maamir, & Derghoum, 2021). It requires an appropriate communication between the stakeholders’ and the risk management team. It results in finding the scopes to improve the implementation procedure. For the implementation of West Gate Tunnel project requires approvals such as planning, scopes, and environmental effects. It leads to better project initiation and implementation.

Appropriate approaches in Risk Handling

Due to the stoppage of the project, the organization is facing a gradual fall in the market in terms of cost efficiency. To implement new ideas from the beginning of the project may leads in wastage of time, delays and high cost. The risk management team should focus on the cost effectiveness as well in terms of implementing the business planning (Yazdi, & Zarei, 2018). The stakeholders’, the finance management team, and the risk management team must have an effective engagement and communication regarding the implementation of the project. It results in short-term solution, no delaying of the project and less cost.

Alteration in Designing Process

• Information and reviewing in terms of scopes lowering the extension components and modification of the project (Zhang, 2016).

• Information and assessment in terms of environmental impacts focuses on lowering the components and modification of the project.

Case Study 2

Reasons for Myki Project Failure

The Victorian Auditor General predicted that Myki is ‘poor initial planning in its original scope’. The project failure is caused due to the appropriate project planning, contractual arrangements, and deficiency in governance. Moreover, it is cost efficient and causes delays in the implementation procedure.

The organization requires an appropriate planning for better project implementation. The boards of directors, stakeholders and the team members require having a proper communication for better project implementation. It strengthens the project management system within the organization. The discussion between the stakeholders’ and team member results in new innovations and further implementation procedure.

In this case, the organization must focus on improving the project planning, structure, and analysis process. For effective project planning and implementation procedure, it must follow agile project management system for efficient project planning, analysis and implementation. Following the agile project management techniques provides effective market strategies. Moreover, it analyzes the demands of the consumers in terms of Myki’s ticketing system project. In this system of project management, the organization provides a feedback analysis team to collect feedback from the consumer after releasing few features in the market. On the basis of the demand and feedback analysis the project implementation procedure takes place. It requires efficient stakeholders’ engagement and communication with the scope management team, finance management team, and risk management team. Moreover, it results in better project implementation and planning strategies.

Recommendation

• The organization must follow agile project management system for better project planning, analysis and implementation procedure. On the other hand, the organization should provide several teams working on different categories such as scope management team, project management team, finance management team, risk management team, system developing team, etc.

During the implementation process, the organization must release few features in the market for analysis and testing purpose. It should provide a separate feedback analysis team for collecting feedbacks from the consumers to analyze the market demands and the areas to make improvement in the project implementation.

• The stakeholders’ within the organization are required to implement an appropriate project planning and arrangements. The organization should be associated with the efficient stakeholders’ engagement. It includes the boards of directors, supervisors, project manager, and finance manager. A proper engagement between the stakeholders’ analyzes the areas of improvements and implements new innovations for better outcome. On the other hand, a efficient communication with the team members requires better understanding and requirements of the project. Overall, it increases the productivity of the organization and results in appropriate planning and implementation procedure.

Stakeholders’ Identification

The stakeholders’ essential for Myki’s project management system are,

• Project manager
• Finance Manager
• Resource Manager
• Supervisor

The stakeholder contributes a major significance in the project management system. They plan the business model, structure, and make arrangement on it. They lead the different teams in terms of project management system. The entire project planning relies on the following stakeholders. They analyze the outcome and further productivity of the company through business model (Balmer, 2017). It leads different teams such as project management team, finance management team, feedback analysis team, risk management team, scope management team and waste management team for the better implementation of the project. The project manager, finance manager, resource manager, and supervisor are required to have an efficient communication with the stakeholder (Wood et al., 2021). It requires better project management and understanding of the project implementation procedure to the team.

Stakeholders’ Analysis

Table 3: Stakeholders’ Analysis
(Source: Developed by Author)

Stakeholders’ management theory

The stakeholders contribute an effective significance in terms of project management system. The stakeholders’ within the organization has an interconnected relationship (Eskerod et al., 2015). It connects the stakes of the organization such as between the business and suppliers, consumers, employees, investors and others. Moreover, these are the key elements of the stakeholders’ analysis.

The organization should follow descriptive approach in terms stakeholders’ management theory. During the process, it requires to develop more accurate model, structure and planning of the project (Hörisch et al., 2014). The theory must provide the organization an effective, practical and ethical way. In this way, it provides the organization a highly complex and turbulent practices.

Table 4: Stakeholders’ Theories and Impacts
(Source: Developed by Author)

Conclusion

In this report, it includes the overall improvements required for project planning procedures. For better project outcome, it is essential to implement an appropriate project planning. For business project implement, it is requires to follow a particular project management system for productive outcome and implementation of the project. The organization must follow a particular project management system in terms of project type. On the other hand, stakeholders’ engagement provides an effective change in the project model and arrangements whereas efficient communication with the leading team such as finance management team, risk management team, etc. results in better understanding and implementation of the project management system.

References

Prenger-Berninghoff, K. et al., 2014. The connection between long-term and short-term risk management strategies for flood and landslide hazards: examples from land-use planning and emergency management in four European case studies. Natural hazards and earth system sciences, 14(12), pp.3261–3278. https://cqu-primo.hosted.exlibrisgroup.com/permalink/f/1rb43gr/TN_cdi_doaj_primary_oai_doaj_org_article_637ac9473ab24c2b9c88b64125838d70

Maclennan, A., 2017. Information Governance and Assurance, London: Facet Publishing. https://cqu-primo.hosted.exlibrisgroup.com/permalink/f/1rb43gr/TN_cdi_proquest_miscellaneous_2133333566

Maamir, S. & Derghoum, M., 2021. Toward Preventive Management of Risks Theory: Foundation of Process Structuring the Theory. Management dynamics in the knowledge economy, 9(2), pp.185–203. https://cqu-primo.hosted.exlibrisgroup.com/permalink/f/1rb43gr/TN_cdi_doaj_primary_oai_doaj_org_article_346a0c8dbd8a493f9209fa39c7f227ca

Yazdi, M. & Zarei, E., 2018. Uncertainty Handling in the Safety Risk Analysis: An Integrated Approach Based on Fuzzy Fault Tree Analysis. Journal of failure analysis and prevention, 18(2), pp.392–404. https://cqu-primo.hosted.exlibrisgroup.com/permalink/f/1rb43gr/TN_cdi_proquest_journals_2002116049

Zhang, Y., 2016. Selecting risk response strategies considering project risk interdependence. International journal of project management, 34(5), pp.819–830. https://cqu-primo.hosted.exlibrisgroup.com/permalink/f/1rb43gr/TN_cdi_proquest_miscellaneous_1815987532

Balmer, J.M.T., 2017. The corporate identity, total corporate communications, stakeholders’ attributed identities, identifications and behaviours continuum. European journal of marketing, 51(9/10), pp.1472–1502. https://cqu-primo.hosted.exlibrisgroup.com/permalink/f/1rb43gr/TN_cdi_emerald_primary_10_1108_EJM-07-2017-0448

Ayuso, S. et al., 2014. Maximizing Stakeholders’ Interests. Business & society, 53(3), pp.414–439. https://cqu-primo.hosted.exlibrisgroup.com/permalink/f/1rb43gr/TN_cdi_proquest_miscellaneous_1531003569

Hörisch, J., Freeman, R.E. & Schaltegger, S., 2014. Applying Stakeholder Theory in Sustainability Management. Organization & environment, 27(4), pp.328–346. https://cqu-primo.hosted.exlibrisgroup.com/permalink/f/1rb43gr/TN_cdi_proquest_miscellaneous_1687666180

Perez, A. & del Bosque, I.R., 2016. The stakeholder management theory of CSR. International journal of bank marketing, 34(5), pp.731–751. https://cqu-primo.hosted.exlibrisgroup.com/permalink/f/1rb43gr/TN_cdi_proquest_journals_1795937542

Nieder, T.O. et al., 2020. Mapping key stakeholders’ position towards interdisciplinary transgender healthcare: A stakeholder analysis. Health & social care in the community, 28(2), pp.385–395. https://cqu-primo.hosted.exlibrisgroup.com/permalink/f/1rb43gr/TN_cdi_proquest_miscellaneous_2299773832

Wood, D.J. et al., 2021. Stakeholder Identification and Salience After 20 Years: Progress, Problems, and Prospects. Business & society, 60(1), pp.196–245. https://cqu-primo.hosted.exlibrisgroup.com/permalink/f/1rb43gr/TN_cdi_crossref_primary_10_1177_0007650318816522

Eskerod, P., Huemann, M. & Ringhofer, C., 2015. Stakeholder Inclusiveness: Enriching Project Management with General Stakeholder Theory. Project management journal, 46(6), pp.42–53. https://cqu-primo.hosted.exlibrisgroup.com/permalink/f/1rb43gr/TN_cdi_proquest_journals_1758455031

BFA704 Work placement Assignment Sample

Assessment Details:

Restrictions on Time/Word Count: 3000 Words
The consequence of not meeting
time/word count limit:

Assessment Task

You are required to produce a portfolio of evidence of your achievements on your placement. The portfolio will critically review your placement role and how you were able to develop existing knowledge and skills to achieve your placement objectives, as agreed in your learning contract. It is essential that your portfolio For assignment help includes evidence of your achievements to support your critical review. Links should be made to skills and knowledge you acquired on your course and how you applied these in the organisation and developed them further.

The suggested structure for your portfolio is:

1. Title Page
2. Contents Page
3. Summary of Organisation and Agreed Learning Contract Objectives
4. Critical Review of Achievements Against Objectives
5. Reflections and Personal Development Plan
6. Appendices (Evidence)

Examples of evidence that you might have collected while on your placement could include those listed below. This list is not exhaustive and there may be other evidence you can collect that is specific to your work placement. The range of evidence can be quite broad and may either be a direct output of your project or it might be secondary. For example, a spreadsheet you produce to meet an objective in the project is primary evidence. The minutes of a meeting in which your contributions are discussed may be considered secondary evidence. Any evidence you include must clearly show your contribution(s).

- Copies of E-mails
- Meetings of Minutes
- Business Documents / Reports
- Documented Working Practices
- Employee Review / Appraisal
- Employer / Manager Feedback
- Reflective Journal Entries

It is expected that evidence wil be included in appendicies and referred to in the portfolio. Each piece of evidence may also be accompanied by a short description. You should not include evidence that has not been referred to in the portfolio. You should ensure that evidence you collect does not breach any rules or laws regarding privacy and data protection. Evidence containing any sensitive or suspected sensitive information should be redacted (censored) and its use in your portfolio should be authorised by your manager at the organisation.

Solution

Introduction

Onfuro Ltd is a growing IT company with a long-range of services. Voluntary Junior software developer must meet all the key responsibilities and technical requirements for the job role. In this report, all of those requirements and responsibilities are discussed and evaluated accordingly. It can show a clear overview of work placement. This also states the required depression for starting the particular job. The whole contract objectives are very specific and constructive in nature. That means all of them must be fulfilled through code or knowledge and experience in building new code.

On the other hand, it includes a detailed evaluation that leads to a personal development plan. Overall, the report helps in determining the required skills and abilities for the particular position. Initially, the research reflection explains detailed research outcomes and their significance. It includes proper application and working requirements. This eventually leads to a better understanding of the personal development plan (Rindri et al., 2019). In this case, this plan must be followed to fulfil the exact requirements of the position of voluntary Junior software developer in Onfuro Ltd. Overall; the report will show a clear plan of action to be prepared for the assigned job role.

Summary of the Organization and Agreed Learning Contract Objectives

Info Limited is basically an IT solution for different businesses. The company has cloud-based products and services. They are majorly based in London. In this report, the assigned role or position is in Onfuro limited. In that case, the developer must follow all the workplace and system policies in the company. On the other hand, there are specific learning contract objectives that must be met with time. It is majorly divided into two parts, such as technical requirements and key responsibilities (Onfuro, 2021). Technical requirements are basically the knowledge and skill-based abilities that must be developed over time and experience (Parr et al., 2021). In contrast, key responsibilities are the works the developer will be assigned to. Both of these contact objectives are essential from different perspectives and scenarios.

Key Responsibilities

The voluntary junior software developer is responsible for writing new codes for the software. Coding is the fundamental step for software to run. New coding is needed to generate and execute new software. The position also requires regular checking and correction of all the written codes (Simpson et al., 2015). This ensures the proper execution of the codes in the software. It is also a crucial responsibility of the voluntary junior software developer to develop new product features for a particular software. The position also demands the ability to fix bugs in the software when needed. Moreover, the company demands a web developer who has knowledge of optimising code performance. The position also needs a person who is efficient in developing leads. The developer should also have experience in communicating with other team members. The developer must understand the problem to provide solutions and develop the system as per requirement (Correia et al., 2019). Moreover, the developer must help me be efficient in the work and should be able to explain designs and concepts as per the requirement.

All of these key responsibilities must be met by the voluntary junior software developer. This will improve growth and organisational sustainability.

Technical Requirements

The position of the voluntary junior web developer needs to be experienced in PHP development. The developer requires knowledge about the version 7+of PHP development (Onfuro, 2021). Moreover, the developer should focus on object oriented programming. It shows that the contract demands the junior web developer to be an expert in PHP development and focus on OOP.

The position of a voluntary junior PHP web developer must have a detailed knowledge of Model View Controller(MVC) frameworks. Moreover, the position requires knowledge of hybrid programming languages such as Laravel. This clearly states that the voluntary junior web developer must be an expert in Model View Controller(MVC) framework and hybrid programming languages.

The position of a voluntary junior PHP web developer must have detailed knowledge of Javascript and jQuery. Moreover, the position requires knowledge on multi-browser such as Firefox and Google Chrome. It shows the ability of the junior web developer to be an expert on Javascript, jury and multi-browser such as Google Chrome.

The voluntary junior web developer must have knowledge of CSS, JS, SCSS, JSON. Moreover, the junior developer must understand software design and architecture. This clearly states that the voluntary junior web developer must have knowledge of using CSS, JS, SCSS and JSON (Onfuro, 2021). The developer must have a clear understanding of software design and architecture.

The junior web developer should be experienced in using HTML, CSS and Javascript. The web developer must be experienced in managing and optimising databases with MySQL. This shows that the contract demands the junior web developer must have experience in using HTML, CSS and Javascript. The developer must have experience in data management and optimisation with MySQL.

The voluntarily junior web developer must be acknowledged with Git source control. Moreover, the developer must have the capability of exploring new ideas for the benefit of the company. The web developer must introduce new technology and solutions that are beneficial for the company's profit margin. Moreover, the developer must know to implement the ideas on the existing services (Sfakianaki et al., 2018). This states that the voluntary junior web developer must have knowledge of Git source control. Moreover, the developer must have the capacity of introducing new ideas, technology and solution for the company's development and solution.

All of these technical requirements must be fulfilled to meet the key requirements of the particular position. These requirements are mentioned by the higher authorities of the company that must be followed. On the other hand, these technical pieces of evidence will also be evaluated before assigning the particular role of voluntary Junior software developer in Onfuro limited.

Achievements against Objectives

The technical requirements are the basic criteria for joining the assigned role. In that case, all of them are already fulfilled, such as the experience of PHP development, JavaScript, multi-browser experience, etc. Overall, technical requirements are already achieved as per the mentioned contract objectives. This knowledge and learnings were developed through learning modules and learning experiences (Carter et al., 2018). On the other hand, the key responsibilities are more critical in nature.

The primary key responsibility of the voluntary Junior software developer is to write new coding for different pages and software. It can be in any language, majorly in PHP. PHP is a light and efficient coding language that has been broadly used recently. PHP and other required languages are already learned for the role. In that case, writing new code will not be difficult enough to fulfil the post requirements. The next key responsibility is to develop new products, fix bugs and optimise the overall performance and quality. In this case, the major key factor is writing new code. After the learning modules and detailed classes, it is not difficult enough to build new pages and fixes bugs with cold knowledge. On the other hand, fixing bugs is totally dependent on identifying system issues. In that case, the developer must be familiar with different management systems and software (Karasheva et al., 2021). It is also a full field over time with core system knowledge and skills. Overall performance and quality depend on script minification and other system changes. It is clear that this key role will also be full field while working in Onfuro limited.

The next key responsibility is communication and team management. In this case, proper leadership qualities are required. The developer must be able to communicate with other stakeholders such as development team members, senior developers, project managers, etc. It is essential to execute the whole project planning accurately. On the other hand, team management is also dependent on communication and leadership (Tavakoly Sany et al., 2020). That explains the significance of communication skills. The developer should also be able to influence other stakeholders or steam members for better engagement. Active involvement of all the stakeholders will improve the quality of the project. Overall, the position requires better communication and team management. For the particular position, it needs regular training and experience to develop these soft skills. This will be beneficial in the long term. This will also be improved over time while working on different projects.

The final key responsibility of the developer is to maintain transparent working practices. That explains the developers must prepare proper policies for working practices. It involves proper management and project planning as well. On the other hand, this transparency will build trust and proper communication between the stakeholders (Fung, 2020). The developers should also be able to explain different designs and concepts when asked. Each describes the requirement of communication skills and explaining behaviour. The developers must have a clear concept and knowledge of the design and different frameworks. Only in that way, he will be able to explain new designs or concepts. It also requires proper use of visual presentation such as diagrams, infographics, etc. (Prestiadi et al., 2019) Overall, the developer needs to explain his work and planning in the board meetings. It is significant for the resource manager and all other higher authorities, including development team members. This is also another ability that has already grown with time. In spite of that, it will be achieved in a precise way over time and experience.

It is clearly seen that major key responsibilities are already a full field for the particular position. In spite of that, some of the soft skills are still there to improve over time. It includes communication management, leadership quality and other minor soft skills. By improving the skills, the developer will be able to improve his work quality and overall job responsibility fulfilment.

Reflections and Personal Development Plan

The research and report include different organisational factors and requirements for my job role of voluntary Junior software developers in Onfuro limited. In this report, all the key responsibilities and technical requirements of the particular position are critically discussed and evaluated. I got a proper explanation of my responsibilities and their significance. After that, the clear evaluation against learning objectives are also critically evaluated. In this way I was able to identify my key abilities. On the other hand, I have some essential skills to developed with time. The research and report also explain organisational aspects of the particular company. After the evaluation, I will prepare proper personal development plan. It will include all the essential skills to be developed along with proper discussion. This personal development plan will help to improve personal abilities as a developer and essential stakeholders in the projects.

The personal development plan must be precise enough to determine the exact requirements. A personal development plan usually is long-term in nature. That means the whole plan will be implemented over time with gradual experience in different project developments. The first essential skill or component of the development plan is communication management. Communication is one of the essential skills in any organisation. It presents the ability to understand specific requirements and to be engaged with the whole project. The position demands better communication management. This can be improved over time with regular communication with other stakeholders and higher authorities (Englisch et al., 2020). On the other hand, it requires a complete understanding of the organisational structure and work system. This will build adaptive ability in different scenarios as well. This communication will also be improved through proper stakeholders' engagement. It explains the requirement of being engaged with other team members from different projects. This will not only improve the communication skills but also will improve project implementation ability. I will also be able to improve myself effectively, over time.

The next essential personal development component is leadership quality. It involves the ability to influence other team members. It also includes the capability of engaging different people in a singular project. All the stakeholders, such as junior developers and other employees, come from different cultures and geographic locations. It explains the huge difference between them in terms of thought process and working experience. The team leader is responsible for engaging all of them into a single project with the highest potential (van der Vleuten et al., 2019). In this way, the project will be benefited in terms of time management and effectiveness as well. Leadership quality can be developed through gradual communication with other people in the organisation (Hoffmann et al., 2021). On the other hand, different meetings and presentations will also help to improve leadership skills while managing development teams (de Sousa Mata et al., 2021). This is also essential for organisational growth and fulfilment of all the key responsibilities. Overall, this soft skill will also grow with time and gradual effort. It also requires proper understanding with other team members and stakeholders. In that case, the developer must communicate with others on a regular basis. It will help him to connect with them on a psychological level. This will eventually lead to an influence in connection. This leadership quality is essential to growing over time for further growth and sustainability of the assigned position.

The next thing is the presentation or visual interpretation in project development. Any development must prepare the designs and basic concepts of the website first. In this way, the end result becomes more efficient and effective in nature. In different meetings, the developer will be asked basic structure and design of the development. It requires proper planning, decent communication and visual skills. The developer must be able to build a precise presentation that will help to communicate with others. This skill will also be developed over time with gradual effort. This is also another part of communication management (Ournani et al., 2020). In this case, the presentation or other visual interpretation must satisfy the exact project requirements and planning. The developer needs to understand the whole project requirement through different meetings with the client and other higher authorities, such as the project manager. On the other hand, she must be familiar with different visual tools and presenting methods for better delivery. This will not only help in better presentation but also will improve project implementation.

Finally, the personal development plan involves time efficiency or management. It is essential in every project from an organisational aspect. Every development must satisfy a particular time frame along with the required results. In that case, the developer must maintain time management in every project. This is also another skill that must be developed over time with continuous understanding and involvement with different projects. Primarily, the developer needs to improve different project understanding and implementation abilities. On the other hand, this time management will improve the overall project management skills of the developer. In this way, you will be able to manage different teams, project planning and all the other components. It is clearly seen that decent time management skills will influence all the other project management abilities in a positive way.

This whole development plan is prepared according to the technical requirements and key responsibilities of the road. On the other hand, some of the skills are included as general soft skills in any organisational position, such as time management. This whole development plan will be implemented over time through proper communication and regular involvement with teams and higher authorities (Gilson et al., 2020). This development plan will not only improve the work quality but also will improve the overall personality of an individual. In that case, this plan will be beneficial in the long term from an organisational aspect.

Conclusion
In this whole report, the particular position of voluntary Junior software developer in Onfuro limited is discussed and critically evaluated. It includes proper description of the particular organisation and post responsibilities. All of the key responsibilities are discussed in terms of effectiveness and effort. On the other hand, these key responsibilities are compared with the current abilities. In this way, it has become easier to prepare a proper personal development plan. On the other hand, the technical requirements are also mentioned in the report. These are some technical skills that must be met by the particular position for greater growth and organisational sustainability. In that case, the assigned position already makes all the essential technical requirements. It presents the reasonability of the particular position in Onfuro limited.

The personal development plan is prepared by evaluating all the technical requirements and key responsibilities of the particular position. This plan includes different soft skills that are required to develop a particularly project. It also includes some general soft skills that are required in every organisation. This development plan must be implemented over time through regular communication and effort. In the case, the developer must be efficient enough to engage himself with the whole development team and other stakeholders. Overall the report concludes a proper plan of action to meet all the key responsibilities of the assigned position in Onfuro limited. The report also explains the significance of developing new organisational skills in practical scenario.

References

Carter, S., & Abawi, L. A. (2018). Leadership, inclusion, and quality education for all. Australasian Journal of Special and Inclusive Education, 42(1), 49-64.

Correia, R., & Adachi, E. (2019, September). Detecting design violations in django-based web applications. In Proceedings of the XIII Brazilian Symposium on Software Components, Architectures, and Reuse (pp. 33-42).
de Sousa Mata, Á. N., de Azevedo, K. P. M., Braga, L. P., de Medeiros, G. C. B. S., de Oliveira Segundo, V.H., Bezerra, I. N. M., ... & Piuvezam, G. (2021). Training in communication skills for self-efficacy of health professionals: a systematic review. Human resources for health, 19(1), 1-9.

Englisch, N., Bergelt, R., & Hardt, W. (2020, November). An Educational Platform for Automotive Software Development and Test. In 2020 IEEE 32nd Conference on Software Engineering Education and Training (CSEE&T) (pp. 1-4). IEEE.

Fung, H. (2020). Becoming a Successful Software Manager. Software Quality Professional, 22(4), 4-10.
Gilson, F., Morales-Trujillo, M., & Mathews, M. (2020, June). How junior developers deal with their technical debt?. In Proceedings of the 3rd International Conference on Technical Debt (pp. 51-61).

Hoffmann, M. W., Drath, R., & Ganz, C. (2021). Proposal for requirements on industrial AI solutions. In Machine Learning for Cyber Physical Systems (pp. 63-72). Springer Vieweg, Berlin, Heidelberg.

Karasheva, Z., Amirova, A., Ageyeva, L., Jazdykbayeva, M., & Uaidullakyzy, E. (2021). Preparation of future specialists for the formation of educational communication skills for elementary school children. World Journal on Educational Technology: Current Issues, 13(3), 467-484.

Onfuro Ltd, (2021). Voluntary Junior Software Developer. Onfuro Contract.

Ournani, Z., Rouvoy, R., Rust, P., & Penhoat, J. (2020, October). On reducing the energy consumption of software: From hurdles to requirements. In Proceedings of the 14th ACM/IEEE International Symposium on Empirical Software Engineering and Measurement (ESEM) (pp. 1-12).

Parr, J. M., Teo, S., & Koziol?McLain, J. (2021). A quest for quality care: Exploration of a model of leadership relationships, work engagement, and patient outcomes. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 77(1), 207-220.

Prestiadi, D., Zulkarnain, W., & Sumarsono, R. B. (2019, December). Visionary leadership in total quality management: efforts to improve the quality of education in the industrial revolution 4.0. In The 4th International Conference on Education and Management (COEMA 2019) (pp. 202-206). Atlantis Press.

Rindri, Y. A., Ferdiana, R., & Hartanto, R. (2019). Developer Payroll Approaches for Startup Environment Based on Agile Project Management. Procedia Computer Science, 161, 66-73.

Sfakianaki, E., Matsiori, A., Giannias, D. A., & Sevdali, I. (2018). Educational leadership and total quality management: Investigating teacher leadership styles. International Journal of Management in Education, 12(4), 375-392.

Simpson, R., & Storer, T. (2015, June). Formalising Responsibility Modelling for Automatic Analysis. In Workshop on Enterprise and Organizational Modeling and Simulation (pp. 125-140). Springer, Cham.

Tavakoly Sany, S. B., Behzhad, F., Ferns, G., & Peyman, N. (2020). Communication skills training for physicians improves health literacy and medical outcomes among patients with hypertension: a randomized controlled trial. BMC health services research, 20(1), 1-10.

Van der Vleuten, C., van den Eertwegh, V., & Giroldi, E. (2019). Assessment of communication skills. Patient Education and Counseling, 102(11), 2110-2113.

Project Management Coursework Assignment Sample

1. General Assessment Guidance

Please note late submissions will not be assessed.

You are required to submit all elements of your assessment via Turnitin online access. Only submissions made via the specified mode will be accepted and hard copies or any other digital form of submissions (like via email or pen drive etc.) will not be accepted.

For this coursework, the submission word limit is 1,000 words. You must comply with the word count guidelines. You may submit LESS than 1,000 words but not more. Word Count guidelines can be found on your programme home page and the coursework submission page.

Do not put your name or contact details anywhere on your submission. You should only put your student registration number (SRN) which will ensure your submission is recognized in the assessment process.

You are required to use only Harvard Referencing System in your submission for assignment help. Any content which is already published by other author(s) and is not referenced will be considered as a case of plagiarism.

You can find further information on Harvard Referencing in the online library on the Hub (Found via Help & Support). You can use the following link to access this information: http://bpp.libguides.com/Home/StudySupport

BPP University has a strict policy regarding authenticity of assessments. In proven instances of plagiarism or collusion, severe punishment will be imposed on offenders. You are advised to read the rules and regulations regarding plagiarism and collusion in the GARs and MOPP which are available on HUB in the Academic registry section (Found via Help & Support).

You should include a completed copy of the Assignment Cover sheet. Any submission without this completed Assignment Cover sheet may be considered invalid and not assessed.

THE SMART CITY OS CONSULTANCY

In the role of a Project Consultant you are required to develop a project for the Smart City OS project by leveraging the techniques and concepts you have covered in the module.

Task 1 – The Project Manager

Critically discuss what skills the project manager of the Smart City OS project needs to develop to be effective and reflect on possible actions the project manager of the Smart City OS project should take to develop those skills. Support your arguments with academic literature and references to other similar real projects.

Task 2 – Problem Solving & Decision Making

Identify relevant stakeholders and create a stakeholder influence map for the Smart City OS project and discuss why these are the most critical stakeholders emerging from your analysis., Then, by leveraging the academic literature and similar real projects, critically discuss how you engage the stakeholders you have identified with the Smart City OS project.

Task 3 – The Project Triangle

Critically discuss the importance of the various project triangle parameters that will need to be managed by the Smart City OS project manager over the course of the project, and how they may inter-relate to each other. Discuss the impact of possible changes to this project. Support your arguments with academic literature and references to other similar real projects.

Presentation and Structure
Assessment Self-Evaluation
Word-count: up to 1,000 words.

Solution

Introduction

In this area of technological advancement Hull is the first UK city to develop ‘The Smart City OS’ to visualize real life data on large displays. The project management plays significant role when it comes to development and execution of project in systematic way through using skills and abilities. Therefore, the current study will shed light on the skills and attributes to be considered by the project manager for completing the project process. In addition to that, significance of stakeholder participation will be discussed in this paper. Apart from that, the involvement of stakeholders will be discussed as it helps in making effective decision.

TASK 1

The Project Manager

The job of project management is not as easy as it sounds. It requires a lot of knowledge and skills in order to make the project successful. The project manager majorly focused on the below mentioned skills while executing this project for attaining goals and objectives associated with it.

Leadership:

The project manager needs to develop his leadership in order to lead his team in the project making it successful. The project manager needs to mediate as well as motivate the entire team so as to make each part of the project perfect (Novo et al, 2017).

Communication:

Communication and leadership are the two sides of a coin. In order to become a good and ideal leader the manager needs to have excellent communication skills. The project manager of Smart City OS is required to develop and implement effective communication skills for sharing relevant data information about the project scheduling and strategy to be considered by the project manager ((Novo et al, 2017)). For instance, for providing high quality service to the populace, the project manager is requiring to use advanced communication tools through which the project team will be able to have proper understanding of the project procedures.

Scheduling:

A project can prove to be effective only when it gets finished within the prescribed time. For this the manager must ensure that a proper realistic schedule is set up for the employees.

Risk Management:

Planning a project always comes with risk as a combined offer irrespective of the project being big or small (Srivastava and Rathod, 2017). It is the job of the project manager to identify access and find solutions for the risks before starting the project.

Actions taken by project manager to develop these skills are as follows:

Timeline planning:

Project managers act as the keepers of a calendar of a project, as they are responsible for the successful completion of projects. In order to develop this skill, they need to search on time chart flows therefore planning each phase of the project systematically.

Project Budgeting:

Project managers also act as the budget managers for a project. For this they need to go through the past projects to analyse the mistakes and prepare a budget accordingly. Project team need to look through the project scope in order to estimate the approximate budget and implement a plan accordingly.

TASK 2

Problem Solving & Decision Making

Stakeholders are the people who invest in a project and are directly involved with the respected project. They gain profits or loss with the implementation of the project. Some of the important stakeholders for the Smart

City OS are as follows:

Internal Stakeholders:

Employees:

Employees devote a major portion of financial as well as time in developing the project and making it successful making them an important stakeholder.

Managers:

Managers play a significant role in deciding the strategy and operation of the project making them an important stakeholder for the Smart City OS project.

Owners:

The owners hold major shares of the project marking them as an important stakeholder for the Smart City OS project.

External Stakeholders:

Suppliers:

The suppliers are the source of resources required for implementation of the project marking them as important stakeholders (Li et al, 2017).

Society:

The interest of the society towards the environmental effects of the project makes them a concerning and important stakeholder for the Smart City OS.

Government:

The government ensures the project runs properly as it aids in the economic way to the government providing productivity as well as employment. This highlights them as important stakeholders (Gil-Garcia et al, 2019).

Creditors:

Creditors lend money to the project making them a financially important stakeholder for the Smart City OS project.

Shareholders:

Shareholders own the shares of the company reaping the profits of the company. Thus they are important because they help the project to earn money.

Customers:

Customers are the sole reason behind the survival of the Smart City OS project in the market.

The project manager needs to identify the stakeholders and get to know them so as to make it easy to communicate and initiate the project successfully. The project manager needs to arrange for meetings and seminars so as to initiate discussions amongst the stakeholders. This will help thyme to find out the similarities and resolve the conflicts beforehand. The project manager needs to make the stakeholders believe that they are genuinely interested to hear their ideologies first giving them utmost priority.

TASK 3

The Project Triangle

Smart City OS is required to incorporate and follow key four parameters of project management for attaining effective comparative advantage. It has been observed that application of these specific parameters helps in improving the quality of the project process. The four parameters of project manager are discussed below:

Time:

Time plays a crucial role when it comes to accomplishment of project goals. Therefore, the project managers are required to focus on time management skills for meeting deadlines. The project deadline is bound to be one of the key parameters since it helps in creating strong brand image. Failure in meeting deadlines may negatively affect the growth and development process of the project. (Sanchez and Terlizzi, 2017).

Quality:

Quality helps in determining the standard followed by the company towards accomplishment of the project. Quality parameter is beneficial for establishing quality standards that may help in attaining strong comparative advantage. (Radujkovi? and Sjekavica, 2017).

Cost:

Cost is another primary parameter required to be considered while conducting a project. The project manager is responsible for ensuring a budget that will be used for completing the project within a specific time.

Conclusion

After the identification of the major factors that are known to influence the project triangle, it is important to be able to conclude with certain remarks to acquire a proper understanding of the project. It is hence important for the project manager to be able to potentially define the project aspects, which are further split into potential tasks that are spread among team members. This would involve the identification of the project milestones that would keep the stakeholders informed regarding the progress of the project. The current study mainly focused on acquiring the skills and attributes for attaining project goals in an effective manner.

Reference List

Gil-Garcia, J.R., Guler, A., Pardo, T.A. and Burke, G.B., 2019. Characterizing the importance of clarity of roles and responsibilities in government inter-organizational collaboration and information sharing initiatives. Government Information Quarterly, 36(4), p.101393.

Li, Z.Q., Tan, H.C., Anumba, C. and Chia, F.C., 2017. Development of a web-based system for managing suppliers’ performance and knowledge sharing in construction project. Built Environment Project and Asset Management.

Novo, B., Landis, E.A. and Haley, M.L., 2017. Leadership and its role in the success of project management. Journal of Leadership, Accountability, and Ethics, 14(1), pp.73-78.

Radujkovi?, M. and Sjekavica, M., 2017. Project management success factors. Procedia engineering, 196, pp.607-615.

Sanchez, O.P. and Terlizzi, M.A., 2017. Cost and time project management success factors for information systems development projects. International Journal of Project Management, 35(8), pp.1608-1626.

Shrivastava, S.V. and Rathod, U., 2017. A risk management framework for distributed agile projects. Information and software technology, 85, pp.1-

MIS608 Agile Project Management Assignment Sample

Question

Task Summary

You are required to write an individual research report of 1500 words to demonstrate your understanding of the origins and foundations of Agile by addressing the following areas:

1. The origins of Agile – why did Agile emerge, what was it in response to, and how did this lead to the values and principles as outlined in the agile manifesto?

2. The origins of Lean and how it has influenced Agile practice

3. The similarities and differences between Scrum and Kanban as work methods

4. Why adopting Agile benefits an organisation

Please refer to the Task Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Context

Organisations are increasingly using Agile as a project management approach to achieve their goals and objectives efficiently. While agile is predominantly used in software development, there are elements of agile that can be applied to achieving goals and objectives in many areas of an organisation. Understanding these concepts will be vital for you to progress in this subject. This knowledge will not only support your completion of the final group assignment, but also will assist you in managing your progress in the group project by using Agile techniques to communicate capacity and offer full transparency of work across the team.

Task Instructions

1. Write a 1500 words research report to demonstrate your understanding of the origins and foundations of Agile by addressing the following areas:

• The origins of Agile – why did Agile emerge, what was it in response to, and how did this lead to the values and principles as outlined in the agile manifesto?

• The origins of Lean and how it has influenced Agile practice.

• The similarities and differences between Scrum and Kanban as work methods

• Why adopting Agile benefits an organisation.

2. Review your subject notes to establish the relevant area of investigation that applies to the case. Perform additional research in the area of investigation and select FIVE (5) additional sources which will add value to your report in the relevant area of investigation.

3. Plan how you will structure your ideas for the report. Write a report plan before you start writing. The report should be 1500 words. Therefore, it does not require an executive summary nor an abstract.

4. The report should consist of the following structure: A title page with subject code and name, assignment title, student’s name, student number, and lecturer’s name.

The introduction (100 – 150 words) that will also serve as your statement of purpose for the report—this means that you will tell the reader what you are going to cover in your report. You will need to inform the reader of:

a. Your area of research and its context
b. The key concepts you will be addressing
c. What the reader can expect to find in the body of the report

The body of the report (1200-1300 words) will need to cover four specific areas:

a) Why did Agile originate? When did it emerge and what was it in response to? How did this lead to the four values and 12 principles that are outline by the agile manifesto?

b) Where did Lean originate? Briefly define what Lean is and two Lean philosophies have been adopted in the evolution of Agile practice?

c) Scrum and Kanban have many similarities, but also key differences. Compare and contrast Scrum and Kanban with each other, illustrating these similarities and differences with examples.

d) Explain what value adopting Agile can offer to an organisation.

The conclusion (100-150 words) will summarise any findings or recommendations that the report puts forward regarding the concepts covered in the report.

Answer

Introduction

Software development is a process that includes several stages to be passed in order to ensure that a good quality system has been developed. To manage each stage, project management concept is introduced that contains techniques and methods to monitor the process of software development. The most widely accepted method is Agile in which each sage of software development is iterated and incremented managed by different teams associated in software development. This report discusses Agile project management methodology in detail from its origin to its principles, lean philosophies, its examples – Scrum and Kanban and their comparison. The next section provides detailed insights of the highlighted topics mentioned above. The report ends with a conclusion that frames proper recommendations for the organizations involved in software development.

Agile Methodology

Background

Many methods such as waterfall, V model and spiral models were used traditionally to monitor software development process. The waterfall model is non-iterative method and hence change in software requirement at any stage leads to development of prototype from the beginning. To overcome issues related to waterfall model, V-model and spiral model was introduced. However, the solutions offered by both the models were fine but these methods were heavyweight and needed much documentation which is not feasible. The researchers found the need of new method that can adapt ever changing needs of business; hence, Agile methodology was originated (Azanha et al., 2017).

Agile method was designed in 2001 by an alliance of seventeen companies. Agile methodology challenged traditional ways of project management ways. It was in response to previous models failures that could not handle different projects across the organizations and industries. It focused on dividing project modules across separate teams that work collaboratively in order to develop a good quality software product. Agile’s nature of delivering project modules at the early development stage brought managers attention onto it.

Agile manifesto consists of four rules and twelve principles which are based on Kelly Johnson’s few of the 14 rules of management. The team of members from the seventeen companies met to design the agile manifesto in which the values and principles were documented. Although values and principles are outlined, Agile offers freedom to software development teams to work so that project delivery is ensured in timely manner. 12 Principles of Agile methodology are as listed:

1. Foremost concern is a customer and business requirements to meet using continuous delivery of prototypes.

2. A huge task is segregated into smaller units of task and separate team is allocated so that it takes least amount of time to achieve the results. This also helps in quick integration for changes from the customer.

3. The delivery of product should be within decided deadline.

4. Project managers and customers should work collectively to ensure that project development is leading on right path.

5. Timely encouragements help teams to inspire and work well.

6. Timely meetings should be preferred.

7. The progress is defined through an executable product.

8. The consistency should be maintained while development of product.

9. The product quality should be priority for which technical requirements should be considered first.

10. Simple products are attractive.

11. A team itself should be well-organized to carry out the tasks.

12. The performance of teams should be continuously monitored for constant growth.

Agile methodology focuses on customers and their requirements at each phase and increment. Software development through Agile methodology. Deliverable after iteration is known as sprint. The sprint is launched and presented to the customer for any changes (Nicholls et al., 2015).

Lean Manufacturing

The lean manufacturing aka lean methodology has its roots in the production system of Toyota as known as Just In Time production. Lean was originated in Japan by a production engineer Taiichi Ohno with a motive of faster production with least time required for setup. The manufacturing plant of Toyota adapted the procedure and produced models in small batches which helped in minimizing setup and changeover period.
In Lean, manufacturing depends on the demand that is gauged through orders. The productions are as per demand and needs rather than projecting the need and supply it. The smaller batches of production increases quality and reduces time of production and changes if any.

Lean Philosophies adapted by Agile

Lean manufacturing has few philosophies those are adapted while evolution of Agile principle. It includes iterative development and short feedback loops (Hemalatha et al., 2021).

Iterative Development – The iteration of phases in regular batches is an efficient way of developing a working mode. It is quick to develop than larger product as a whole. Lean manufacturing adapts iterative development which is used by Agile methodology too.

Short Feedback Loops – The business requirements are strict and to adhere onto it, teams must work progressively and consistently. Same as lean, agile also allows teams to work together which helps in reduce waste. Short feedbacks from customers can solve issues quickly without much waste of time and resources. Whereas, if a larger product fails, it leads to waste of product as a whole as making changes in large systems can be tiresome.

Scrum and Kanban

Scrum and Kanban are two strategies of Agile methodology used for project management. Scrum strategy adheres to deliver smaller deliverables for review at each development stage. The deliverables are called as sprints. The focus of scrum is to get regular customer feedbacks to ensure that the development path is correct as per technical requirements. Kanban is another Agile strategy that helps in modelling work progress in visualizations which maximizes the efficiency. The teams strive to focus on minimizing duration in project development. The iterations improve the work flow as a whole (Lei et al., 2017).

Both the methodologies are useful and equally efficient; however there are few differences and similarities as discussed below (Raizada, 2013). Scrum teams most often use Kanban to visualize work progress.

Similarities in Scrum and Kanban

• Lean as well as Agile in nature
• Helps in limiting work in progress
• Concentration is on quick working prototype in regular intervals and at early stages of software development.
• Lucidity to procedure enhancement.
• The huge job is segregated in smaller modules.
• Contains several separate teams.

Comparison between Scrum and Kanban

Planning

Scrum stick to planned schedule at the start of every iteration. The sprints are developed based on planning and it ends with working prototype. For example, on the basis of customer feedback, a new schedule for the next sprint is made. The learning from previous sprints are helpful in future sprints development.

Kanban, on the contrary does not follow fixed schedules. The change in schedule is welcomed at any stage of development. The only focus is to solve problems quickly.

Time Measurements

The time is measured on the basis of time duration required to make changes in previous sprints. Kanban generates graphs to track time required to fix the changes from customers feedback.

Estimation

As Scrum depends on planning beforehand of development or change in prototype, estimations in terms of cost, efforts and time are important. Kanban does not rely on estimations as it never depends on prior planning and scheduling.

Commitment

Teams allocated for work should commit a predefined time for the project when working in scrum environment. However, Kanban never expects commitment of time for teams as a mandatory factor.

Continuous Delivery

The deliverables are knows as sprints in Scrum in which work should be complete while presenting it to the customer. Whereas in Kanban, the products and processes are continuously delivered whenever need is experienced.

Consider as an example, Scrum has delivered sprints A and B; C to E are in progress and tasks F to J are not yet initiated. The teams of tasks A and B will commit to task F to J in next round. However, Kanban can only develop three tasks at a time. This means even if more teams are available to develop next tasks, only three tasks i.e. C, D and E will be allowed to carry out.

Benefits of using Agile practice in an organization

Making use of Agile in an organization offer following perks:

1. Teams are engaged in collaborations so that more chances of success are projected.

2. Agile helps in being more productive as teams work together to solve a problem. The projects are more manageable and deliverables can be developed in early stage of software development which creates a sense of trust among the customers.

3. Flexibility is highly allowed when a project is monitored with Agile method. Each small chunk of project is continuously tested so that no bug is left when it turns out to be the final product.

4. The quality is observed to be improved when problem solving is quick and efficient.

Conclusions

Software development with Agile practice has gained its importance over recent years. Agile methodology is the most widely used practice that ensures timely delivery of quality product. The changes from customers can be easily integrated if the software development process adapts Agile methodology. The consistent achievement of business requirements is the motive of Agile practice. Lean and Agile methods share few philosophies that make them similar. However, use of Agile is mostly recommended for few advantages of Scrum and Kanban techniques. Scrum helps in meeting business requirements in fewer duration of time. It is a master problem solver for software companies that keep track of each deliverable that is based on time-boxed iterations. Kanban on the other hand allows teams to visualize their progress that helps in continuous growth in terms of efficiency and productivity. Iterations are managed by using Kanban where it encourages members to share responsibilities amongst each other.

References

Azanha, A., Argoud, A. R. T. T., Camargo Junior, J. B. de, & Antoniolli, P. D. (2017). Agile project management with scrum. International Journal of Managing Projects in Business, 10(1), 121–142. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJMPB-06-2016-0054

Hemalatha, C., Sankaranarayanasamy, K., & Durairaaj, N. (2021). Lean and agile manufacturing for work-in-process (wip) control. Materials Today: Proceedings. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2020.12.473

Lei, H., Ganjeizadeh, F., Jayachandran, P. K., & Ozcan, P. (2017). A statistical analysis of the effects of scrum and kanban on software development projects. Robotics and Computer Integrated Manufacturing, 43, 59–67. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rcim.2015.12.00

Nicholls, G. M., Lewis, N. A., & Eschenbach, T. (2015). Determining when simplified agile project management is right for small teams. Engineering Management Journal, 27(1), 3–10. https://doi.org/10.1080/10429247.2015.11432031

Raizada, R. (2013). Are scrum and kanban enough ? Itnow, 55(3), 54–55. https://doi.org/10.1093/itnow/bwt057